GP-50: Catalog by Sensit

Oil & Gas

Industrial

Water Treatment

Melt Pressure

Submersible

Aerospace

OEM

Flush / Sanitary

Differential

Cryogenic & High Temp.

Sub Sea

Accessories

Oil & Gas Pressure Transmitters Utilized for fracing, cementing, acidizing, pipeline, sub sea, BOP, Coil tubing and other upstream applications.

Industrial & Test Stand Transducers Utilized for Industrial applications as well as high accuracy test stands.

Sub Sea Pressure & Temperature Transmitters Utilized in subsea upstream oil wells as well as NAVY & ROV's applications. Ratings to 30,000 Feet.

Low Cost OEM Pressure Transducers Higher volume lower cost pressure solutions.

Cryogenic & High Temperature Transmitters Pressure & Temperature solutions rated from -320° F to 700° F.

Submersible Level Transmitters

Melt Pressure / High Temperature Transducers High temperature, flush transmitters designed for the melt/ plastics industry.

Aerospace Rated Pressure & Temperature Transducers Transducers rated for Aerospace as well as all military applications. High reliability, Rad-hardened & cryogenic ratings available.

Differential Pressure Transmitters Compact DP Transmitters for ranges from 0-0.5 Inches of water thru 20,000 PSID.

Flush Diaphragm & Sanitary Pressure Transmitters Non-clogging and sanitary rated flush faced transmitters.

Water Treatment Pressure & Level Transmitters Transmitters for Lift stations, pond, weir or tank level & pressure measurement applications. Includes Blue Ribbon line of Gauges and Controllers.

Accessories

Level transmitters for precise measurement Panel Meters, Mounting Brackets, & Accessories to round out your product in tanks, ponds or weirs. needs.

2770 Long Rd, Grand Island, NY 14072 Phone: (716) 773-9300 • Toll Free: (877) 774-4751 • Fax: (716) 773-5019

Industrial Inside Brochure 2010:Layout 1

10/12/2010

9:01 AM

Page 1

PRESSURE & LEVEL INSTRUMENTS DESIGNED

210/310 Ultra Low Range

111/211/311 Industrial Transmitter

112/212/312 Ultra High Range

241/341 High Accuracy

1002/1003 Low Cost OEM

- HVAC systems - Leak testing - Engine monitoring - Test stands - Bubbler/level systems

- Hydraulic test stands - Pneumatic / hydraulic control - Pumps & compressors - Steel & rolling mills - Process control lines

- Water jet cutters - Test stands - Pasteurization systems - High pressure cleaning

- Engine & transmission test stands - Hydraulic test stands - Laboratory

- On-board vehicle - Pneumatic/ hydraulic control - OEM control systems

- Wet gage reference - Low ranges 0-5” WCG - High proof - 500 PSI - Welded, SST design

- Rugged, welded design - Compact & light weight - High cycle life - High proof pressure - Hazardous approvals

- Ranges to 100,000 PSI - Rugged, welded design - High cycle life

- High accuracy ±0.05% - Enhanced thermal performance - Compact design - 1” Dia - All SST construction - Rugged welded construction

- 1” Dia design - Compact, rugged design - Rated for high shock

0-5” WC thru 0-200 PSI G&V

0-1 PSI thru 0-15K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-20K thru 0-100K PSI

0-1 thru 0-10K PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.1%

±0.50% or ±0.20%

Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

FOR THE INDUSTRIAL, AUTOMATION, PROCESS CONTROL,

BASE MODEL 1

217/317 & 340F Flush Mount

114/214/314 High Range DP

- Hydraulic test stands - Adhesive or slurry - High pressure valve pressures testing APPLICATIONS - Tank level - Paint pressures/level - High pressure control systems

- Compact, rugged design - DP ranges to 20K - No oil fill design - High cyclical rated

115/215/315 Mid Range DP

216/316 Low Range DP

GPIDP Smart DP

AUTOMOTIVE TEST STAND & OEM MARKETPLACE.

BASE MODEL 1

313 Series Submersible Level

311-M351 Lift Station Level

APPLICATIONS

- Tank, weir, ponds & reservoirs - Ground water - Shipboard level control - Water treatment plants

- Waste water treatment - Lift station level - Sludge/slurry level

- Compact, rugged design - Sea water rated option - Low power options - Rated to 1,100 FT WC

- Non-clogging design - Corrosion resistant construction - Protective cage eliminates damage

- Hydraulic test stands - Pump & compressors - Fuel test stands - Valve testing

- Engine test stands - Fuel test stands - Tank level - Leak testing - Flow measurement

- Furnace/HVAC airflow - Hydrostatic tank level - Liquid & gas flow measurement

- Compact size & weight - SST construction - 10K static line option

- Ultra low ranges to 5” WC - Compact size & weight - High frequency response - 2,500 PSI proof & line option

- Ranges as low as 0.5” WCD - 3,625 PSI Line & proof rating - HART protocol option - Low power option - LCD display & push button adjust

FEATURES

218/318 Flush Transmitter - Sanitary tank level - Adhesive or slurry pressures - Paint pressures/level - Bio fuel systems

280/380 & 283/383 Sanitary Transmitter - Sanitary tank level - Food, beverage, dairy & pharmaceutical - Paint pressures/level

- Flush sensor eliminates line clogging - All welded SST construction - Saddle mount option for pipe line connections

- Flush tri-clamp connection - Meets 3A rating - Hastelloy diaphragm option - 350º F option - 3/4" tri-clamp option

FEATURES

- Threaded flush connection - Flush sensor resists clogging - Compact design - SST construction - 340F - 1” Dia. design

0-15 thru 0-10K PSI G, SG, V, A

RANGES (PSI)

0-25 PSI thru 0-15K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-500 PSID thru 0-20K PSID

0-30 PSID thru 0-7,500 PSID

0-5” WCD thru 0-150 PSID

0-0.5” WCD thru 0-3,000 PSID

RANGES (PSI)

0-25” WC thru 0-500 PSI

0-1 thru 0-500 PSI

0-30” WC thru 0-1,000 PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.2%, ±0.1% or ±0.05%

±0.5% or ±0.25%

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.5% or ±0.2%

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2%

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.25%

±0.5%, ±0.20% or ±0.10%

±0.2% or ±0.075%

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.5%, ±0.20% or ±0.10%

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.15%

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

High pressure coned fitting

1/4” NPT (M)

1/4” NPT (F)

PROCESS PORT

Nose cone

Baffle plate

Flush 1-3/4”- 20 slip ring

Tri-clamp connections

Liquid tight connection w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

Customer specified

DIN 43650 Form C

ELECTRICAL

Mil-spec connector or wire leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

Female conduit connection

ELECTRICAL

Liquid tight connection w/leads

316 SST

17- 4PH & 316 SST

17- 4PH SST

17- 4PH & 316 SST

WETTED PARTS

17- 4PH & 316 SST

316 SST

WETTED PARTS

316 SST

316L SST

*Some options may affect performance, size or other characteristics. Consult factory for final selection.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

PROCESS PORT 3/4”- 14 or 1/2” NPT (M)

Polyurethane or Tefzel ® cable

316L or Titanium

Polyurethane or Tefzel ® cable

316 SST

1) Standard options shown. Many options available, consult factory. 2) Accuracy includes; Non-linearity, Hysteresis & Repeatability - BFSL.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Industrial Inside Brochure 2010:Layout 1

10/12/2010

9:01 AM

Page 1

PRESSURE & LEVEL INSTRUMENTS DESIGNED

210/310 Ultra Low Range - HVAC systems - Leak testing - Engine monitoring - Test stands - Bubbler/level systems

111/211/311 Industrial Transmitter - Hydraulic test stands - Pneumatic / hydraulic control - Pumps & compressors - Steel & rolling mills - Process control lines

112/212/312 Ultra High Range

241/341 High Accuracy

1002/1003 Low Cost OEM

- Water jet cutters - Test stands - Pasteurization systems - High pressure cleaning

- Engine & transmission test stands - Hydraulic test stands - Laboratory

- On-board vehicle - Pneumatic/ hydraulic control - OEM control systems

- Ranges to 100,000 PSI - Rugged, welded design - High cycle life

- High accuracy ±0.05% - Enhanced thermal performance - Compact design - 1” Dia - All SST construction - Rugged welded construction

- 1” Dia design - Compact, rugged design - Rated for high shock

FOR THE INDUSTRIAL, AUTOMATION, PROCESS CONTROL,

BASE MODEL 1

- Rugged, welded design - Compact & light weight - High cycle life - High proof pressure - Hazardous approvals

0-5” WC thru 0-200 PSI G&V

0-1 PSI thru 0-15K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-20K thru 0-100K PSI

0-1 thru 0-10K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-15 thru 0-10K PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.1%

±0.50% or ±0.20%

±0.2%, ±0.1% or ±0.05%

±0.5% or ±0.25%

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

1/4” NPT (F)

High pressure coned fitting

1/4” NPT (M)

Liquid tight connection w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

Customer specified

DIN 43650 Form C

ELECTRICAL

316 SST

17- 4PH & 316 SST

17- 4PH SST

17- 4PH & 316 SST

WETTED PARTS

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

114/214/314 High Range DP

- Hydraulic test stands - Adhesive or slurry - High pressure valve pressures testing APPLICATIONS - Tank level - Paint pressures/level - High pressure control systems

- Wet gage reference - Low ranges 0-5” WCG - High proof - 500 PSI - Welded, SST design

*Some options may affect performance, size or other characteristics. Consult factory for final selection.

217/317 & 340F Flush Mount

- Compact, rugged design - DP ranges to 20K - No oil fill design - High cyclical rated

115/215/315 Mid Range DP

216/316 Low Range DP

- Hydraulic test stands - Pump & compressors - Fuel test stands - Valve testing

- Engine test stands - Fuel test stands - Tank level - Leak testing - Flow measurement

- Furnace/HVAC airflow - Hydrostatic tank level - Liquid & gas flow measurement

- Compact size & weight - SST construction - 10K static line option

- Ultra low ranges to 5” WC - Compact size & weight - High frequency response - 2,500 PSI proof & line option

- Ranges as low as 0.5” WCD - 3,625 PSI Line & proof rating - HART protocol option - Low power option - LCD display & push button adjust

FEATURES

- Threaded flush connection - Flush sensor resists clogging - Compact design - SST construction - 340F - 1” Dia. design

RANGES (PSI)

0-25 PSI thru 0-15K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-500 PSID thru 0-20K PSID

0-30 PSID thru 0-7,500 PSID

±0.5% or ±0.2%

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2%

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.25%

±0.5%, ±0.20% or ±0.10%

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

Mil-spec connector or wire leads 17- 4PH & 316 SST

PROCESS PORT 3/4”- 14 or 1/2” NPT (M)

GPIDP Smart DP

0-0.5” WCD thru 0-3,000 PSID

AUTOMOTIVE TEST STAND & OEM MARKETPLACE.

BASE MODEL 1

313 Series Submersible Level

311-M351 Lift Station Level

APPLICATIONS

- Tank, weir, ponds & reservoirs - Ground water - Shipboard level control - Water treatment plants

- Waste water treatment - Lift station level - Sludge/slurry level

- Compact, rugged design - Sea water rated option - Low power options - Rated to 1,100 FT WC

- Non-clogging design - Corrosion resistant construction - Protective cage eliminates damage

FEATURES

218/318 Flush Transmitter - Sanitary tank level - Adhesive or slurry pressures - Paint pressures/level - Bio fuel systems

280/380 & 283/383 Sanitary Transmitter - Sanitary tank level - Food, beverage, dairy & pharmaceutical - Paint pressures/level

- Flush sensor eliminates line clogging - All welded SST construction - Saddle mount option for pipe line connections

- Flush tri-clamp connection - Meets 3A rating - Hastelloy diaphragm option - 350º F option - 3/4" tri-clamp option

RANGES (PSI)

0-25” WC thru 0-500 PSI

0-1 thru 0-500 PSI

0-30” WC thru 0-1,000 PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.2% or ±0.075%

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

0-30” WC thru 0-1,000 PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.5%, ±0.20% or ±0.10%

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.15%

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

PROCESS PORT

Nose cone

Baffle plate

Flush 1-3/4”- 20 slip ring

Tri-clamp connections

Liquid tight connection w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

Female conduit connection

ELECTRICAL

Liquid tight connection w/leads

17- 4PH & 316 SST

316 SST

WETTED PARTS

316 SST

316L SST

0-5” WCD thru 0-150 PSID

1) Standard options shown. Many options available, consult factory. 2) Accuracy includes; Non-linearity, Hysteresis & Repeatability - BFSL.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Polyurethane or Tefzel ® cable 316L or Titanium

(877) 774-4751

Polyurethane or Tefzel ® cable 316 SST

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Industrial Inside Brochure 2010:Layout 1

10/12/2010

9:01 AM

Page 1

PRESSURE & LEVEL INSTRUMENTS DESIGNED

210/310 Ultra Low Range - HVAC systems - Leak testing - Engine monitoring - Test stands - Bubbler/level systems

111/211/311 Industrial Transmitter - Hydraulic test stands - Pneumatic / hydraulic control - Pumps & compressors - Steel & rolling mills - Process control lines

112/212/312 Ultra High Range

241/341 High Accuracy

1002/1003 Low Cost OEM

- Water jet cutters - Test stands - Pasteurization systems - High pressure cleaning

- Engine & transmission test stands - Hydraulic test stands - Laboratory

- On-board vehicle - Pneumatic/ hydraulic control - OEM control systems

- Ranges to 100,000 PSI - Rugged, welded design - High cycle life

- High accuracy ±0.05% - Enhanced thermal performance - Compact design - 1” Dia - All SST construction - Rugged welded construction

- 1” Dia design - Compact, rugged design - Rated for high shock

FOR THE INDUSTRIAL, AUTOMATION, PROCESS CONTROL,

BASE MODEL 1

- Rugged, welded design - Compact & light weight - High cycle life - High proof pressure - Hazardous approvals

0-5” WC thru 0-200 PSI G&V

0-1 PSI thru 0-15K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-20K thru 0-100K PSI

0-1 thru 0-10K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-15 thru 0-10K PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.1%

±0.50% or ±0.20%

±0.2%, ±0.1% or ±0.05%

±0.5% or ±0.25%

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

1/4” NPT (F)

High pressure coned fitting

1/4” NPT (M)

Liquid tight connection w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

Customer specified

DIN 43650 Form C

ELECTRICAL

316 SST

17- 4PH & 316 SST

17- 4PH SST

17- 4PH & 316 SST

WETTED PARTS

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

114/214/314 High Range DP

- Hydraulic test stands - Adhesive or slurry - High pressure valve pressures testing APPLICATIONS - Tank level - Paint pressures/level - High pressure control systems

- Wet gage reference - Low ranges 0-5” WCG - High proof - 500 PSI - Welded, SST design

*Some options may affect performance, size or other characteristics. Consult factory for final selection.

217/317 & 340F Flush Mount

- Compact, rugged design - DP ranges to 20K - No oil fill design - High cyclical rated

115/215/315 Mid Range DP

216/316 Low Range DP

- Hydraulic test stands - Pump & compressors - Fuel test stands - Valve testing

- Engine test stands - Fuel test stands - Tank level - Leak testing - Flow measurement

- Furnace/HVAC airflow - Hydrostatic tank level - Liquid & gas flow measurement

- Compact size & weight - SST construction - 10K static line option

- Ultra low ranges to 5” WC - Compact size & weight - High frequency response - 2,500 PSI proof & line option

- Ranges as low as 0.5” WCD - 3,625 PSI Line & proof rating - HART protocol option - Low power option - LCD display & push button adjust

FEATURES

- Threaded flush connection - Flush sensor resists clogging - Compact design - SST construction - 340F - 1” Dia. design

RANGES (PSI)

0-25 PSI thru 0-15K PSI G, SG, V, A

0-500 PSID thru 0-20K PSID

0-30 PSID thru 0-7,500 PSID

±0.5% or ±0.2%

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2%

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.25%

±0.5%, ±0.20% or ±0.10%

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

Mil-spec connector or wire leads 17- 4PH & 316 SST

PROCESS PORT 3/4”- 14 or 1/2” NPT (M)

GPIDP Smart DP

0-0.5” WCD thru 0-3,000 PSID

AUTOMOTIVE TEST STAND & OEM MARKETPLACE.

BASE MODEL 1

313 Series Submersible Level

311-M351 Lift Station Level

APPLICATIONS

- Tank, weir, ponds & reservoirs - Ground water - Shipboard level control - Water treatment plants

- Waste water treatment - Lift station level - Sludge/slurry level

- Compact, rugged design - Sea water rated option - Low power options - Rated to 1,100 FT WC

- Non-clogging design - Corrosion resistant construction - Protective cage eliminates damage

FEATURES

218/318 Flush Transmitter - Sanitary tank level - Adhesive or slurry pressures - Paint pressures/level - Bio fuel systems

280/380 & 283/383 Sanitary Transmitter - Sanitary tank level - Food, beverage, dairy & pharmaceutical - Paint pressures/level

- Flush sensor eliminates line clogging - All welded SST construction - Saddle mount option for pipe line connections

- Flush tri-clamp connection - Meets 3A rating - Hastelloy diaphragm option - 350º F option - 3/4" tri-clamp option

RANGES (PSI)

0-25” WC thru 0-500 PSI

0-1 thru 0-500 PSI

0-30” WC thru 0-1,000 PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.2% or ±0.075%

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

0-30” WC thru 0-1,000 PSI G, SG, V, A

±0.5%, ±0.20% or ±0.10%

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.15%

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

PROCESS PORT

Nose cone

Baffle plate

Flush 1-3/4”- 20 slip ring

Tri-clamp connections

Liquid tight connection w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

Liquid tight connection w/leads

Female conduit connection

ELECTRICAL

Liquid tight connection w/leads

17- 4PH & 316 SST

316 SST

WETTED PARTS

316 SST

316L SST

0-5” WCD thru 0-150 PSID

1) Standard options shown. Many options available, consult factory. 2) Accuracy includes; Non-linearity, Hysteresis & Repeatability - BFSL.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Polyurethane or Tefzel ® cable 316L or Titanium

(877) 774-4751

Polyurethane or Tefzel ® cable 316 SST

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Oil and Gas Inside Brochure 2010:Layout 1

8/23/2010

2:06 PM

Page 1

OIL & GAS INSTRUMENTS FOR

111/211/311 Industrial Transmitter

411 HART Transmitter

1171 Field Rangeable

240/340 & 340T Pressure or Temperature

- Rig Safety Systems - Well Head Control - Gas Pipeline - Control Panels - On-Board Transmission & Engine Monitoring

- Well Head Pressures - BOP Controls - Control Panels

- Well Head Pressures - BOP Control - HPU Control - Offshore Control Panels

- Pipeline Pressures - Gas compressor / skidded systems - On-board vehicle Pressure/Temperature

- Rugged, SST Design - Compact & Lightweight - Explosion Proof, Intrinsically Safe & Nonincendive Approvals

- HART Protocol - Field Rangeable - Rugged, Welded, SST Construction - Compact & Lightweight

- Magnetically Coupled Adjustments - Field Rangeable - Compact SST Design

- Compact design- 1” Dia. - Rugged Construction - Flush Mount Versions - All SST Construction

BASE MODEL 1

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES

UPSTREAM, LAND BASED, OFFSHORE AND

217/317 & 340F Flush Mount

170/270/370 & 271/371

370-HPHT High Pressure, High Weco® “Hammer” Union ® Pressure or Temperature Temperature Weco Union

- Fracing, cementing, MWD, - BOP Valve control - Blender Discharge Pressure Acidizing, Stand Pipe, Stimulation, Choke & Kill - MUD line pressure - Slurry pressure - On-board Transmission

- HPHT wells - Fracing, cementing, MWD, acidizing, Stand Pipe, Stimulation, Choke & Kill

- Wetted parts NACE - Flush sensor eliminates - Operation to 350°F process MR0175 Compliant plugging - Temperature output option - Wetted parts NACE - Compact design MR0175 Compliant - Minimal knock up effect - All welded SST construction - Protective "cage" - Minimal knock up effect - High Proof Pressure eliminates connector damage

115/215/315 Differential Pressure - Hydraulic Test Stands - Rig Top Drive & Skid Control - Pump & Compressors

BASE MODEL 1

SUBSEA APPLICATIONS.

7500-9000 Sub Sea Well Head - BOP control - Subsea well head control

APPLICATIONS

- Compact Size & Weight - Welded SST Design - Mid to High Ranges - 10K PSI Line Pressure Option

FEATURES

- API Flanges - HART provides system check - Sea water rated - Exotic wetted materials - Pressure & Temperature output - Redundant sensor option - Rated to 30,000 FT

7540 Sub Sea DP

7500 Sub Sea Pressure

7570 Sub Sea Temperature

- Subsea well head control - Sea level reference - ROV & DSRV’s

- ROV level & pressures - Subsea well head control

- ROV system temperature - Subsea well head

- Compact, Rugged Design - High line/ Low DP ranges - Flush port options - Sea water rated - Rated to 30,000 FT

- Welded, Rugged Design - Compact size - Sea Water rated - Optional temperature output - Rated to 30,000 FT

- Compact, Rugged Design - Sea Water rated - Rated to 30,000 FT - Optional port & probe types

0-1 thru 0-75K G, SG, V, A

0-100 thru 0-15K G, SG, V, A

0-50 thru 0-75K G, SG, V, A

0-1 thru 0-15K G, SG, V, A Temp: -320° F thru 350° F

RANGES (PSI)

0-50 thru 0-20K G, SG, V, A

0-3K thru 0-20K SG

0-30K thru 0-10K DP

RANGES (PSI)

0-5K thru 0-20K SG

0-50 thru 0-10K DP

0-50” thru 0-15K A, SG

-320° F thru +350° F

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.1% FSO

±0.2% or ±0.1% FSO

±0.5% or ±0.20% FSO

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

±0.25% or ±0.12% FSO

±0.25% FSO

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.2% FSO

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

±0.5%, ±0.2% FSO

Consult Factory

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

HART & 4-20 mA

4-20 mA

Temperature - RTD, 4-20 mA or Vdc

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc, or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

Dual 4-20 mA with HART

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

RTD, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

1/4” NPT (M)

PROCESS PORT

3/4”- 16 or 1/2” NPT (M)

2”- 602, 1502, 2002 or 2202 ® WECO Union

2”- 1502, 2002 or 2202 ® WECO Union

1/4” NPT (F)

PROCESS PORT

API Flange

1/4” NPT (F) (Flush ports available)

SAE - 4

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or SST Mil-Grade Connector

ELECTRICAL

SST Mil-spec connector or wire leads

User Selectable

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

ELECTRICAL

SST Subsea rated connector

SST or Glass filled Nylon Subsea rated connector

17- 4PH & 316 SST

WETTED PARTS

17- 4PH & 316 SST

SST-Meets NACE MRO175 guidelines

316L SST

WETTED PARTS

SST, Hastelloy & Inconel options

316 SST

316 & 17- 4 PH SST

316L SST

Pressure - Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or Liquid Tight Connection w/leads

17- 4 PH & 316 SST

*Some options may affect performance, size or other characteristics. Consult factory for final selection.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

1) Standard options shown. Many options available, consult factory. 2) Accuracy includes; Non-linearity, Hysteresis & Repeatability - BFSL.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

* Consult Factory for Hazardous Approval availability.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Oil and Gas Inside Brochure 2010:Layout 1

8/23/2010

2:06 PM

Page 1

OIL & GAS INSTRUMENTS FOR

111/211/311 Industrial Transmitter

411 HART Transmitter

1171 Field Rangeable

240/340 & 340T Pressure or Temperature

- Rig Safety Systems - Well Head Control - Gas Pipeline - Control Panels - On-Board Transmission & Engine Monitoring

- Well Head Pressures - BOP Controls - Control Panels

- Well Head Pressures - BOP Control - HPU Control - Offshore Control Panels

- Pipeline Pressures - Gas compressor / skidded systems - On-board vehicle Pressure/Temperature

- Rugged, SST Design - Compact & Lightweight - Explosion Proof, Intrinsically Safe & Nonincendive Approvals

- HART Protocol - Field Rangeable - Rugged, Welded, SST Construction - Compact & Lightweight

- Magnetically Coupled Adjustments - Field Rangeable - Compact SST Design

- Compact design- 1” Dia. - Rugged Construction - Flush Mount Versions - All SST Construction

BASE MODEL 1

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES

UPSTREAM, LAND BASED, OFFSHORE AND

217/317 & 340F Flush Mount

170/270/370 & 271/371

370-HPHT High Pressure, High Weco® “Hammer” Union ® Pressure or Temperature Temperature Weco Union

- Fracing, cementing, MWD, - BOP Valve control - Blender Discharge Pressure Acidizing, Stand Pipe, Stimulation, Choke & Kill - MUD line pressure - Slurry pressure - On-board Transmission

- HPHT wells - Fracing, cementing, MWD, acidizing, Stand Pipe, Stimulation, Choke & Kill

115/215/315 Differential Pressure - Hydraulic Test Stands - Rig Top Drive & Skid Control - Pump & Compressors

BASE MODEL 1

SUBSEA APPLICATIONS.

7500-9000 Sub Sea Well Head - BOP control - Subsea well head control

APPLICATIONS

- Compact Size & Weight - Welded SST Design - Mid to High Ranges - 10K PSI Line Pressure Option

FEATURES

- API Flanges - HART provides system check - Sea water rated - Exotic wetted materials - Pressure & Temperature output - Redundant sensor option - Rated to 30,000 FT

7540 Sub Sea DP

7500 Sub Sea Pressure

7570 Sub Sea Temperature

- Subsea well head control - Sea level reference - ROV & DSRV’s

- ROV level & pressures - Subsea well head control

- ROV system temperature - Subsea well head

- Compact, Rugged Design - High line/ Low DP ranges - Flush port options - Sea water rated - Rated to 30,000 FT

- Welded, Rugged Design - Compact size - Sea Water rated - Optional temperature output - Rated to 30,000 FT

- Compact, Rugged Design - Sea Water rated - Rated to 30,000 FT - Optional port & probe types

0-1 thru 0-75K G, SG, V, A

0-100 thru 0-15K G, SG, V, A

0-50 thru 0-75K G, SG, V, A

0-1 thru 0-15K G, SG, V, A Temp: -320° F thru 350° F

RANGES (PSI)

0-50 thru 0-20K G, SG, V, A

0-3K thru 0-20K SG

0-30K thru 0-10K DP

RANGES (PSI)

0-5K thru 0-20K SG

0-50 thru 0-10K DP

0-50” thru 0-15K A, SG

-320° F thru +350° F

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.1% FSO

±0.2% or ±0.1% FSO

±0.5% or ±0.20% FSO

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

±0.25% or ±0.12% FSO

±0.25% FSO

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.2% FSO

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

±0.5%, ±0.2% FSO

Consult Factory

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

HART & 4-20 mA

4-20 mA

Temperature - RTD, 4-20 mA or Vdc

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc, or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

Dual 4-20 mA with HART

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

RTD, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

1/4” NPT (M)

PROCESS PORT

3/4”- 16 or 1/2” NPT (M)

2”- 602, 1502, 2002 or 2202 ® WECO Union

2”- 1502, 2002 or 2202 ® WECO Union

1/4” NPT (F)

PROCESS PORT

API Flange

1/4” NPT (F) (Flush ports available)

SAE - 4

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or SST Mil-Grade Connector

ELECTRICAL

SST Mil-spec connector or wire leads

User Selectable

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

ELECTRICAL

SST Subsea rated connector

SST or Glass filled Nylon Subsea rated connector

17- 4PH & 316 SST

WETTED PARTS

17- 4PH & 316 SST

SST-Meets NACE MRO175 guidelines

316L SST

WETTED PARTS

SST, Hastelloy & Inconel options

316 SST

316 & 17- 4 PH SST

316L SST

Pressure - Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or Liquid Tight Connection w/leads

17- 4 PH & 316 SST

*Some options may affect performance, size or other characteristics. Consult factory for final selection.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

1) Standard options shown. Many options available, consult factory. 2) Accuracy includes; Non-linearity, Hysteresis & Repeatability - BFSL.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

* Consult Factory for Hazardous Approval availability.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Oil and Gas Inside Brochure 2010:Layout 1

8/23/2010

2:06 PM

Page 1

OIL & GAS INSTRUMENTS FOR

111/211/311 Industrial Transmitter

411 HART Transmitter

1171 Field Rangeable

240/340 & 340T Pressure or Temperature

- Rig Safety Systems - Well Head Control - Gas Pipeline - Control Panels - On-Board Transmission & Engine Monitoring

- Well Head Pressures - BOP Controls - Control Panels

- Well Head Pressures - BOP Control - HPU Control - Offshore Control Panels

- Pipeline Pressures - Gas compressor / skidded systems - On-board vehicle Pressure/Temperature

- Rugged, SST Design - Compact & Lightweight - Explosion Proof, Intrinsically Safe & Nonincendive Approvals

- HART Protocol - Field Rangeable - Rugged, Welded, SST Construction - Compact & Lightweight

- Magnetically Coupled Adjustments - Field Rangeable - Compact SST Design

- Compact design- 1” Dia. - Rugged Construction - Flush Mount Versions - All SST Construction

BASE MODEL 1

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES

UPSTREAM, LAND BASED, OFFSHORE AND

217/317 & 340F Flush Mount

170/270/370 & 271/371

370-HPHT High Pressure, High Weco® “Hammer” Union ® Pressure or Temperature Temperature Weco Union

- Fracing, cementing, MWD, - BOP Valve control - Blender Discharge Pressure Acidizing, Stand Pipe, Stimulation, Choke & Kill - MUD line pressure - Slurry pressure - On-board Transmission

- HPHT wells - Fracing, cementing, MWD, acidizing, Stand Pipe, Stimulation, Choke & Kill

115/215/315 Differential Pressure - Hydraulic Test Stands - Rig Top Drive & Skid Control - Pump & Compressors

BASE MODEL 1

SUBSEA APPLICATIONS.

7500-9000 Sub Sea Well Head - BOP control - Subsea well head control

APPLICATIONS

- Compact Size & Weight - Welded SST Design - Mid to High Ranges - 10K PSI Line Pressure Option

FEATURES

- API Flanges - HART provides system check - Sea water rated - Exotic wetted materials - Pressure & Temperature output - Redundant sensor option - Rated to 30,000 FT

7540 Sub Sea DP

7500 Sub Sea Pressure

7570 Sub Sea Temperature

- Subsea well head control - Sea level reference - ROV & DSRV’s

- ROV level & pressures - Subsea well head control

- ROV system temperature - Subsea well head

- Compact, Rugged Design - High line/ Low DP ranges - Flush port options - Sea water rated - Rated to 30,000 FT

- Welded, Rugged Design - Compact size - Sea Water rated - Optional temperature output - Rated to 30,000 FT

- Compact, Rugged Design - Sea Water rated - Rated to 30,000 FT - Optional port & probe types

0-1 thru 0-75K G, SG, V, A

0-100 thru 0-15K G, SG, V, A

0-50 thru 0-75K G, SG, V, A

0-1 thru 0-15K G, SG, V, A Temp: -320° F thru 350° F

RANGES (PSI)

0-50 thru 0-20K G, SG, V, A

0-3K thru 0-20K SG

0-30K thru 0-10K DP

RANGES (PSI)

0-5K thru 0-20K SG

0-50 thru 0-10K DP

0-50” thru 0-15K A, SG

-320° F thru +350° F

±0.5%, ±0.2% or ±0.1% FSO

±0.2% or ±0.1% FSO

±0.5% or ±0.20% FSO

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

±0.25% or ±0.12% FSO

±0.25% FSO

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

ACCURACY 2 (FSO)

±0.2% FSO

±1%, ±0.5% or ±0.2% FSO

±0.5%, ±0.2% FSO

Consult Factory

mV/V, Vdc or 4-20 mA

HART & 4-20 mA

4-20 mA

Temperature - RTD, 4-20 mA or Vdc

OUTPUT

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc, or 4-20 mA

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

OUTPUT

Dual 4-20 mA with HART

mV/V, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

RTD, 0-5 Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/4” NPT (F)

1/4” NPT (M)

PROCESS PORT

3/4”- 16 or 1/2” NPT (M)

2”- 602, 1502, 2002 or 2202 ® WECO Union

2”- 1502, 2002 or 2202 ® WECO Union

1/4” NPT (F)

PROCESS PORT

API Flange

1/4” NPT (F) (Flush ports available)

SAE - 4

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or SST Mil-Grade Connector

ELECTRICAL

SST Mil-spec connector or wire leads

User Selectable

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or liquid tight connection w/leads

ELECTRICAL

SST Subsea rated connector

SST or Glass filled Nylon Subsea rated connector

17- 4PH & 316 SST

WETTED PARTS

17- 4PH & 316 SST

SST-Meets NACE MRO175 guidelines

316L SST

WETTED PARTS

SST, Hastelloy & Inconel options

316 SST

316 & 17- 4 PH SST

316L SST

Pressure - Vdc or 4-20 mA

1/2” NPT (M) Conduit w/leads or Liquid Tight Connection w/leads

17- 4 PH & 316 SST

*Some options may affect performance, size or other characteristics. Consult factory for final selection.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

1) Standard options shown. Many options available, consult factory. 2) Accuracy includes; Non-linearity, Hysteresis & Repeatability - BFSL.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

* Consult Factory for Hazardous Approval availability.

(877) 774-4751

WWW.GP50.COM

(716) 773-9300

Introduction to Pressure Transducers Broadly speaking, a transducer is a device which transforms one type of energy into another. At GP:50 we sell a specific class of transducers which convert mechanical energy into an equivalent electrical signal for measuring or controlling the input media. This type of electro-mechanical transducer (Pressure Transducer) is usually located at the source of the physical force and will respond to changes in magnitude. The readout or control instrumentation can then be positioned at any convenient distance from the transducer, and connected to it by electrical wiring. Two types of pressure sensing technologies that GP:50 uses in its current product line are strain gauge and capacitance.

Strain Gauge A strain gauge pressure transducer uses bonded foil strain gauges on a sensor that changes resistance when pressure is applied. This is accomplished by bonding the foil strain gauges in a Wheatstone bridge configuration on a sensing diaphragm. When the sensor is put into tension or compression, the resistance changes in proportion to the amount of stress that is applied to it and this change in resistance is converted into an electrical output signal.

Capacitance A capacitance pressure transducer, like bonded strain gauge, utilizes an electrical parameter that is made to change in proportion to the change in pressure. Our Capacitance sensor has a single sensing diaphragm with 2 passive diaphragms, one on either side. A change in capacitance is converted to a frequency oscillation whose output is controlled by an electronic package and converted to an electrical output. The capacitance sensor is very popular and is often used in applications where low pressures are required. This technology allows you to measure extremely low-pressure ranges down to 0-5 inwc full scale and contains silicon oil fill, providing better stability.

General Information What types of output do Pressure Transducers have? There are three different types of pressure transducers that are available, millivolt (mV), voltage (Vdc), and milliampere (mA).

Millivolt Millivolt (GP:50 100 Series) is a bonded foil strain gauge bridge transducer with a nominal 3 mV/V output signal. It is unusual in that it incorporates an instrumentation amplifier in its circuit design to aid in manufacturing flexibility. It is done, however, in such a fashion that the electrical characteristics of the unit are almost exactly like those of a full-bridge type transducer - namely, an output that varies with input voltage (ratiometric), and an input impedance of 350 ohms. It has a minimum operating input voltage of 3 V on DC only. Full scale outputs of 5 and 10 mV/V, or as high as 100 mV/V, are easily obtained as optional features. These units may have the inputs leads reversed or shorted without damage to the circuitry.

Voltage Voltage- (GP:50 200 Series) is also a bonded strain gauge transducer with internal signal conditioning to provide a Vdc output signal in direct proportion to input pressure. Internal voltage regulation on these units allows operation on an unregulated power supply from 9-40 Vdc. The units have a single-ended output with a common ground between input and output, so that multiple units may be easily powered by a common power supply. These units may also have the input leads reversed or shorted without damage to the circuitry.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Introduction to Pressure Transducers

Milliamp Milliamp- (GP:50 300 Series) termed a transmitter by the industry, is a strain gage device with internal signal conditioning to provide an industry standard 4-20 mA full-scale output signal in direct proportion to the input pressure. These are true, twowire devices, reverse-wire protected, that operate on a 9-40 Vdc excitation and can drive 1200 ohms maximum at 37 Vdc or 600 ohms at 24 Vdc.

Selecting a Transducer What are some important factors that must be considered when selecting a Pressure Transducer? There are three primary considerations when selecting a transducer. They are:

• System Pressure Requirements 1) The Pressure Requirements of the system Many hydraulic and pneumatic systems exhibit short duration pulses or shocks that are superimposed on a steady state operating pressure. These are caused by a rapid change in system equilibrium due to compressors, pumps, pistons, and valves. Dynamic overpressures have the potential of exceeding the overload capability of the pressure transducer. Opening and closing valves slowly, installing surge tanks, utilizing pressure snubbers or relocating the transducer can prevent damage. To provide maximum protection against dynamic overpressure, GP:50 subjects every transducer to a 200% pressure overload during the manufacture of each transducer. The normal working pressure of the system should be below the maximum range of the pressure transducer. The proof pressure and burst pressure ratings should be sufficiently high to provide an adequate safety margin in the event that there is a system malfunction and an overpressure occurs. As a guideline, a pressure transducer's pressure range should be chosen to be 125% the normal working pressure.

• Process Temperature 2) Process Temperature Measurement errors can be introduced due to temperature changes in either the pressure media or in ambient conditions. The temperature range should be within the compensated temperature range of the transducer, and the maximum system temperature should not exceed the maximum stated temperature rating of the pressure transducer.

• Compatability 3) Compatibility of Pressure Media with the Transducer MeasurementTransducers are exposed to a variety of liquids, gases, and slurries. In some applications the pressure media is corrosive, which can damage the sensing diaphragm. This corrosion of the diaphragm will change the transducer's sensitivity as well as its strength, reducing the overpressure capability. The pressure media must be compatible with the components of the pressure transducer, otherwise the lifetime of the pressure transducer is compromised. For further information, please contact the factory direct. A basic pressure measurement system consists of the transducer, a readout instrument, a power supply, and connecting cable. Cable between components should be shielded and properly grounded, and all electrical connections should be of the highest integrity. Also, use fittings that are capable of handling the pressures generated by your system and compatible with the pressure port of the pressure transducer. And on low range pressure transducers, never poke the diaphragm with a pencil point, screwdriver tip, or similar object since the diaphragm could be damaged, affecting the performance of the transducer.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

•

www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

LOW PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 210, 310 FEATURES: • Wet-wet, gauge pressure measurement • 500 psi pressure overload • Type 316 stainless all welded construction • Explosion proof ratings available • Accuracy to ±0.1% FSO

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-5” wc through 0-200 psi (see ordering guide)

1/4” NPT(F) PRESSURE CONNECTION

ZERO & SPAN ADJUST 36” ▼

1.25 FLATS

2.00

1.50

NEMA 4 CONNECTION

1.50 0.430 1.650

2.740

4.820

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 210

310

A/1 Red B/2 Green C/3 White D/4 Black

+ Exc. + Signal NC - Exc./Signal.

+ Exc./Signal NC NC - Exc./Signal

E/5 Blue F/6 Brown Shield

NC Option GH NC Option GH Open

GP:50 reserves the right to make product improvements and amendments to the product specifications stated throughout this brochure without prior notification. Please contact the factory on all critical dimensions and specifications for verification.

A5SL-10.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers Specifications reflect standard product, improved performance/mechanical options available. Modifications may alter specs, consult factory for more information. Accuracy (non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability)

Series B (Std.) ±0.5% FSO RSS

Series C ±0.2% FSO RSS

Wetted Parts*

316 Stainless Steel

Resolution

Infinite (0.01% practical minimum)

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage

+30ºF to +170ºF 0ºF to +185ºF -40ºF to +200ºF

Temperature Compensation* Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF

Orientation Shift Zero Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70°F Output Loading Load Impedance Zero Balance Span Mechanicals Response Time Frequency Response Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Weight Connections* Pressure Electrical Model 210 Model 310

±1 in wc maximum (Model 210) 10.2-32 Vdc 0-5 Vdc FSO 3000 ohms minimum

Series D ±0.1% FSO RSS

(Model 310) 13-37 Vdc 4-20 mA FSO 1200 ohms maximum at 37 Vdc

Approximately ±20% FSO adjustment Approximately ±20% FSO adjustment <100 milliseconds for 90% FSO at 70ºF Flat to 10 HZ 500 psi for all pressure ranges 2000 psi 28 oz. nominal 1/4” NPT (F) 6 conductor, 36” long 4 conductor, 36” long

Enclosure Materials

316 stainless steel

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE:

OPTIONS

MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE

Example: 310-C-WX-2-CA/GH

MODEL 210 310 210X 310X

0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA 0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

SERIES B C D

FA FC FH FJ FZ

PRESSURE RANGE 5 7.5 10 15 20 30

PC PE PG PJ PL

1 2 3 5 7.5

Bendix PTIH-10-6P Bendix CF3102E-14S-6P Terminal Block 1/2” NPT (M) conduit connection with 36” leads NEMA-4X cable, 8’ vented polyurethane jacket 1/2” NPT (M) conduit, 2’ vented polyurethane jacketed cable Teflon jacketed cable, Tefzel used on submersible units (options CH, CL, CW, DE, GM) Other

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT

0.5% FSO 0.2% FSO 0.1% FSO

WT WV WX WZ XB XD

CA CB CE CF CH CL CT

None (standard connector with a 36” pigtail)

IN. WC XF 50 XH 75 XK 100 XM 150 XO 200 XQ 300 PSI PN 10 PP 15 SZ Other PR 20 PT 30

XS XU XW XY YA SZ

500 750 1000 1500 2000 Other

GENERAL

PV PX PZ RB RD

50 75 100 150 200

PRESSURE TYPE 2 Gauge

8 Elevated

4 Vacuum

9 Other

MS33649-4 (1/4 AND - 10050) 3/8” NPT (F) 1/8” NPT (F) 1/4” NPT (M) Other

10 Compound

DE CW GE

GL GM GS HL JH GZ

IP-67 (NEMA-6) vented polyurethane cable, neoprene grommet Submersible housing, 8’ non-vented polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet, and 1/2” NPT (M) conduit Improved temp. comp. ±0.5% FSO/100ºF zero and span respectively Internal calibration resistor 100 ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified Cleaning for oxygen service Submersible housing, 8’ polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet, and conduit fitting. 0-10 Vdc FSO. (Model 210 Requires 16-42 Vdc excitation) RFI protection Remote cable mounted zero and span controls Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

GENERAL PURPOSE / OEM PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Models 1002,1003 TARGET APPLICATIONS: • Automotive • Industrial OEM • Hydraulic Systems • Compressor Controls • Pneumatic Controls • Pump Controls

FEATURES: • Low cost, high reliability • 0.5% FSO standard accuracy, 0.25% FSO typical • Small size, lightweight • Rugged, all-welded construction • NEMA-4X/IP65 rated

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-5 to 0-10,000 psi (See ordering guide) 1/4 NPT (M)

0.870 DIA. DIN CONNECTOR HIRSCHMAN STYLE 43650 OPTION DA 7/8 HEX Units are in inches. 2.300

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE PIN/WIRE

1002

1003

A/1 RED B/2 BLACK C/3 GREEN D/4 SHIELD

+ EXC. - EXC. + SIGNAL OPEN

+ EXC./SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPEN

Wiring code may vary depending on options. To avoid ground loops, earth ground the shield wire or the transducer case, but not both.

A5SL-1000.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) 0.5% (BFSL) Infinite (Practical = 0.06% FSO)

Resolution Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage

0ºF to 180º F -40ºF to 180º F -40ºF to 250º F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

±2.0% FSO/100ºF ±2.0% FSO/100ºF

Electricals Approvals Excitation Zero Balance Span Tolerance Insulation Current Draw (1002)

CE EN 50 081 - 1 9-36 Vdc ±2% FSO ±2% FSO 10 M Ohms at 50 Vdc pin to case 3.5 mA Nominal 6mA max

Mechanicals Response Time Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Pressure cavity Material Standard Connections Pressure Electrical

5 ms 1.5X pressure range 3X pressure range 0r 17,500 psig 316 Stainless Steel and 15-5SS 1/4 NPT male (see options) 36” cable

Enclosure Materials Rating

316 SS and nylon NEMA-4X, IP65

Resistance to Shock According to IEC 68-2-32

1m (free-fall onto steel plate)

Vibration Resistance According to IEC 68-2-6 & 68-2-36

20g

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

RANGE

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 1003-RD-2-DA/LT OPTIONS

MODELS 1002 1003

0 - 5 Vdc 4 - 20 mA

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP PT PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF RH PJ PN

0-15 0-30 0-50 0-75 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-250 0-300 0-500 0-5 0-10

RK RM RO RR RS RT RV RX RZ

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-2500 0-3000 0-5000 0-7500 0-10,000 *Consult Factory *Consult Factory

AA DA CF

36” wire leads GSSNA300, DIN 43650-C Connector with Mate 1/2” NPT Male Nylon Conduit with 36” Cable

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT AA FL LT

1/4 NPT Male 1/8 NPT Male SAE - 4 Male

GENERAL GJ GS GZ

Add Zero & Span Controls 0-10 Vdc FSO Alternate Output, Customer Special

PRESSURE TYPE 2 4 3

Gauge Vacuum Absolute

*Consult Factory

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

INDUSTRIAL GRADE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Models 111, 211, 311 Custom Engineered to fit your application.

FEATURES: • Rugged, welded, stainless steel construction • Strain gauge technology • High accuracy, ± 0.5% FSO standard, ±0.1% FSO optional • Resistant to pressure spike • Small package size SPECIFICATIONS: Output (at 70º F) Model 111.......... 3 mV/V .......... 3.5 - 15 Vdc excitation Model 211.......... 0-5 Vdc .......... 9.0 - 40 Vdc excitation Model 311.......... 4-20 mA .......... 9.0 - 36 Vdc excitation Pressure Ranges 0-5 thru 0-20,000 PSI PSIG, PSIS, PSIA, PSIV and Compound ranges available Accuracy (Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability) Series B ................... ± 0.5% BFSL Series C ................... ± 0.2% BFSL Series D ................... ± 0.1% BFSL Resolution ..................... Infinite (practical minimum of 0.02% on 111, 211 and 0.06% on 311) Zero Balance (at 70º F) Model 111, 211 .......... 0.0 mV/V ±2% FSO (@ 10 Vdc) Model 311 .................. 4 mA ±2% FSO (@24 Vdc) Range Calibration Signal Model 111 ................... Resistance value provided on calibration card for 100% FSO Insulation Resistance ... > 10 megohms @ 50 Vdc & @ 70ºF Temperature Limits Compensated ............. 0-180º F Operating .................... -20º F to 190º F Storage ....................... -65º F to +250º F Temperature Compensation (Standard) Zero / Span .................. Less than ±2% FSO/100º F at FSPR and/or URL Standard Connections Process Connection ......... 1/4” NPT (F) Electrical Connection 36” long Belden 8723, 24 AWG, 4 conductor cable (or equivalent) Unless otherwise stated, these specifications are the standards to which the units are normally constructed. Upgrades or alterations may be easily and readily accomplished by the standard option code or by discussion with the factory. We invite your inquiry.

For Intrinsically Safe and Explosion Proof approvals, please see our 111, 211, 311 Hazardous Loc. Data Sheet.

(optional)

Wiring Code (for most connectors) 111

211

311

A/1 RED

+ EXCIT.

+ EXCIT./SIGNAL

B/2 GREEN

+ SIGNAL

C/3 WHITE

- SIGNAL

D/4 BLACK

- EXCIT.

- EXCIT./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE

NC OPT. GH

F/6 BROWN

NC OPT. GH

SHIELD

OPEN

Electricals Imput Impedance Model 111.......... 350 ohm nominal, full bridge Imput Current Model 211.......... 8mA nominal Load Impedance Model 111.......... 50,000 ohms minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation Model 311.......... 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc and 750 ohms maximum at 24 Vdc Output Current Model 211.......... 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation Turndown Model 311 option GR .. 5:1 (3:1 for ranges ≤ 15 PSI) Mechanicals Proof Pressure ....... 2 X FSPR (or URL) or 22,500 psi, whichever is less Burst pressure Gauge/SG/Absolute ....... 5 X FSPR (or URL) or 23,000 psi, whichever is less Vacuum........................... 5 X FSPR in gauge Pressure Response ...Less than 5 ms 10% to 90% Weight .......................10 oz. nominal, options may increase weight Wetted Material .........316 & 15-5 PH Stainless Steel Enclosure Material .... 316 stainless steel Mounting ................... Pressure port

A5SL-11.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers OUTLINES UNITS:INCHES

PIGTAIL CONNECTOR W/ HEYCO FITTING

6 PIN BENDIX

1/2 NPT CONDUIT END

1.250

SS NAMEPLATE WELDED TO BODY

3.96 REF 3.50 REF

3.85 REF

3.475 REF

SS NAMEPLATE WELDED TO BODY

0.380 0.380

0.380

1.250 FLATS

1.500 DIA. 1/4 NPT (F)

1.500 DIA.

MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

●

1/4 NPT (F)

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

CONDUIT CONNECTOR

Example: 311-C-PZ-CA/GJ

Use the following codes to identify desired item (we invite your inquiries on specifications not listed):

PRESSURE TYPE OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

For Intrinsically Safe and Explosion Proof approved options, please see our 111X, 211X, 311X brochure.

MODEL (Signal)

OPTIONS

GENERAL

111 211 311

AA None ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CA Bendix PTIH-10-6P CB Bendix CF3102E-14S-6P CC Bendix PC02E-12-8P CD Cannon WK6-32S CE Terminal Block CF 1/2” NPT(M) thread with 36” leads CG MS3102R-14S-6S CH Vented cable, 8’ long (NEMA 4 termination) CJ DIN 43650 (includes mate) CK Lumberg RSF-3/12 mm CL 1/2” NPT (M) w/36” vented cable (ranges <299 psi) CM Bendix PTIH-8-4P, or equal CN Bendix MS3102A-14S-5P, or equal CO Junction Box CP Cannon WK4-32S CQ Cannon WKA7-32S CR 36” cable with armored jacket CT 36” Teflon jacket cable (high temp) CU 1/2” NPT (F) conduit thread with 36” pigtail CZ Other ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FA MS33649-4 (1/4 AN-10050, female) FC 3/8” NPT (F) FD MS33656-4 (7/16-20 UNF-3A) FH 1/8” NPT (F) FJ 1/4” NPT (M) FL 1/8” NPT (M) FM Autoclave Type F-250-C FN 1/2” NPT (M) FO 1/4” BSPP (M) LC VCR fitting for 1/4” tubing LG SAE-4 (F) O-ring seal thread LH SAE-6 (M) O-ring seal straight thread (with O-ring) LP 1/4” BSPP (F) LT SAE-4 (M) O-ring seal straight thread (with O-ring) FE Bullet nose for submersible option GM, 316 SS LD Tapered inlet, sludge level LJ Tapered inlet w/ standoff plate LX 1-1/2” tube size Tri-Clover fitting LY 2” tube size Tri-Clover fitting FZ Other

3 mV/V 5 Vdc 4 - 20 mA

SERIES (Accuracy) B C D

0.5% FSO (Standard) 0.2% FSO 0.1% FSO

RANGE (PSI) PJ PL PN PP PQ PR PS PO PT PV

5 7.5 10 15 3-15 20 3-27 25 30 50

PX PZ RB RD RE RF RH RJ RK RM

75 100 150 200 250 300 500 600 750 1000

RO 1500 RR 2000 RS 2500 RT 3000 RV 5000 RX 7500 RZ 10,000 SB 15,000 SZ Other

Model 311 w/option GR only TG 0-5 through 0-15 TJ 0-6 through 0-30 TL 0-20 through 0-100 TN 0-60 through 0-300 TP 0-200 through 0-1000 TR 0-600 through 0-3000 TT 0-1000 through 0-5000 PRESSURE TYPE 2 Gauge (Direct, 0-299 psi and lower) 3 Absolute 4 Vacuum 6 Sealed Gauge (hermetic) (0-100 psig ang higher) 7 Gauge (non-hermetic seal) (0-300 psi and higher) 8 Elevated (suppressed zero) 9 Other 10 Compound (vacuum & gauge pressure)

1.250 FLATS

1/4 NPT (F)

GAUGE, ABSOLUTE, VACUUM (STANDARD CONFIG.)

ORDERING GUIDE:

1.500 DIA.

1.250 FLATS

GA GB GC GD

GE GF GG GH GJ GK GL GM

GR GS GY HE HK HL HR JE JH JJ JK JS JV MA CW

IP-67 (NEMA-6) vented polyurethane cable, neoprene grommet Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO Alternate full scale outputs. Set to ±2%FSO Special calibration of a standard range )i.e. 5-10 point). Pressure overload 10X rated range, or 22,5000 psi. whichever is less. Not available with GM, CW, GY, GF GP, HX, JP, GR. Burst pressure 15x rated range or 23,000 psi, whichever is less. Improved temp comp to ±0.5% FSO/100º F for zero and span. Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250ºF (± 2% FSO/100ºF) Alternate calibration signal Internal cal resistor, set to 100% ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified. Zero and span controls. (±20% FSO, Models 211, 311) Inconel Pressure Cavity. Oxygen cleaning. Submersible Housing, w/8’ Vented Submersible Polyurethane Jacket Cable, Neoprene Grommet, and 1/2” NPT (M) Conduit Thread. Ranging. (Model 311 only. See pressure code. Includes option GJ, n/a w/ option GD. Limited to B series Acc.) 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 211. 316SS pressure cavity. (Option GD not available) ± 0.5% FSO zero balance (Std. w/”D” accuracy), ranges ≥ 30 psi only NEMA 4 rating (Sealed gauge). RFI protection. ± 15 Vdc excitation, Model 211. 5000 ohm strain guages (Mdl.111) Remote cable mounted Z&S controls. 3’ cable on open side. cable on closed side as required. Mdl. 311 only. Fast response (500 microsecond, Model 211). Barometric pressure, 23-35” Hga Internal damping as specified by customer. Voltage surge protection (lighting resistance) Mdl 311 1-5 Vdc FSO. Submersible housing, 8’ polyurethane jacket nonvented cable, neoprene grommet and 1/2” NPT (M) conduit fitting (0-500 psi max). Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE / LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER / TRANSMITTER Models 1102, 1103 TARGET APPLICATIONS: • Industrial OEM • Level & Depth • Water & Waste Water Treatment • Irrigation • Groundwater Testing • Food & Beverage

FEATURES: • Low Cost, High Accuracy, High Reliability • 0.5% FSO standard accuracy, 0.25% typical • Small Size - 1” diameter, Lightweight • Rugged, all welded construction • 1/2” NPT Conduit Thread Standard • IP68 Rated • Operating Temperature -40°F to +180°F

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-15 To 0-500 psig (See ordering guide) FLATS

1/2 NPT CONDUIT FITTING 1.0” DIA.REF

BREATHER TUBE

1.00” 6.1 REF.

SUBMERSIBLE CABLE

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE RED BLACK GREEN SHIELD

1102

1103

+ EXC. - EXC. + SIGNAL OPEN

+ EXC./SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPEN

To avoid ground loops, earth ground the shield wire or the transducer/transmitter case, but not both. GP:50 reserves the right to make product improvements and amendments to the product specifications stated throughout this brochure without prior notification. Please contact the factory on all critical dimensions and specifications for verification.

A5SL-1100.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) 0.5% (BFSL)

Pressure Cavity Material

316 stainless steel and inconel

Resolution

Infinite (Practical = 0.06% FSO)

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage

0°F to 180°F -40°F to 180°F -40°F to 250°F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

±2.0% FSO/100ºF ±2.0% FSO/100ºF

Mechanicals Response Time Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Weight

5 ms 1.5 X Full Scale Output 3 X Full Scale Output

Standard Connections Pressure Electrical Cable

PVC bullet nose 8’ Molded polyurethane jacket, 6 conductor with breather tube

Electrical

(Model 1102) (Model 1103) 9.0 - 36 Vdc 9.0 - 36 Vdc 0-5 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO ± 2.0% FSO ± 2.0% FSO 10 M Ohms at 50 Vdc Pin to Case

Excitation Output at 70°F Zero Balance Span Tolerance Insulation

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 1103-RD-2-CZ/FJ

MODELS 1102 1103

0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP PT PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF RH

0-15 0-30 0-50 0-75 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-250 0-300 0-500

OPTIONS ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE AA CZ

None Alternate Cable or Length

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FJ FL

1/4 NPT Male 1/8 NPT Male

GENERAL GA GB JH GZ

Standardized FSO Alternate Electronic Output Remote Zero & Span Controls Customer Special

PRESSURE TYPE 2 6

Gauge Sealed Gauge

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

MULTI-RANGE PROCESS PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 1171 FEATURES: • 5 Through 100,000 PSI Ranges in PSISG, PSIA, Vacuum Options • 4-20 mA Loop Powered • 5:1 Ranging • Waterproof • Magnetic Coupling / Sealed • 316 SS • CE Approved • FM Explosion Proof, and intrinsically safe approved • CSA intrinsically safe approved

1/2 NPT

APPLICATIONS:

1 Ο

Coarse Fine 2 Zero Zero

Off Cal Off

4 Ο

Fine Zero

Completely sealed, it can be submersed to 100 feet with submersible conduit. The all welded construction and 15-5 and 316 stainless steels used in the pressure cavity make the 1171 watertight and strong against corrosion. The unit is designed without an “O”-ring and insures reliability.

4.685

This rugged, harsh-environment transmitter is small in size and designed to solve your worst weather nightmare.

NY, LTD PRESSURE TRANSDUCER TEL: (716) 773-9300

The external zero, span, and calibration controls are hermetically sealed and easily adjusted with the help of a magnetically-coupled drive system. This unit allows for 5:1 ranging of the transmitter’s standard pressure range.

APPROVED

MDL: S/N: Range: Max. Pre Output: 4 Red + Ex FM Explo. CL: I, II, GP A, B, Vmax=36 Ci=3000p

1.500Ø

Pressure ranges include 5 through 75,000 PSI and are available in sealed gauge, absolute and sealed vacuum.

1.25Ø FLATS

1/4 NPT

Featuring a calibration circuit that permits setup and ranging, there is no need for calibrated pressure source. 1171 is FM explosion proof, Intrinsically Safe, and CE Approved.

3 GP:50

5.44 REF.

• Off Shore Rigs and Pumping Platforms • Pipelines and Processing • Shipboard and Marine Applications • Plastics and Paper - All Processes

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

A5SL-1171.00

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. *Measured fluid temperature in excess of the compensated temperature limits may be acceptable depending on ambient temperature conditions. Full Scale Pressure Range (FSPR)

0-5, 10, 15 PSISG, A, SV and 3-15 PSISG 0-20, 25, 30, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 15,000, 20,000, 25,000, 30,000,40,000 50,000, 75,000, 100,000 PSISG, PSIA

Supply Voltage

9-36 Vdc

Regulations

Less than 0.02% FSO/V over supply voltage range.

Output Signal

4-20 mA, 2 wire loop Powered

Load Impedance

1350 ohms a 36 Vdc

Accuracy

Greater than 0.25% of calibrated span including errors due to linearity, hysteresis and repeatiblity, RSS

Combined Zero & Span Temperature Effects on Accuracy

Less than 1.0% per 100ºF

Combined Zero & Span Temperature Effects on Accuracy At 5:1 Ranging

Less than 3.5% FSPR per 100ºF

Compensated Temperature Limits*

0 thru +170ºF based on actual operat-

Burst Pressure

0-75 thru 0-15,000 PSIG, A-5 times full scale pressure range or 22,500 PSIG, whichever is less. 0-20,000 thru 0-100,000 PSIG, A-1.5 times full scale pressure range or 125,000 PSIG, whichever is less.

Long-Term Stability

Greater than 0.25% FSPR over six months.

Resolution

Infinite

Response Time

Approximately 5 milliseconds

Shock & Vibration Without Change

100 g’s PK to PK

Enclosure Materials

15-5 SS and 316 SS

Measured Fluids

Any gas or liquid compatible with 15-5 SS Inconel X750 optional.

Standard Process Pressure Connection

0-5 thru 0-15,000 PSI -1/4” Female Connection. 0-20,000 thru 0-50,000 PSI - 9/16”-18 gland thread, pressure relieved. 1/4” OD high pressure tube, 60 degree cone. Conforms to Autoclave type F250-C.

ing temperature.

Operating Temperature Limits

-10 to +176ºF

Range Adjustments

5:1

Range Calibration Signal

20% and 100%, calibration signals provided by maintain-contact switch.

Range Calibration Signal Accuracy

Greater than1.0%. Exact pressure to output correlation data provided.

Zero Balance

Fine and Coarse adjustable

Interaction Between Zero & Span Range

Zero Adjustment does not affect range.

Circuit Protection

Reverse polarity protected Units are protected against voltage transients above 45V to 20A at 0.02 milliseconds.

Insulation Resistance

Better than 10 megohms at 50V DC

Proof Pressure

5 to 50 PSI 100 PSI 75 to 15,000 2xFSPR or 20,000 PSI, whichever is less. 20,000 to 100,000 PSI 1.2 x FSPR or 125,000 PSI which ever is less.

Span adjustment effect on zero is less than 0.5%

0-5 thru 0-50 PSISG, A, SV and 3-15 PSISG 250 PSI

0-61,00 thru 0-75,000 PSI - 5/8” -18 gland thread pressure relieved. 5/16” OD high pressure tube, 60 degree cone. Conforms to Autoclave type F-312-C150.

Electrical Connection

1/2” NPT male

Enclosure Classification

NEMA 3, 4

Weight

Less than 28 oz.

Hazardous Location FM Explosion Proof (FM Standard)

Class I, II, III Division I Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G

FM Intrinsically Safe

Class I, II, III Division I Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G Ta= 80ºC, T4

Approved

Accesories

Mounting Bracket, Conduit connection box, Loop powered digital indicator.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 111, 211, 311 FEATURES: • Approved Intrinsically Safe and Explosion Proof [Factory Sealed, conduit seal not required] • mA, VDC, and mV outputs available • Rugged, all-welded stainless steel construction • Compact design

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-5 through 0-75,000 psi

ACCURACY: • ± 0.1% FSO thru ± 0.5% FSO

1/4” NPT(F) STD PROCESS CONNECTION OTHER PORTS OPTIONALLY AVAILABLE

1/2” NPT(M)

1.5” DIA

4 3/4” OPTIONS MAY AFFECT LENGTH

1 1/4” FLATS

WIRING CODE

72” LONG 18AWG CABLE

Standard wiring, alternate wiring available. Shunt polarity not applicable for relay contacts only when switched with a semiconductor.

PIN/WIRE

111X,P

211X,P

311X,P

311Z,AI,GI,EC

A/1 RED

+ EXC.

+ EXC./SIGNAL

B/2 GREEN

+ SIGNAL

CASE GND

C/3 WHITE

- SIGNAL

+ SIGNAL

D/4 BLACK

- EXC.

- EXC./SIGNAL

GRN & YEL

CASE GND

SHIELD

CASE GND

E/5 BLUE

+SHUNT (OPTION)

F/6 BROWN

-SHUNT (OPTION)

A5SL-11HL.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

0-5 thru 0-75,000 PSIS, PSIG, PSIA, PSIV

Accuracy

Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Repeatability (RSS) Option B: ±0.50% FSO Option C: ±0.20% FSO Option D: ±0.10% FSO

Zero Balance

±1.0% FSO at 70°F and 24 VDC (10 VDC Model 111)

FSO (Full Scale Output)

±1.0% FSO at 70°F and 24 VDC (10 VDC Model 111)

Long term Stability

< ±0.25% FSO for 6 months at 70°F & 24 Vdc excitation

Resolution Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage Effect on Zero Effect on Span Electricals Excitation Voltage Output Current Load Impedance

Infinite (practical minimum of 0.02% on 111,211 and 0.06% on 311 0 to 180°F -40°F to 190°F (-40°F to 176°F for Intrinsically Safe units) -65°F to 250°F < ±2.0% FSO/100°F (< ±1.0% FSO/100°F available) < ±2.0% FSO/100°F (< ±1.0% FSO/100°F available) (Model 111) (Model 211) 3.5-15 Vdc 10.5-32 Vdc N/A N/A 50KΩmin. 1350Ωmax-36 Vdc (<0.1% FSI attenuation) 350Ω nominal 8mA nominal

Input Impedance (111)/Input Current (211) Insulation Resistance Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Pressure Response

Greater than 10 megohms at 50 Vdc and 70°F 2 times FSPR (50-15k psi) or 22,000 psi, whichever is less 5 times FSPR (or URL) or 22,500 psi, whichever is less Less than 5 ms 10% to 90%

Wetted Materials Enclosure

316 & 15-5 PH SST 304 SST

ORDERING GUIDE:

MODEL

APPROVAL

●

ACCURACY PRESSURE RANGE PRESSURE TYPE

●

MODEL

FM Explosion Proof FM/CSA Explosion Proof FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety with shunt cal. ATEX/IEC Intrinsic Safety-311 (IEC pending) ATEX/IEC/FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety-311(IEC pending) CE marking-311

ACCURACY ±0.50% RSS ±0.20% RSS ±0.10% RSS 0-50 0-75 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-250 0-300

RH RJ RK RM RO RR RS

0-500 0-600 0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-2500

RT RV RX RZ SB SD SF

0-3000 0-5000 0-7500 0-10,000 0-15,000 0-20,000 0-30,000

SH SK SZ

0-50,000 0-75,000 Special Range

PRESSURE TYPE [May be affected by Altitude/Barometric pressure - consult factory] 2 3 4 6 7 8 10

●/●/●

(Consult factory for more options not listed)

(Z, AI, GI approvals only)

STD: X/P - 1/2” NPT (M) with 3 conductor 18AWG cable STD: Z/AI/GI/EC - NEMA 4X with 36” cable Bendix PC02E-12-8P [Mate PC06A-12-8S-(SR) not included] Cannon WK6-32S [Mate WK6-21C not included] Special Connector/Cable/Other

PRESSURE PORTS FH FJ FL FM FN LF

1/8” NPT (F) 1/4” NPT (M) 1/8” NPT (M) F-250-C Autoclave 1/2” NPT (M) 1/2” NPT (F)

GENERAL

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF

AA AA CC CD CZ

OPTIONS

●

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

APPROVAL

B C D

● OPTIONS

111 3 mV/V 211 0-5 Vdc 311 4-20 mA X P Z I AI GI EC

(Model 311) 9-36 Vdc 4-20 mA ±0.1% FSO at 70°F 750Ω max-24 Vdc

Gauge: < 300 PSI (311Z only) Absolute Vacuum (X has Sealed Gauge Reference) Sealed Gauge/hermetic Sealed Gauge/non-hermetic (311Z only) Elevated/Surpressed Zero (X has SG ref.) Compound range (requires SZ option) (X has SG ref.)

GC GD GE GF GG GJ GK GP GS GY HE HL JJ JP JV MD

Special calibration run (ie. 5 or 10 point) 10X overpressure or 22.5K psi, whichever is less [not with GY] Improved temp. comp. ( ±1.0% FSO/100°F zero and ±1.0% span) Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250º F (±2% FSO/100º F) Alt. shunt cal signal, not avail. w/311Z Zero & Span adjusts (311Z, I, AI, GI only, for X models see MD option) Inconel wetted parts Hastelloy C-276 wetted parts 0-10 Vdc output (14.2-32 Vdc excitation) 316 SS wetted parts Improved zero balance (±0.5% FSO) RFI protection (X, P, Z only - std. on I, AI, GI, EC approvals) Quick response (211X/P only) Type 316L wetted parts (not avail. with GD option) Voltage surge protection (not avail. on 111) Zero and Span controls (not avail. with Z, I, AI, GI approvals)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

HIGH PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 112, 212, 312 FEATURES: • Rugged, all-welded, encapsulated electronics • Leakproof, integral pressure cavity and sensor • Many standard easy-to-order options

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-20,000 psi to 0-150,000 psi • From 0-1500 bar to 0-10,000 bar (see ordering guide)

ACCURACY: •Accuracies to 0.2% FSO (RSS) (non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) FEMALE HIGH PRESSURE CONED FITTING SEE LITERATURE FOR OPTIONS

PRESSURE RELIEF HOLE

ID TAG: SST NAMEPLATE HEYCO STRAIN RELIEF

1.5Ø

1.25 FLATS

24 AWG 36” CABLE 0.5 REF. MAX REFERENCE DRAWING ONLY ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL AND FOR REFERENCE PURPOSE ONLY

3.6 REF. MAX.

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 112

212

312

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

A5SL-12.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) Series B (Std.) ±0.5% FSO RSS Series C ±0.2% FSO RSS

Wetted Parts:

0-20,000 to 60,000 psi 0-61,000 to 0-150,000 psi

Resolution

Infinite (.02% practical minimum)

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage Temperature Compensation* Zero Span Electricals Excitation Output at 70°F Input Current Load Impedance

15-5PH stainless steel Vascomax 300

0ºF to +180ºF -20ºF to +190ºF -65ºF to +250ºF Within ±2% FSO/100ºF Within ±2% FSO/100ºF (Model 112) 3.5-15 Vdc 3.0 mV/V ±2% FSO

(Model 212) 9-40 Vdc 5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 8 mA, nominal

(Model 312) 9-40 Vdc 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

50,000 ohms minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc and 750 ohms at 24 Vdc

Output Current

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1%FSO attenuation

Range Calibration Signal Insulation Resistance

Resistance value provided on calibration card for 100% FSO Greater than 10 megohms at 50 Vdc and 70ºF

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Case material Weight

1.2 times full scale pressure or 160,000 psi, whichever is less 2 times full scale pressure or 180,000 psi, whichever is less Types 15-5 PH and 316 stainless steel 12 oz., nominal

Connections*

Pressure Ranges 20,000 to 60,000 psi 75,000 to 150,000 psi Cable (24 AWG) 36” long

Electrical

Autoclave type F-250-C Autoclave type F-312-C150

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL SERIES RANGE

●

Example: 212-B-SH-CA/GJ

PORT

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

●

MODEL 112 212 312 312Z

3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA 4-20 mA (Intrinsically Safe)

SERIES (Accuracy) B C

PSI 20,000 30,000 50,000 75,000 100,000 150,000 Non-standard

UB UC UD UE UF UG

BAR 1500 2000 3000 5000 7500 10,000

PRESSURE PORT FM IC ID FZ

None (standard connector)

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CA CB CC CD CE CF CG CJ CO CZ

Bendix PTIH-10-6P (Mate PT06E-10-6S [SR], not supplied) Bendix CF3102E-14S-6P (Mate CF3106E-14S-6S, not supplied) Bendix PCO2E-12-8P (Mate:PCO6A-12-8S-[SR] not supplied] Cannon WK6-32S (Mate WK6-21C not supplied) Terminal Block 1/2” NPT Male Thread with 24” potted leads MS3102A-14S-6S (mate: MS3106F-14S-6P not supplied) DIN 43650 (includes mate) Junction Box (thermocouple type) and terminal block Alternate Connector/Cable/Other

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT

0.5% FSO 0.2% FSO

PRESSURE RANGE SD SF SH SK SM SO SZ

OPTIONS

F-250-C std. on pressure range 20k-60k psi auto clave engineering type F-375-C, 3/4-16 (F) thread autoclave engineering type F-312-C150, 5/8-18 (F) thread autoclave engineering type std. on ranges above 75k Non-standard port

IC ID

F-375-C, 3/4-16(F) thread autoclave engineering type F-312-C150, 5/8-18(F) thread autoclave engineering type

Non-standard port

GENERAL GA GB GE GF GG GH GJ GS HE HL HR GZ

Standardized FSO = (Full scale reading) - (Zero reading) ±0.5% FSO Alternate Electronic Output (Specify Zero and Span output Values.) ImprovedTtemperature. Compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100ºF for Zero and Span respectively, from 0ºF to 180ºF. Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250ºF (±2.0% FSO/100ºF). Alternate shunt calibration signal (specify percentage FSO) Internal shunt calibration resistor, set to 100% ±0.5% FSO Add Zero and Span Controls. (Approximately ±20% FSO adjustment) 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 212 only (Requires 14.5-32 Vdc excitation) ±0.5% FSO zero balance RFI Protection (for unit in proximity to radio transmitter) ±15 Vdc Excitation, Model 212 Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DIGITAL INDICATOR Models 1211, 1254

MODEL 1254

MODEL 1211

FEATURES:

• 5 Digit LED Display • “Fast-Cal” Calibration • Transducer Excitation Supply • Isolated Analog Input • Transducer Health “Test” Function • Dual Alarm Relays • Serial Communications

• 4 Digit LED Display • Thermocouple, RTD, mV, mA, V, and Resistance Inputs • Alarm Relay(s) • Zero/Tare and Max/Min Memory

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

BUTTONS

POWER

DISPLAY

●

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

POWER

DISPLAY

●

Example:1211-AB-B-1-R

Model 1211 Output A B C D E F Buttons N B Power 1 2 Display R G

Example:1254-1-R

1 Alarm Relay 2 Alarm Relays 3 Alarm Relays 1 Alarm Relay, 1 Analog Output (4-20mA) 2 Alarm Relays, 1 Analog Output (4-20mA) 3 Alarm Relays, 1 Analog Output (4-20mA) Blank Fascia Front Panel Push Buttons 90-250V AC Input 10-32V AC or DC Low Voltage Input Red Display Green Display

Model 1254 Power 1 Display R G

(2 Alarm Relays) 90-250V AC Input Red Display Green Display

FAST CAL OPERATION: Automatically calibrates & matches the indicator to a pressure transducer. It records the output at zero pressure & then records the Span by activating the transducers internal calibration resistor. Transducer Test - Allows a fast & accurate method of checking the wiring, calibration, and health of the connected transducer. Additional - Display Hold, Alarm Acknowledge, Key board Lock.

See reverse side for specifications. A5SL-1200.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

MODEL 1254

MODEL 1211 Display Type Range Update Rate A/D Converter Type

14.2mm high brightness red LED (green optional) 4 digit (-1999 tp 9999) 2 per second

Dual slope intergrating with auto zero Conversion Rate 100 mS Common Mode Rejection >150dB Series Mode Rejection >70dB

Thermocouple Inputs Type CJC Accuracy Open Circuit Detection Engineering Units Resolution RTD Type Configuration Excitation Units Resolution Voltage & Current Inputs Ranges Scaling Accuracy Impedance

Analog Output (Option) Output Maximum Output Accuracy Maximum Load Resolution

J, K, T, N, S, R 1°C after 30 minutes Upscale °C or °F 1 or 0.1°C (°F) Pt100 (alpha = 385) Pt100 (alpha = 392) 3 wire °C or °F 1 or 0.1° C (°F) ±20mA, ±100mV, ±10VDC Any portion of the display range 0.05% at 25°C typical < 5 Ohms (mA), > 100 MOhms (mV) > 100 MOhms (V)

Environmental Temperature Humidity

Range Update Rate Resolution Input ADC Type

Protection to IP65 48(H) x 96(W) X 100(D) 0.4Kg

10 to 50°C operating, -10 to 70°C storage 0-95% RH non condensing

14.2mm high brightness red LED (green optional) 5 digit (-19999 tp 99999) 2 per second User selectable

Dual slope integrating auto zero, 17 bit (universal for mV, mA, V) Resolution Up to 1 microV per display digit (mV input) Accuracy 0.05% of reading Measurement Rate 10 per second Input Impedance >100MOhms (mV inputs) Common Mode Rejection >150dB Series Mode Rejection >70dB Transducer Supply Excitation User selectable regulated 0-12VDC at 35mA Loop power 24VDC nominal (35mA max) Alarm Relays Relays 2 off, single change over contacts Rating 1 Amp at 250VAC, 5 Amp at 30VDC Analog Output Isolation Output

Scaling 4 to 20mA 22mA 0.2% at 25° C typical 500 Ohms 0.02mA

Alarm Relays (Relays 2 & 3 are optional) Relays 1 & 2 Change over contacts Relays 3 Normally open contacts Rating 1 Amp at 250 VAC, 5 Amp at 30 VDC Physical / Mechanical Front Panel Dimensions (mm) Weight

Display Type

Accuracy Response Resolution Max. Voltage Output Max. Current Output Max. Load

500VDC / Peak AC User selectable 0 to 10VDC, 0 to 20mA, or 4 to 20mA User Scaling to any displayable value 0.2% at 25°C typical 100ms 0.05% (5mV or 0.01mA) 11V at 22mA 22mA at 18V 900 Ohms

Serial Communications Type: RS 422/485, 2 or 4 wire multidrop Isolation: 500Vdc/Peak ac Speed: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600 baud Parity: Odd, even or none Stop bits: 1 or 2 Protocols:MODBUS™ RTU (J-BUS), MODBUS™ ASCII and DTPL Physical / Mechanical Dimensions (mm) 48(H) x 96(W) X 100(D) Weight 0.4Kg Environmental Temperature Humidity Alarms Display

Menus

10 to 50°C operating, -10 to 70°C storage 0-95% RH non condensing Alarms can be flashed on the display with the measured value. 4 menus, each individually user selectable.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE/LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 113, 213, 313 FEATURES: • All welded,stainless steel construction • Rugged, all encapsulated electronics • Leakproof • Many options to solve your problems

Standard

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-15 to 0-500 psi (see ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • From 0.2% FSO to 1.0% FSO (see specifications & ordering guide)

With Option LJ tapered inlet with stand off plate

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 113

213

313

RED GREEN WHITE BLACK

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

BLUE BROWN SHIELD

CALIBRATE CALIBRATE OPEN

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

A5SL-13.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) Series A: ±1.0% FSO (RSS) Series B: ±0.5% FSO (RSS) Series C: ±0.2% FSO (RSS)

Materials in contact with Measured fluids* Type 316 & inconel or 316 sensor stainless steel Temperature Limits* Compensated Operating Temperature Compensation* Zero Span

0ºF to +140ºF (Model 113, 213, 313) -40ºF to +150ºF Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF

Electricals Excitation Output at 70°F Input Impedance Load Impedance

(Model 113) 3.5-15 Vdc 3 mV/V ±2% FSO 5000 ohms, nominal

(Model 213) 10.5-42 Vdc 0-5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO

(Model 313) 9-36 Vdc 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

50,000 ohms minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 8 mA, nominal. 2.0 mA, maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Input Current Output Current Load Impedance

1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms maximum at 24 Vdc

Zero Balance

0.0 mV/V ±2% FSO at 70ºF

0.0 mVdc ±2% FSO at 70ºF

4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70ºF

Resistance value provided on calibration card for 100% FSO

See option GH

Range Calibration Signal*

Insulation Resistance Resolution

Greater than 10 megaohms at 50 Vdc and 70ºF Infinite

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure External Pressure Case Materials Weight Identification

1.5 times full scale pressure 5 times full scale pressure 500 psi maximum Type 316 stainless steel 2.5 oz nominal Stainless steel name plate welded to body

Connections Pressure* Electrical* Cable

PVC bullet nose Molded polyurethane jacket, 6 conductor with breather tube, 8’ long

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE:

MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

MODEL

Example: 313-B-PZ-2-LJ

113 3 mV/V 213 5 Vdc 313 4-20 mA

OPTIONS

SERIES

FH FL LD LJ

A B C

1.0% FSO 0.5% FSO 0.2% FSO

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP 15 PX 75 PR 20 PZ 100 PO 25 RB 150 PT 30 RD 200 PV 50 RE 250 PRESSURE TYPE 2 6 8

None (standard connector)

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT

Gauge Sealed Gauge Elevated

1/8” NPT (F) 1/8” NPT (M) Tapered inlet Tapered inlet with standoff plate

GENERAL RF 300 RH 500 SZ Other

CT GA GB GE GG GH GS GY JH GZ

Tefzel jacketed cable Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO. Alternate output, pressure units, or full scale outputs that are non-standard. Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified. Alternate calibration signal. Internal calibration resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO unless other wise specified. 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 213 (Requires 16-32 Vdc excitation) Type 316 stainless steel pressure cavity. Remote cable mounted (in-line) zero and span controls. 3’ cable on open side. Length of cable on closed side as required. (500’ maximum) Model 313 only. Customer special.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PLASTIC MELT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER / TRANSMITTER KITS The GP:50 product line of melt pressure transducers and transmitters is based on the proven bonded strain gauge principle successfully utilized in thousands of applications. Our unique design incorporates a heavier sensor allowing a thicker tip diaphragm, provides better linearity, and reduces costs. The design incorporates an extremely small capillary tubing that transmits the media pressure to the strain gauge sensor and mating electronics via a mechanical fill fluid. (Mercury is the standard, Silicone oil, Mineral oil and Nak are readily available depending on the application). GP:50 Melt-Kits come with everything you need for efficient and reliable extrusion pressure measurement. Melt-Kits include transducer, cable, indicator and more.

STARTER MELT KIT: Ideal for processors currently using blow plugs • Model 30 pressure transducer • 1211-B-B-1-R melt pressure indicator • MECA-CA connecting cable • MHK-AA transducer mounting hole machining tool kit • Getting started guide • Tube of anti-sieze compound • Screwdriver • GP:50 baseball hat Seen here with Model 30

CLASSIC MELT KIT: Ideal for processors currently measuring pressure • Model 30 or Model 31 transducer • 1211-B-B-1-R melt pressure indicator • MECA-CA connecting cable • Getting started guide • Tube of anti-sieze compound • Screwdriver • GP:50 baseball hat

Seen here with Model 31

A5SL-1310.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

TEMPERATURE / PRESSURE MELT KIT: Ideal for processors with temperature and pressure measurement requirements • Model 35 temperature/pressure transducer • 1290 indicator • MECA-CA connecting cable • MTC-AA thermocouple connector • Getting started guide • Tube of anti-sieze compound • Screwdriver • GP:50 baseball hat

DIFFERENTIAL MELT KIT: Ideal for processors who measure and control differential pressure • Two 131 or two 331 pressure transducers • 1235 process controller • Two MECA-CA connecting cables • Getting started guide • Tube of anti-sieze compound • Screwdriver • GP:50 baseball hat

ORDERING GUIDE: Starter Melt-Kit Model 1310

Model • Transducer • Range • Options

Classic Melt-Kit Model 1311

Ex: 1310-130-RX-AA Ex: 1311-130-RX-AA Transducer 130 3.3 mV/V 230 5 Vdc 330 4-20 mA

Transducer 130 3.3 mV/V 230 5 Vdc 330 4-20 mA 131 3.3 mV/V 231 5 mV/V 331 4-20 mA

Temperature / Pressure Melt-Kit Model 1312

Differential Melt-Kit Model 1313

Ex: 1312-135-RX-AA

Ex: 1313-131-RX-AA

Transducer 135 3.3 mV/V 235 5 Vdc 335 4-20 mA

Transducer 131 3.3 mV/V 331 4-20 mA

Pressure Ranges (PSI) RH 500 RK 750 RM 1000 RO 1500 RT 3000 RV 5000 RX 7500 RZ 10000

Consult factory for additional options.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

ULTRA HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 114, 214, 314 WORKING & OPERATION OF MODEL 14 Most differential pressure transducers have a sensor in the center of two passive diaphragms, which are normally only between .001 and .004 of an inch thick. An oil fill is used to transfer the pressure from the passive diaphragms to the sensor. As the sensor is cycled in the positive and negative direction, in the course of normal operation, there may be a slight zero shift due to a change in the sensor’s neutral axis. These diaphragms and oil fill can also influence the overall performance of the unit by damping pressure spikes and causing pressure shifts. The Model 14 was designed to solve these problems. This model connects two precisely matched sensors to a common electronic package which subtracts and then amplifies their outputs to provide a differential signal. If required, additional electronics can be added to the unit to provide signals proportional to either or both of the line pressures, as well. Each sensor of the Model 14 is cycled in only one direction, which helps achieve a greater zero stability. Also, since no oil fill is required, there is no damping of response time, and temperature effects are minimized. In addition, because the sensing diaphragms are much thicker than the above mentioned passive diaphragms, this unit can be used in high cyclic or more rugged applications.

FEATURES:

WIRING CODE

• Rugged • No fill • Intrinsically Safe

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 500 to 0-20,000 psid (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • From ±1.0% FSO to ±0.2% FSO (RSS) (See specifications & ordering guide.)

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

114 + EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

314 + EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN OPEN

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

HEYCO STRAIN RELIEF 24 AWG 36” CABLE

Optional Zero & Span Adjust

214 + EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

ID TAG: SST NAMEPLATE

1.50 Ø 1.82

3.38 REF.

3.06 REF.

1.250 FLATS TYP.

1/4 NPT TYP. PRESS. CONNECT

1.50Ø REF.

A5SL-14.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

±500, 600, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 5000, 7500, 10K, 15K, 20K psid

Static Line Pressure

5 times differential pressure range or 22,5000 psi, whichever is less

Wetted Parts

316 & 15-5 ph Stainless Steel

Accuracy

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) ±1.0% FSO (RSS) ±0.5% FSO (RSS) ±0.2% FSO (RSS) Less than ±1.0% FSO/1000 psid

Series A Series B Series C Zero Shift with Line Pressure Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage Temperature Compensation Zero Span

0º F to +180º F -20º F to +190º F -65º F to +250º F ±2.0% FSO/100º F ±2.0% FSO/100º F

Full Scale Output (Span) High Side (at 0 psid) Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70° F Zero Balance (at 0 psid)

(Model 114) 3.0 mV/V±2% at 70°F

(Model 114) 3.5-15 Vdc 3.0 mV/V ±2% FSO 0.0 mV/V ±5% FSO at 70°F

Range Calibration Signal

(Model 214) 5.0 Vdc ±2% at 70°F

(Model 214) 9.0 - 40 Vdc 5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 0.0 Vdc ±5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 314) 16.0 (4-20mA) ±2% at 70°F

(Model 314) 9.0 - 36 Vdc 16.0 (4-20 mA) ±2% FSO 4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 314Z) 9 - 36 Vdc 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

Shunt resistance value provided on Calibration Card for 100% FSO. (Std. on Model 114)

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure

5 times rated Differential Pressure Range, or 22,500 psi, whichever is less 10 times rated Differential Pressure Range, or 22,500 psi, whichever is less

Pressure Connections

1/4” NPT (F)

Electrical Connections

6 conductor cable, 24 AWG 36” long, Standard Optional Connectors available

Enclosure Material

316 Stainless Steel

Identification

Imprinted Stainless Steel nameplate welded to body

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 314-C-RV-CA MODEL 114 214 314 314Z

3 mV/V 5 Vdc 4 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA (Intrinsically Safe)

SERIES A ±1.0% FSO (RSS) B ±0.5% FSO (RSS) C ±0.2% FSO (RSS) PRESSURE RANGE psid RH 500 RJ 600 RK 750 RM 1000 RO 1500 RR 2000 RS 2500

RT RV RX RZ SB SD SZ

3000 5000 7500 10000 15000 20000 Other

OPTIONS AA None ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CA Bendix PTIH-10-6P (Mate: PT06E-10-6S [SR] not included) CB MS3102E-14S-6P CD Cannon WK6-32S (Mate WK6-21C not supplied) CE Terminal Block CF 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 36” potted leads CJ DIN 43650 (includes mate) (Hirschmann type) CK Lumberg RSF-3/12 mm CM Bendix PTIH-8-4P, or equal CO Junction Box (thermocouple type) with terminal block CP Cannon WK4-32S CW Summersible housing, 8’ polyurethane jacket non-vented cable, neoprene grommet and 1/2” NPT(M) Conduit fitting (0-500 psi max. For non-vented units only.) CZ Alternate Connector/Cable/Other HK NEMA-4X w/24” Cable PRESSURE PORT FA MS33649-4 (1/4’ AN-10050, female) FC 3/8” NPT (F) FD MS33656-4 (7/16-20 UNF-3A, for 1/4” tube) FH 1/8” NPT (F) FJ 1/4” NPT (M) FL 1/8” NPT (M) LG SAE-4 (F) O-ring seal thread LH SAE-6 (M) O-ring seal straight thread (with O-ring) LP 1/4” BSPP (F) LT SAE-4 (M) O-ring seal straight thread (with O-ring) FZ Other GENERAL GA Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO GB Alternate outputs. Specify zero and span GE Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO/ 100ºF for zero and span respectively GG Alternate shunt calibration signal GH Internal shunt calibration resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO GJ Add zero and span controls GK Inconel Pressure cavity GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, (Required 16-32 Vdc exc.) HL RFI protection (for unit in proximity to radio transmitter) MA 1-5 Vdc FSO GZ Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 115, 215, 315 FEATURES: • Rugged, all welded, totally encapsulated electronics • Leakproof. No O-ring construction • Small size • All Stainless Steel wetted parts • Many easy-to-order options • Base pressure to 10,000 psi (with option HM)

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 30 to 5000 psid • From 2 to 300 bar • (Bi-directional available see ordering guide.) (Shown with “315X” + “HM” option)

HEYCO STRAIN RELIEF 24 AWG 36” CABLE

OPTIONAL ZERO & SPAN ADJUST

ID TAG: SST NAMEPLATE

1.50 Ø 1.82

3.60 REF.

0.875 FLATS TYP.

1.130 Ø

1/4 NPT TYP. PRESS. CONNECT.

2.40 REF

1.75 Ø REF.

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE

Some connector options will affect wiring. 115

215

315

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

+ EXCIT. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXCIT.

+ EXCIT. + SIGNAL NC - EXCIT./SIGNAL

+ EXCIT./SIGNAL NC NC - EXCIT./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

A5SL-15.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Temperature Compensation * Zero Span Temperature Limits * Compensated Operating Storage Electricals Excitation Voltage (Model 115) (Models 215/215X) (Models 315/315Z) (Model 315X) Output at 70° F (Model 115) (Models 215/215X) (Models 315/315X/315Z) Zero Balance* (Model 115) (Model 215) (Model 315)

≤ ±2% FSO/100ºF ≤ ±2% FSO/100ºF +70º to +180º F -20º to +190º F -65º to +250º F

3.5-15 Vdc 9-40 Vdc / 10.5-32 Vdc 9-36 Vdc 13-36 Vdc

3 mV/V ±2% FSO 0 ±5 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

0.0 mV/V ±2% FSOat 70°F at 10 Vdc 0.0 Vdc ±2% FSO at 70°F at 24 Vdc 4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70°F at 24 Vdc

**Available with option HM only

Input Impedance (Model 115) 5000 ohms nominal Input Current (Model 215)

10 mA nominal

Load Impedance (Model 115) 50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. (Model 215) 750 ohms maximum at 24 Vdc and 1350 ohms at 36 Vdc. Output Current (Model 215) 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. Insulation Resis. Greater than 10 megohms at 50 Vdc &70°F Mechanicals Proof Pressure * 10 times full scale pressure range or 3000 psi, whichever is less Burst Pressure 15 times full scale pressure range or 4000 psi, whichever is less. Weight 16 oz. nominal. Static Line Pressure * 2000 psi maximum (10,000 psi option) Static Line Shift (Zero Shift) ≤±1% FSO/1000 PSI Wetted Materials * 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure Material 15-5 and 316 Stainless Steel Mounting Pressure Port Connections Pressure * Electrical * Cable (Models 115, 215) (Model 315)

1/4” NPT (F)

36” long, 4 conductor 36” long, 2 conductor

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 215-B-PV-CA/GJ

MODEL 115 3 mV/V 215 0-5 Vdc 315 4-20 mA 215X 0-5 Vdc Explosion Proof 315X 4-20 mA Explosion Proof 315Z 4-20 mA Intrinsically Safe SERIES (ACCURACY) A 1.0% FSO B 0.5% FSO C 0.2% FSO PRESSURE RANGE PSI PT 30 RF 300 RS 2500 PV 50 RH 500 RT 3000** PX 75 RJ 600 RV 5000** PZ 100 RK 750 RX 7500** RB 150 RM 1000 SZ Other RD 200 RO 1500 RE 250 RR 2000

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CA Bendix PTIH-10-6P (Mate:PTO6E-10-6S [SR], not supplied) CB Bendix CF3102E-14S-6P(Mate: CF 3106E-14A-6S (not supplied)) CE Terminal Block CF 1/2” NPT(M) thread with 24” potted leads. (Std. on explosion proof models) CH NEMA-4X cable, 8’ vented polyurethane jacket cable CJ DIN 43650 (includes mate) CL 1/2” NPT (M) conduit, 2’ vented polyurethane jacket cable CO Junction Box (thermocouple type) and Terminal Block CT Teflon jacketed cable, Tefzel used on submersible units, (options CH, CL, DE) ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FA MS33649-4 (1/4 AND-10050, [F]) FC 3/8” NPT (F) FZ Non-Standard Pressure Port GENERAL CW Submersible non-vented cable (max. 500 psi external). DE IP-67 (NEMA-6) vented polyurethane cable, neoprene grommet GA Standardized Output to ±0.5% FSO GB Alternate Full Scale, Outputs that are non-standard GE Improved Temperature Compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100°F for Zero and Span respect. GF Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) GG Alternate Calibration Resistor Signal GH Internal Calibration Resistor, set to 100% ±0.5% FSO GJ Zero and Span Controls (Approximately ±20% FSO) Models 215 and 315 only GL Cleaned for Oxygen Service GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 215. (Requires 16-40 Vdc excitation) HK NEMA-4X rating HL RFI Protection (for unit in proximity to radio transmitter). HM 10,000 psi Base Pressure Flange Girdle. (Proof pressure 10 times full scale range or 10,000 psi, whichever is less. Burst presssure 15 times full scale range or 10,500 psi, whichever is less). HR ±15 Vdc Excitation, Model 215 MD Zero and Span Controls for Explosion-Proof Units. MS Bi-Directional Differential Pressure allows for both positive and Negative signal (Model 315 has a 12 mA zero).

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

LOW RANGE, HIGH LINE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 216, 316

FEATURES: • Wet-wet DP measurement • Full line pressure overload • Small size • Type 316 Stainless Steel All-welded construction • NEMA-4 rated enclosure • Attractively priced • Zero and Span adjustment standard

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-5 to 0-2000 in. wcd and 0-1 to 0-200psi • Bi-Directional Output available upon request (See ordering guide)

LINE PRESSURE: • 2000 psi standard,others available

ACCURACY: • To ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

ZERO & SPAN ADJUST

WIRING CODE 216

316

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC NC OPEN

1/2 NPT CONDUIT OPTION CF W/ 36” LEADS

1.00 2.75

1.50 Ø

3.00 1/4 NPT TYP.

2.30

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-16.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability)

Series B:(Std.) ±0.5% FSO (RSS)

Series C: ±0.2% FSO (RSS)

Base (Line) Pressure

2000 psi, maximum 3000 psi, maximum, options FP & LA 500 psi, maximum, option LB

Pressure Cavity Material

316 Stainless Steel and Viton O-Ring

Static Line Shift

Less than ±1% FSO/1000 psi for ranges 0-21” wc and higher Less than ±2% FSO/1000 psi for ranges 0-20” wc and lower

Orientation Shift Zero

±1 inwc

Resolution

Infinite (0.02% FSO practical minimum)

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage

+70ºF to +180ºF 0ºF to +180ºF -20ºF to +200ºF

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF

Electricals

(Model 216) 10.2-42 Vdc 0±5 Vdc FSO 3000 ohms, minimum

Supply Voltage Output at 70°F Output Loading Load Impedance, Zero Balance Span

(Model 316) 13-37 Vdc 4-20 mA FSO 1200 ohms maximum at 37 Vdc

Adjustable to ±20% FSO Adjustable to ±20% FSO

Mechanicals Response Time Frequency Response Stability

<100 milliseconds for 90% FSO/70ºF Flat to 10HZ Less than ±0.25% FSO/6 months

Proof Pressure at 70ºF

1000 psi single ended is standard 1000 psi single ended for options FP & LA 500 psi single ended for option LB

Burst Pressure at 70ºF

4000 psi is standard 5000 psi for options FP & LA 750 psi for option LB

Weight

5.4 lbs., normal (std.) 6.5 lbs., options FP & LA 2.0 lbs., option LB

Connections Pressure Electrical

1/4” NPT (F) Cable (24 AWG) 36” long

Enclosure Materials

316 Stainless Steel

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL ACCURACY

●

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

●

Example: 316-C-WX-CA/GH MODEL 216 316 216X 316X

0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA 0-5 Vdc Explosion Proof 4-20 mA Explosion Proof

ACCURACY B C D

0.5% FSO 0.2% FSO 0.1% FSO

PRESSURE RANGE WT 5 WV 7.5 WX 10 WZ 15 XB 20

XD XF XH XK XM

PC PE PG PJ PL PN

PP SZ PR PO PT PV

1 2 3 5 7.5 10

Series D: ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

IN. WCD 30 XO 200 XY 50 XQ 300 YA 75 XS 500 SZ 100 XU 750 150 XW 1000 PSID 15 PX 75 Non-Stan. PZ 100 20 RB 150 25 RD 200 30 50

1500 2000 Non-Stan.

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector with 36” pigtail)) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE Note: Explos.-Proof rated models are only provided with 1/2”NPT(M) conduit thread, (Option CF) CA Bendix PTIH-10-6P (Mate:PTO6E-10-6S [SR], not supplied) CB Bendix MS3102E-14S-6P(Mate: MS3106E-14S-6S, not supplied) CE Terminal Block CF 1/2” NPT(M) with36” leads CH NEMA-4X cable, 8’ vented polyurethane cable CJ DIN 43650 (includes mate) (Hirschmann type) CL 1/2” NPT (M) conduit, 2’ vented polyurethane jacket cable CO Junction Box (thermocouple type) with terminal block CT Teflon jacketed cable,Tefzel used on submersible units,(options CH, CL, DE) CZ Alternate connector/cable/other ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FA MS33649-4 (1/4’ AND-10050) [F] FC 3/8” NPT (F) FH 1/8” NPT (F) LA 3000 psi flanges, (std. pressure port) LB All-welded Pressure Port Caps. These units have no O-ringand are limited to 500 psi line pressure FP 3-valve Manifold Flanges FZ Non-Standard Pressure Port GENERAL DE IP-67 (NEMA-6) vented polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet GB Alternate Electronic Output (specify Zero and Span output values) GE Improved Temp. Compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100ºF for Zero & Span respectively (0-180ºF) GH Internal Calibration Resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO GL Cleaned for Oxygen Service MH 3:1 Max Ranging, (Model 316 only) MS Bi-Directional Differential Pressure, (For model 316 zero is set to 12mA) GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, (Model 216 Requires 16-42 Vdc excitation) HL RFI Protection HZ Teflon O-ring LN 1/8” NPT(F) flush port to each flange. Plug included LO Air bleed screw, each flange with 10-32 brass tip set screws CW Submersible Housing, 8’ polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet, and conduit fitting CZ Customer Special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

GENERAL PURPOSE FLUSH DIAPHRAGM TRANSMITTER Models 117, 217, 317, 317Z (FM/CSA Intrinsically Safe) FEATURES: • Flush Diaphragm • All-welded type 316 & 15-5 ph stainless steel • Rugged, all encapsulated electronics • Minimal zero installation effect

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-50 to 0-10,000 psi (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • From 0.2% FSO to 1.0% FSO • (See specifications & ordering guide) COVER SCREWS FOR ZERO/SPAN ADJUST OPTION GJ

1.125 HEX O-RING GROOVE OPTION HC

1.5 DIA.

3/4-16 UNF-3A THREAD

36” PIGTAIL

1.50 DIA.

0.652

0.56 0.45

3.5

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

117 + EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

217 + EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

317 + EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

CAL. OPTIONAL CAL. OPTIONAL OPEN

A5SL-17.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) ±1.0% FSO (RSS) ±0.5% FSO (RSS) ±0.2% FSO (RSS)

Series A: Series B: Series C: Wetted Parts

117 3 mV/V 217 0 - 5 Vdc 317 4 - 20 mA 317Z 4 - 20 mA Intrinsically Safe

Type 316 & 15-5 ph stainless steel

ACCURACY (Series)

Temperature Limits * Compensated 0ºF to +180ºF Operating -20ºF to +250ºF (tip temperature)

A B C

Temperature Compensation * Zero Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF Span Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF Electricals Excitation Voltage (Model 117) 3.5-15 Vdc (Models 217) 9-40 Vdc (Models 317) 9-40 Vdc Output at 70° F (Model 117) (Models 217) (Models 317) Zero Balance (Model 117) (Model 217) (Model 317)

3.0 mV/V ±2% FSO 0 -5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

Input Current (Model 217)

0.0 mV/V ±2% FSO at 70°F 0.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70°F

Burst Pressure Case Materials Weight Identification

50 75 100 150 200 250 300 500 750

RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SZ

1,000 1,500 2,000 3,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 Other

Gauge Absolute Sealed Gauge (Hermetic) Sealed Gauge (non-hermetic)

Other Options Available Consult Factory

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CA CE CF CH CJ CL CT CZ

PTIH-10-6P (Mate PT06E-10-6S [SR], not included) Terminal Block 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 36” potted leads Vented cable 8’ long (NEMA 4 termination) DIN 43650 connector (includes mate) 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 24” vented cable (for ranges less than 299 psi). Teflon jacketed cable, Tefzel used on submersible units (options CH, CL, CW, DE, GM) Other

GENERAL 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. Greater than 10 megohms at 50 Vdc &70°F Infinite.

1.5 times full scale pressure or 12 kpsi whichever is less 5 times full scale pressure or 15 kpsi whichever is less Type 316 stainless steel 8 oz. nominal Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

Connections Pressure

PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF RH RK

OPTIONS

Load Impedance (Model 117) 50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. (Model 317) 1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms max. Vdc

Insulation Resis. Resolution Mechanicals Proof Pressure

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI)

2 3 6 7

8 mA nominal

Output Current (Model 317)

1.0% FSO 0.5% FSO 0.2% FSO

PRESSURE TYPE

Input Impedance (Model 117) 350 ohms nominal

3/4” - 16UNF-3A thread with Teflon O-ring with retaining rim (included)

Electrical * Cable (Model 117, 217) 6 conductor, 24 AWG 36” long (Model 317) 4 conductor, 24 AWG 36” long

●

Example: 317-B-PZ-2-CA

●

DE GA GB GE GG GH GJ GK GP HC HL HX JG GX GZ

Submersible housing, 8’ non-vented submersible polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet,1/2” NPT (M) conduit. IP-67 (NEMA-6) vented polyrethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet. Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO Alternate pressure range, pressure units, or full scale outputs that are non-standard Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO/ 100ºF for zero and span respectively Alternate shunt calibration signal Internal shunt calibration resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified Zero & span adjust. (~ ±20% FSO). Not on Model 117 Inconel thread and diaphragm Hastelloy thread and diaphragm Integral o-ring groove. Includes Teflon 0-ring. (Eliminates need for O-ring retaining ring) RFI protection (For unit in proximity to radio transmitter) Hastelloy diaphragm only Viton O-ring Mineral oil fill Customer special

Mating Electrical Connector: Mating Electrical Connector Assembly:

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL ACCURACY RANGE

MODEL 17 ACCESSORIES

*See modifications on ordering guide.

●

MODEL

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

PN# MEC - Connector Code* PN# MECA - Connector Code - Output Code - Shunt Calibration Code - wiring Code - Cable Code*

PN# Material Weld Nipple WN17 AA(316 SS) Weld Plug WP17 AA(316 SS) O-Ring with OR17 AA(Teflon) Retaining Ring *Consult factory for option code.

Seal Type Pressure Port AA (Retaining Ring) AA (3/4” - 16 UNF-3B) AA (Retaining Ring) AA (3/4” - 16 UNF-3A) AA (Retaining Ring)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SANITARY FLUSH DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 218, 318 FEATURES: • Flush Diaphragm for slurry measurement and cleanability • Wet - wet true gauge pressure measurement that does not required vented cable • Rugged, All-welded, corrosion-resistant type 316 Stain less Steel construction • NEMA-4X enclosure • 3A Approved

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-20” wc through 0-1000 psi (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: •To ±0.1% FSO (RSS). NAMEPLATE

WELD NIPPLE (OPTIONAL) LOCK RING 1-3/4-20 THD

SST HOUSING

TEFLON SEAL

1.50Ø 8’ POLY CABLE (VENTED CABLE AVAILABLE) 1.44Ø

1.59Ø

2.09Ø 0.093

NEMA 4X TERMINATION 3.82 TANK WALL SHOWN FOR CLARITY

SENSING DIAPHRAGM AREA ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL AND FOR REFERENCE ONLY

MODEL 18 ACCESSORIES Weld Nipples WN18-AA-AA-2.1 WN18-AA-FQ-2.1 WN18-AA-AA-2.5 WN18-AA-FQ-2.5 Weld Plugs WP18-AA-AA WP18-AA-FQ Lock Rings LR18-AA-AA LR18-AA-FQ

1-3/4” - 20 316 SS 2.1” OD M44 - 1.25 316 SS 2.1” OD 1-3/4” - 20 316 SS 2.5” OD M44 - 1.25 316 SS 2.5” OD 1-3/4” - 20 316SS M44 - 1.25 316SS 1-3/4” - 20 316SS M44 - 1.25 316SS

Calibration / Test Fixture CTF18-AL-AA Aluminum 1/3/4” - 20 X 1/4” NPTF CTF18-AL-FQ Aluminum M44 - 1.25 X 1/4” NPTF Face Seal GS18 Teflon gasket - Model 18 Indicators

Numerous indicators available to meet

SSU

System set up - matching GP:50 transducer to GP:50 indicator calibration and units of measure

WIRING CODE 218

318

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC NC OPEN

A5SL-18.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Non-linearity, hysteresis, RSS Non-repeatability) RSS ±0.5% FSO (RSS) ±0.2% FSO (RSS) ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

A: B: C: Wetted Parts

Type 316 Stainless steel

Resolution

Infinite, 0.02% FSO practical minimum

Temperature Limits * Compensated 30ºF to +170ºF Operating 0ºF to +185ºF Temperature Compensation * Zero Within ±2% FSO/100º F Span Within ±2% FSO/100º F Orientation Shift Zero ±1 in WC, Option GJ or JH is recomended on ranges ≤ 200 in wc Electricals Excitation Voltage (Model 218) 10.5-32 Vdc (Model 318) 13-37 Vdc Output at 70° F (Model 218) (Model 318) Zero Balance (Model 218) (Model 318)

5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

0.0 Vdc ±5% FSO at 70ºF Horizontal position. 4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70ºF Horizontal position.

Load Impedance (Model 318) 1200 ohms maximum at 37 Vdc

MODEL 218 5 Vdc 318 4-20 mA ACCURACY B 0.5% FSO C 0.2% FSO D 0.1% FSO PRESSURE RANGE IN WC XB 20 XK 100 XC 25 XM 150 XD 30 XO 200 XF 50 XQ 300 XH 75 XS 500 PSI PC 1 PP 15 PE 2 PR 20 PG 3 PT 30 PJ 5 PV 50 PL 7.5 PX 75 PN 10 PZ 100

PRESSURE TYPE 2 Gauge 3 Absolute (Ranges ≥ 0-5 psia) 4 Vacuum 8 Elevated 10 Compound

OPTIONS

3000 ohms minimum 5 Vdc ±2% FSO at 70ºF 16 mA ±2% FSO at 70ºF

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Case Materials Weight

3 times full scale pressure 5 times full scale pressure Type 316 stainless steel 12 oz. nominal (not including Weld Nipple)

CA CF CH

All-welded type 316 Stainless steel. Rated NEMA-4x. Approved 3A

CJ CL CT CZ

Bendix PTIH-10-6P (Mate: PT06E-10-6S[SR] not included 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 8” potted leads (Non-Vented) NEMA-4X cable, 8’ vented polyurethane jacket cable (only available on ranges up to an including 299 PSI) DIN 43650 (Hirshmann) w/Mate 1/2” NPT (M) conduit, 2’ vented polyurethane jacket cable (ranges 0-299 PSI) Teflon jacketed cable, Tefzel used on submersible units (options CH, CL, CW, DE, GM) Alternate Connector/Cable/Other

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT

Connections Pressure Electrical * Cable Identification

1-3/4” - 20 UNF thread to 316 Stainless Steel Weld Nipple (Weld Nipple not included)

FQ FZ

NEMA-4x with molded 6 conductor, polyurethane jacket, 8’ long.

GENERAL DE IP-67 (NEMA-6) vented polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet. CW Submersible housing, 8’ non-vented polyurethane jacket cable, neoprene grommet, 1/2” NPT (M) conduit GA Standardized Full Scale Output, (FSO = (Full Scale Reading) (Zero Reading) ±0.5% FSO) GB Alternate Electronic Output (specify Zero and Span output val ues) GE Improved Temperature Compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100°F for Zero & Span Respectively, (from 30°F to 180°F) GF Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (± 2% FSO/100°F) GJ Add Zero & Span Controls. (Approx. ±20% FSO adjustment) GK Inconel Diaphragm and Diaphragm Housing GM Submersible housing w/8’ Std Cable GP Hastelloy Diaphragm and Diaphragm Housing GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 218. (Requires 16 - 32 Vdc excitation) HL RFI Protection (for unit proximity to radio transmitter) JH Remote Cable-Mounted Zero and Span Controls (Model 318 only) GZ Customer special

Electro etched on transducer

*See modifications on ordering guide. Use the following codes to identify desired item.

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL ACCURACY RANGE TYPE

●

None

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE

Span (Model 218) (Model 318)

Enclosure

750 1000 1500 2000 Non-stand.

RB 150 RD* 200 RF* 300 RH* 500 RJ* 600 RK* 750 RM* 1000 * No reference slots, cable vented

AA Output Loading (Model 218)

XU XW XY YA SZ

●

Example: 318-D-XQ-2CA

●

OPTIONS

●/●/●

M44 X 1.25 Metric thread Non-standard pressure port

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLANGE MOUNTED LOW PRESSURE TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER Models 130,230,330 / 131,231,331 with FX/FY option FEATURES: • All-welded, stainless steel construction. • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increase fatigue life • Standard options for every requirement

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-25 through 0-1,000 psig (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • 0.5% FSO

MODEL 30-FY GASKET 1.190 OD X .950 ID X .125 THK 1.50 DIA. .50 .929DIA. 1.310 DIA.

.47 REF

0.531 2.50

.75

3.65

1.875

9.31 5/16-18 NC-2B, THROUGH 2 HOLES 180º APART JACKING SCREWS

MODEL 30-FX GASKET 1.190 OD X .950 ID X .090 THK

2.50 BHC

3.50 DIA.

1.50 DIA. .50

9/16 DIA.THRU 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

0.932 DIA. 1.31DIA. 0.927

0.547 0.515

.47 REF

2.50

3.650

MODELS 130, 230, 330 These are the rigid stem versions of GP:50’s plastic melt pressure transducers. Available in a standard length of 3.65 inches, they may be ordered in longer or shorter lengths to accommodate individual needs (See outline drawing & close up). The limiting minimums may be the die temperature and environment which must jointly combine to restrict the electronics and sensor from exceeding 180°F.

.75 1.500

8.93 5/16-24 UNF-3B, THROUGH 2 HOLES 180º APART

2.125 DIA. 3.250 DIA. 33/64 DIA.THROUGH 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

A5SL-30-FX-FY.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers MODEL 31-FY GASKET 1.190 OD X .950 ID X .090 THK

FLEX CABLE

1.50 DIA.

HEX .280 .929DIA. 1.31DIA.

.47 REF

0.531 0.75

2.50 1.25

1.875

.625 18.0

5/16-18 NC-2B, THROUGH 2 HOLES 180º APART JACKING SCREWS

MODEL 31-FX .28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMOR

GASKET 1.190 OD X .950 ID X .090 THK

5/8 HEX

1.50 DIA. .68 DIA.

2.50 BHC

0.932 DIA. 1.31DIA. 0.927

3.50 DIA. 9/16 DIA.THRU 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

.47 REF 2.50

0.547 0.515

1.25 18.NOM

.75 1.50

MODELS 131, 231, 331

24.53 STD

The flexible tube version of the productline provides the ultimate in thermal isolation for those demanding applications reaching the upper limits of 750°F. Provided with a standard 18 inch length of flexible capillary tubing protected with a stainless steel armored jacket, (see outline drawing), the flexible capillary can be provided in shorter or longer lengths. Please call the factory for free consultation on your needs.

5/16-24 UNF-3B, THROUGH 2 HOLES 180º APART

2.125 DIA.

3.250 DIA. 33/64 DIA.THROUGH 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

WIRING CODE PTIH-10-6P

130, 131

230, 231

330, 331

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6

+ SIGNAL - SIGNAL + EXC. - EXC. CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

+ SIGNAL - SIGNAL** + EXC. - EXC.** CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

+ EXC./SIGNAL COMMON WITH D/4 * NC - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPTION ME NC OPTION ME

PC02E-12-8P

130, 131

230, 231

330, 331

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC. - SIGNAL CAL. (Common) CAL. (Int. Res.)

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC.** - SIGNAL** CAL. (Common) CAL. (Int. Res.)

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPTION ME NC OPTION ME

G/7 H/8

NC CAL. (Ext. Res.)

NC NC

PIGTAIL

330, 331

RED BLACK SHIELD

+ EXC./SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL NC

* -Excit./Signal for competitor wired mating connector assemblies.

** -Signal and -Excitation are common to each other.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

Specifications reflect standard product, improved performance/mechanical options available. Modifications may alter specs, consult factory for more information.

Full Scale Pressure Ranges

See ordering guide

Accuracy

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) ± 0.5% FSO(RSS)

Material in Contact with Pressure Media

316 stainless steel

Proof Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

750°F (400°C) Standard fill 176°F (80°C)

Temperature Effects From Fill Zero

1 psi/100ºF per inch of stem and capillary

From Strain Gauge Housing Zero Span

Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100°C)

Electricals Excitation Voltage 3.5-15 Vdc 9-40 Vdc 9-36 Vdc

(Model 130/131) (Model 230/231) (Model 330/331) Zero Balance (Model 130/131) (Model 230/231) (Model 330/331)

0.0 mV/V ±5% FSO at 70°F, vertical tip down 0.0 Vdc ±5% FSO at 70°F, vertical tip down 4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F, vertical tip down

Input Impedance (Model 130/131)

350 ohm, nominal

Input Current (Model 230/231)

8 mA nominal

Load Impedance (Model 130/131) (Model 330/331)

50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms at 24 Vdc

Output Current (Model 230/231)

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Range Ca. Signal

80% ±0.5% FSO standard 100, 200 series

Connections Pressure Electrical

3.5” OD Flange (FX option)

Output at 70° F 3.33 mV/V ± 2% FSO 5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

3.25” OD Flange (FY option)

PTIH-10-6P, standard PT06A-10-6S (SR), standard mate (not included) See options.

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

110 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

FLANGE

RANGE

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 130-FX-PO-3-CC

OPTIONS

MODEL 130/131 230/231 330/331

3.33 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

3.25” 3.50”

Bendix PC02E-12-8P (8 pin) Cannon WK6-32S 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 36" potted leads for conduit connection.

GENERAL

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI)

(BAR)

PO 25 PT 30 PV 50 PX 75 PZ 100 RB 150 RD 200 RE 250 RF 300 RH 500 RJ 600 RK 750 RM 1000

UL 2 UM 3 UN 5 UP 7.5 UQ 10 UR 15 US 20 UT 30 UV 50 UX 75

GJ GN GO GP GS GT GV GX

PRESSURE TYPE 2 3 6

None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P)

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CC CD CF

FLANGE FX FY

Gauge Absolute Sealed Gauge

GZ HS HT HU HV HY ME MO MP

Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values Add Zero and Span Controls. (Approximately ±20% FSO adjustment) 12.5" Rigid Stem 9" Rigid Stem Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Nose 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 2XX only, (Requires 1632 Vdc excitation) 30" Armored Capillary Tube Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Con sult factory, 600°F max Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Con sult factory, 600°F max Customer Special 9" Armored Capillary Tube 24" Rigid Stem 4" Rigid Stem 24" Armored Capillary Tube 12" Armored Capillary Tube Internal Calibration Resister set to 80% ± 0.5% FSO (for 300 series units) Gentran Wiring Barber-Coleman Wiring

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

LOW PRESSURE TRANSDUCER / TRANSMITTER Models 130, 230, 330 / 131, 231, 331 with IA option FEATURES: • All-welded stainless steel construction • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increased fatigue life • Standard options for every requirement

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-25 to 0-1000 psig (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • 0.5% FSO

WIRING CODE PTIH-10-6P A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6

130, 131 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL + EXC. - EXC. CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

230, 231 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL** + EXC. - EXC.** CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

PIGTAIL

330, 331

RED

+ EXC./SIGNAL

BLACK SHIELD

- EXC./SIGNAL NC

330, 331 + EXC./SIGNAL COMMON WITH D/4* NC - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPTION ME NC OPTION ME

* -Excit./Signal for competitor wired mating connector assemblies. ** - Signal and - Excitation are common to each other.

PTIH-10-6P STD. PC02E-12-8P OPT.

1.50 DIA.

PC02E-12-8P

130, 131

230, 231

330, 331

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC. - SIGNAL

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC.** - SIGNAL**

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 F/6 G/7

CAL. (Common) CAL. (Common) CAL. (Int. Res.) CAL. (Int. Res.) NC NC

NC OPTION ME NC OPTION ME NC

H/8

CAL. (Ext. Res.) CAL. (Ext. Res.)

1-1/2-16UN-2A THREAD

1-5/8 HEX .50 DIA.

ALUMINUM GASKET 1.185OD X .950 ID X .090 THK

MODEL 30-IA* (Rigid stem-alternate lengths available)

.930 ± .002 DIA. 1.320 DIA. 0.531 .47 REF.

0.750

0.842 ±.015 2.296

2.75

3.800

3.375 9.925 ± .025

MODEL 31-IA* (Flexible stem-alternate lengths available) 1-1/2-16UN-2A THREAD

.28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMOR

PTIH-10-6P STD. PC02E-12-8P OPT.

ALUMINUM GASKET 1.185OD X .950 ID X .090 THK

1-5/8 HEX 1.50 DIA. .68 DIA.

0.930 ± .002 DIA. 1.320 DIA. 0.50 .47 REF.

1.13

0.531

18.00

0.831 0.750

2.296 3.775

2.50 25.875

* Some options may affect dimensions. 2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

A5SL-30-IA.00

MODEL

Accuracy Static Error Band ± 0.5% FSO(RSS) (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability)

130-IA/131-IA 230-IA/231-IA 330-IA/331-IA

Material in Contact with Pressure Media Proof Pressure

PRESSURE RANGE

3.33 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

316 stainless steel 2 times full scale pressure range

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing Temperature Effects From Fill Zero From Strain Gauge Housing Zero Span Orientation Shift on Zero

750°F (400°C) Standard Fill 176°F (80°C)

1 psi/100°F per inch of stem and capillary Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Unit length x2 inHg, Option GJ zero and span control strongly recommended

(PSI) PO 25 PT 30 PV 50 PX 75 PZ 100 RB 150 RD 200

RE RF RH RJ RK RM

250 300 500 600 750 1000

(BAR) UL 2 UM 3 UN 5 UP 7.5 UQ 10 UR 15

US UT UV UX

20 30 50 75

PRESSURE TYPE 2 3 6

Gauge Absolute Sealed Gauge

Electricals Excitation Voltage 3.5-15 Vdc 9-40 Vdc 9-36 Vdc

Model 130/131 Model 230/231 Model 330/331 Input Impedance Model 130, 131 Input Current Model 230, 231 Load Impedance Model 130, 131 Model 330, 331 Output Current Model 230, 231 Zero Balance Model 130, 131 Model 230, 231 Model 330, 331

Range Calibration Signal Connections Pressure Electrical

Output at 70º F 3.33 mV/V ±2% FSO 5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

350 ohm, nominal 8 mA, nominal 50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 1350 ohms maximum, at 36 Vdc and 750 ohms at 24 Vdc 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 0.0 mV/V ± 5% FSO @ 70°F, vertical tip down 0.0 Vdc ± 5% FSO @ 70°F, vertical tip down 4.0 mA ± 5% FSO @ 70°F, vertical tip down 80% ± 0.5% FSO standard 100, 200 series

Enclosed Materials

1 1/2” - 16 UNF-2A thread for standard PTIH-10-6P, standard PT06A-10-6S (SR), standard mate (not included) See options. 316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

100 inch pounds

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

RANGE

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CC Bendix PC02E-12-8P (8 pin) CD Cannon WK6-32S, CF 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 36" leads for conduit connection GENERAL GB Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values GJ Add Zero and Span Controls. (Approximately ± 20% FSO adjustment) GN 12.5" Rigid Stem GO 9" Rigid Stem GP Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 2xx only, (Requires 16-32 Vdc excitation) GT 30" Armored Capillary Tube GV Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory, 600°F max GX Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory, 600°F max GZ Customer Special HS 9" Armored Capillary Tube HT 24" Rigid Stem HU 4" Rigid Stem HV 24" Armored Capillary Tube HY 12" Armored Capillary Tube JW Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads ME Internal Calibration Resister set to 80% ± 0.5% FSO (for 300 series units) MO Gentran Wiring MP Barber-Coleman Wiring

Example: 130-IA-PO-3-CC GP:50 reserves the right to make product improvements and amendments to the product specifications stated throughout this brochure without prior notification. Please contact the factory on all critical dimensions and specifications for verification.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SPACE RESTRICTED, HIGH PRESSURE TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER Models 131, 231, 331 with IB option FEATURES: • All-welded stainless steel construction • Exposed capillary and jam bushing for confined spaces • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increased fatigue life • Standard options for every requirement

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 to 0-30,000 psig (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • ± 1.0% FSO, 500 psi through 3000 psi • ± 0.25% FSO, 5000 psi through 30,000 psi

.28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMOR PTIH-10-6P STD. PC02E-12-8P OPT.

.06 OD CAPILLARY TUBE

1.50 DIA. .68 DIA.

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD JAM BUSHING

.37 DIA

1/2 HEX 18.00

1.13

.47 REF.

10.0

0.45

0.84

44º30 45º30

.414 DIA .412 .307 DIA .305

0.125 0.120 0.318 0.312

2.50 31.38 NOM.

Some options may affect dimensions.

WIRING CODE PTIH-10-6P A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6

131 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL + EXC. - EXC. CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

231 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL** + EXC. - EXC.** CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

331 + EXC./SIGNAL COMMON WITH D/4* NC - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPTION ME NC OPTION ME

PC02E-12P

131

231

331

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC. - SIGNAL

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC.** - SIGNAL**

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 F/6 G/7

CAL. (Common) CAL. (Common) CAL. (Int. Res.) CAL. (Int. Res.) NC NC

NC OPTION ME NC OPTION ME NC

H/8

CAL. (Ext. Res.) CAL. (Ext. Res.)

MODELS 131, 231, 331 The flexible tube of the product line provides the ultimate in thermal isolation for those demanding applications reaching the upper limits of 750°F. Provided with a standard 18 inch length of flexible stainless steel armored capillary tubing and approximately 10” of exposed capillary, (see outline drawing), they can be provided in shorter or longer lengths, with or without the armor, for machine geometries requiring alternative packages. Many variations are possible. Please call the factory for free consultation on your needs.

* - Excit./Signal for competitor wired mating connector assemblies. ** - Signal and - Excitation are common to each other.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

A5SL-30-IB.00

MODEL

Accuracy Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) Material in Contact with

131-IB 231-IB 331-IB

± 1.0% FSO(RSS) 500 through 3000 psi ± .25% FSO(RSS) 5000 through 30000 psi 15-5 PH stainless steel and hard chrome plated diaphragm surface 2 times full scale pressure range or 35,000 psi whichever is less

Proof Pressure Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

750°F (400°C) 176°F (80°C)

Temperature Effects From Fill Zero From Strain Gauge Housing Zero Span Orientation Shift on Zero

8 psi/100°F per inch of stem and capillary Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Unit length x2 inHg, Option GJ zero and span control strongly recommended

Electricals Excitation Voltage 3.5-15 Vdc 9-40 Vdc 9-36 Vdc

Model 131 Model 231 Model 331 Input Impedance Model 131 Input Current Model 231 Load Impedance Model 131

Output at 70º F 3.33 mV/V ±2% FSO 5.0 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

350 ohm, nominal 8 mA, nominal 50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 1350 ohms maximum, at 36 Vdc and 750 ohms at 24 Vdc

Model 332 Output Current Model 231

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Zero Balance Model 131 Model 231 Model 331 Range Calibration Signal

0.0 mV/V ± 5% FSO @ 70°F, 0.0 Vdc ± 5% FSO @ 70°F, 4.0 mA ± 5% FSO @ 70°F, 80% ± 0.5% FSO standard 100, 200 series

Connections Pressure Electrical

Enclosed Materials

1 1/2” - 20 UNF-2A jam bushing standard PTIH-10-6P, standard PT06A-10-6S (SR), standard mate (not included) See options. 316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

500 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

PORT

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

3.33 mV/V 5 Vdc 4-20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) RH 500 RJ 600 RK 750 RM 1000 RO 1500 RR 2000 RS 2500 RT 3000

RV RX RZ SB SD SF SZ

5000 7500 10000 15000 20000 30000 Other

(BAR) UV 50 UX 75 UY 100 UZ 150 VA 200 VB 300 VC 350

VD VE VF UA UH UB UC

500 700 750 1000 1400 1500 2000

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CC Bendix PC02E-12-8P, [Mate: PC06A-12-8S-(SR), not included] CD Cannon WK6-32S, [Mate: WK6-21C, not included] CF 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 24” potted leads CZ Alternate connector/ cable/ other ALTERNATE PRESSURE POST FB M18 X 1.5 Metric jam bushing FG M14 X 1.5 Metric jam bushing FZ Non-Standard pressure port GENERAL GB Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values GP Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread GQ Boron-Hardened diaphragm GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 2xx only, (Requires 16-32 Vdc excitation) GT 30" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 10") GV Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory GX Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory HS 9" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 19") HV 24" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 10") HY 12" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 16") JW Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads ME Internal Calibration Resister set to 80% ±0.5% FSO (for 300 series units) GJ Add Zero and Span Controls. (Approximately ±20% FSO adjustment) GZ Customer Special MO Gentran Wiring MP Barber-Coleman Wiring

Example: 131-IB-RV-CF/GJ GP:50 reserves the right to make product improvements and amendments to the product specifications stated throughout this brochure without prior notification. Please contact the factory on all critical dimensions and specifications for verification.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER with HART COMMUNICATION Models 330-QO

(Rigid Stem only)

331-QO (Rigid with Flex) 335-QO (with Temperature) FEATURES: • All-welded stainless steel construction • HART communication, compatible with HART communicator • 3:1 Ranging • Interchangeable with existing systems • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increased fatigue life • FM Explosion Proof Available (Class I, II, III, Division I, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G)

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 to 0-30,000 psi

ACCURACY: • ±0.25% FSO

MODEL 330

PTIH-10-6P STD. PCO2E-12-8P OPT.

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD

44º30 45º30

5/8 HEX .50 DIA

.414 DIA .412 .307 DIA .305

.42 DIA

1.50 DIA

PTIH-10-6P A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6

.209 .219 .44 .47 REF

1.06 5.0

6.00 STD

.50 11.0 STD

MODEL 331

PTIH-10-6P STD. PCO2E-12-8P OPT.

.28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMOR 5/8 HEX

.68 DIA

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD .42 DIA .50 DIA

44º30 45º30

.414 DIA .412 .307 DIA .305

1.50 DIA

.209 DIA .219

.44 1.06

.47 REF 5.0

1.25

18. NOM

.50

330, 331, 335 + Excit. / Signal Common with D/4 NC - Excit./Signal NC Option ME NC Option ME

6.00 STD

30.75 STD

MODEL 335

THERMOCOUPLE LOCK SCREW J TYPE THERMOCOUPLE .28 OD FLEXIBLE STD. ARMORED 3” CABLE

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD 7/8 HEX

0.306 +/- .001 DIA 0.412 DIA

.50 DIA .42 DIA 1.25 1.90 NOM

1.060

0.215 0.440

6.00 STD

PTIH-10-6P STD. PCO2E-12-8P OPT. FLEXIBLE 18º ARMORED CABLE .68 DIA

1.50 DIA 1.25 5.0 NOM

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Full Scale Output

4-20 mA ± 2% FSO

Accuracy

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) ± 0.25% FSO (RSS)

Material in Contact with Pressure Media

15-5 PH stainless steel and hard chrome plated diaphragm surface (other options available, see ordering guide)

Proof Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range or 35,000 psi, whichever is less

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

750°F (400°C) 176°F (80°C)

Temperature Effects From Fil Zero From Strain Gauge Housing

12 psi/100ºF per inch of stem and capillary Zero Span Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C)

Electricals Excitation Voltage 9-36 Vdc

Output at 70° F 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

Load Impedance

50,000 ohms minimum. for less than 0.1%

FSO attenuation

1350 ohms maximum, at 36 Vdc

Zero Balance

4.0 mA ±5% FSO @ 70°F

Connections Pressure Electrical

1/2” - 20 UNF-2A PTIH-10-6P, standard

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

500 inch pounds, maximum

OPTIONS

ORDERING GUIDE:

Use the following codes to identify desired item.

CC CF

None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P)

ALTERNATE CONNECTORS

MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Bendix PC02E-12-8P 1/2” NPT(M) thread with 60” potted leads

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FB* FG* FZ*

M18 X 1.5 Metric M14 X 1.5 Metric Non-Standard pressure port

GENERAL GB GP GQ GV GX JW QJ* GW* QS GZ

Example: 330-QO-RV-CF/GP

MODEL 330-QO 331-QO 335-QO 330X-QO 331X-QO 335X-QO

4-20 mA HART 4-20 mA HART 4-20 mA HART 4-20 mA HART, Expl Prf 4-20 mA HART, Expl Prf 4-20 mA HART, Expl Prf

RIGID STEM

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) RH RJ RK RM RO RR RS RT

500 600 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

RV RX RZ SB SD SF SZ

5000 7500 10000 15000 20000 30000 Other

(BAR) UV 50 UX 75 UY 100 UZ 150 VA 200 VB 300 VC 350 VD 500

Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread Boron-Hardened diaphragm Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factor Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads NaK Fill for 750° max applications NaK Fill with Inconel diaphragm and stem for 1000° max Diamond Coating Customer Special

VE VF UA UH UB UC

700 750 1000 1400 1500 2000

GN GO HD HJ HT MU

12 1/2” Rigid Stem 9” Rigid Stem 3” Rigid Stem 1 3/16” Rigid Stem 24” Rigid Stem Non-standard Rigid Stem

FLEX TUBING GT HS HV HY MT

30” Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 10”) 9” Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 19”) 24” Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 10”) 12” Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 16”) Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

* Not available on Models 330X, 331X, 335X

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PLASTIC MELT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER Models 130,230,330 (RIGID) 131,231,331 (FLEXIBLE) GENERAL The GP:50 product line of melt pressure transducers and transmitters are based on the proven bonded strain gage principle successfully utilized in thousands of applications. Our unique design incorporates a heavier sensor allowing a thicker tip diaphragm, provides better linearity, and reduces costs. The design incorporates an extremely small capillary tubing that transmits the media pressure to the strain gage sensor and mating electronics via a mechanical fill fluid. (Mercury is the standard, Silicone oil, Mineral oil and Nak are readily available depending on the application)

FEATURES: • Rugged, all-welded, all stainless steel construction. • Interchangeable with existing systems. • Many options available, Hastelloy C-276 or Boron-Hardening • Explosion-Proof ratings available • Internal Calibration Resistor set to 80% ± 0.5% FSO • Zero and Span controls, approximately ± 20% FSO (2XX, 3XX only)

WIRING CODE PTIH-10-6P 130, 131 A/1 + SIGNAL B/2 - SIGNAL C/3 + EXC. D/4 - EXC. E/5 CALIBRATE F/6 CALIBRATE PC02E-12-8P

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 through 0-30,000 psi) (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: (Non-Linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability). • ± 0.25% FSO, RSS (0-5000 psi & higher) • ± 0.5% FSO, RSS (0-500 and 0-3500 psi)

MODEL 30

130, 131

230, 231

330, 331 + EXC./SIG. - EXC./SIG. NC NC CALIBRATE CALIBRATE 330, 331

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6 G/7

+ EXC. + EXC. + SIGNAL + SIGNAL - EXC. - EXC.* - SIGNAL - SIGNAL* CAL. (Common) CAL. (Common) CAL. (Int. Res.) CAL. (Int. Res.) NC NC

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL CALIBRATE CALIBRATE NC

H/8

CAL. (Ext. Res.) CAL. (Ext. Res.)

PIGTAIL RED BLACK SHIELD

PTIH-10-6P STD PC02E-12-8P OPT.

230, 231 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL* + EXC. - EXC.* CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

330, 331 + EXC./SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL NC

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD 5/8 HEX .50 DIA .42 DIA

are common to each other.

44 30 45 30 .414 DIA .412 .307 DIA .305

1.50 DIA

.44 .47 REF

* -Signal and - Excitation

.209 .219

1.06

2.56

6.00 STD

.50 8.63 STD

MODEL 31

PTIH-10-6P STD PC02E-12-8P OPT.

.28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMOR

.68 DIA 1.50 DIA

44 30 5/8 HEX 1/2-20 UNF-2A THD 45 30 .414 DIA .412 .42 DIA .50 DIA .307 DIA .305 .44

.47 REF 2.56

1.25

18. NOM .50

.209 DIA .219

1.06 6.00 STD

28.31 STD GP:50 reserves the right to make product improvements and amendments to the product specifications stated throughout this brochure without prior notification. Please contact the factory on all critical dimensions and specifications for verification.

A5SL-30.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers Specifications reflect standard product, improved performance/mechanical options available. Modifications may alter specs, consult factory for more information. Full Scale Pressure Ranges - See ordering guide Accuracy

ORDERING GUIDE:

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) ± 0.5% FSO(RSS) 500 through 3500 psi ± .25% FSO(RSS) 5000 through 30000 psi

Material in Contact with Pressure Media 15-5 PH diaphragm, Armoloy coated (hard chrome) Diamond, Boron or Titanium Nitride coatings optional Proof Pressure

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 331-RV-CF/GP 750°F (400°C), 1000°F available with NaK fill 176°F (80°C)

8 psi/100ºF per inch of stem and capillary Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100°C)

Span Electricals Excitation Voltage (Model 130/131) 3.5-15 Vdc (Model 230/231) 9-40 Vdc (Model 330/331) 9-36 Vdc Zero Balance (Model 130/131) (Model 230/231) (Model 330/331)

Output at 70° F (* Amplified Output) 3.33* mV/V ± 2% 5.0 Vdc ±2% 4-20 mA ±2%

0.0 mV/V ±5% FSO at 70°F 0.0 Vdc ±2% FSO at 70°F 4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70°F

Input Impedance (Model 130/131) 350 ohm, nominal

Input Current (Model 230/231)

CD CF CZ

Bendix PC02E-12-8P, [Mate: PC06A-12-8S-(SR), not included] Cannon WK6-32S, [Mate: WK6-21C, not included] 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 36" potted leads Alternate Connector/ Cable/ Other

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FB FG FZ

8 mA nominal

Connections Pressure

1/2” - 20 UNF-2A thread for standard (M18 x 1.5 metric thread optional) Electrical PTIH-10-6P, standard PT06A-10-6S (SR), standard mate (not included) See options. Enclosed Materials 316 stainless steel Mounting Torque

500 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

M18 X 1.5 Metric Thread M14 X 1.5 Metric Thread Non-Standard Pressure Port

GP GQ GS QJ GW GV GX JW JA GZ MO MP

Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread Boron-Hardened diaphragm 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 2xx only, (Requires 16-32 Vdc excitation) NaK Fill for 750°F max. applications NaK Fill with Inconel diaphragm and stemfor 1000°F max. applications Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads 100 ohm RTD., 3 - wire, provided with no external cal. & 8 - pin standard connector Customer Special Gentran Wiring Barber-Colman Wiring

RIGID STEM

3.33 mV/V 5 Vdc 4-20 mA 5 Vdc 4-20 mA 4-20 mA

GN GO HD HJ HT HU

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI)

(BAR)

RH RJ RK RM RO RR RS RT RV

UV UX UY UZ VA VB VC VD VE

7500 10000 15000 20000 30000 Other

GENERAL

Output Current (Model 230/231) 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. Range Ca. Signal 80% ±0.5% FSO standard

MODEL

None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P)

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE

Load Impedance (Model 130/131) 50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. (Model 330/331) 1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms 24 Vdc

RX RZ SB SD SF SZ

OPTIONS AA

Temperature Effects from Diaphragm From Fill Zero From Strain Gauge Housing Zero

500 600 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000

MODEL

2 times full scale pressure range or 35,000 psi whichever is less

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

130/131 230/231 330/331 230X/231X 330X/331X 330Z/331Z

Use the following codes to identify desired item.

50 75 100 150 200 300 350 500 700

VF UA UH UB UC

750 1000 1400 1500 2000

12.5" Rigid Stem 9" Rigid Stem 3" Rigid Stem 1 3/16" Rigid Stem 24" Rigid Stem 4" Rigid Stem

FLEX TUBING GT HS HV HY MT

30" Armored Capillary Tube 9" Armored Capillary Tube 24" Armored Capillary Tube 12" Armored Capillary Tube Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50" max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLANGE MOUNTED LOW PRESSURE/TRANSMITTER FOR HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS

Models 330X, 331X

Models 430X, 431X

with FX, FY option

FEATURES: • All-welded stainless steel constructionded • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increased fatigue life • Standard options for every requirement • FM Explosion Proof Approved (Class I, Division I, Class A, B, C, D) • HART Communication available (430X, 431X)

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-25 to 0-10,000 psig) (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • 0.5% FSO standard, 0.25% FSO available • 0.15% FSO available on Models 430X, 431X%

MODELS 330X, 430X w/FY option

5/16-18 NC-2B, THRU 2 HOLES 180º APART JACKING SCREWS

GASKET 1.190 OD X .950 ID X .125 THK

RIGID STEM 1 1/4 WRENCH FLATS 1/2” NPT

Zero Span

1.50 DIA

36 0.375

.50

OPT. MD MDL. 330X ONLY

0.931 0.926

1.310 DIA

0.531 4.38(330X), 5.66(430X) 0.75

3.65

2.41

2.50 BHC

STD. SNOUT LENGTH OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE

MODELS 331X, 431X w/FX option 5/8 HEX

GASKET 1.190 OD X 0.950 ID X 0.090 THK

Zero Span

36 0.375

0.932 0.927

18 STD 4.38(330X), 5.66(430X)

RED + Exc. / Signal BLACK - Excit. / Signal GREEN Case Ground OPTION JA ORANGE BLUE BROWN

5/16-24 UNF-3B, THRU 2 HOLES 180º APART

0.75

.28 OD ARMORED CABLE 1.50 DIA .68 DIA OPT. MD MDL. 331X ONLY

1 1/4 WRENCH FLATS 1/2” NPT

+RTD -RTD -RTD

3.50 DIA 9/16 DIA THRU 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

1.31 DIA

0.531 2.031 STD. SNOUT LENGTH OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE

2.125 DIA 3.250 DIA 33/64 DIA THRU 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-30X-FX-FY.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability, also includes Temperature effects for models 430X, 431X) ± 0.5% FSO (RSS) (330X, 331X), ± 0.5% FSO (RSS) ranges less than 500 psi (430X, 431X), ± 0.2% FSO (RSS) 500 through 3500 psi (430X, 431X), ± 0.15% FSO (RSS) 5000 through 30000 psi (430X, 431X) 3:1 25 through 2500 psi 5:1 3000 through 30000 psi

Ranging (430X, 431X only) Material in Contact with Pressure Media

316 stainless steel / 15-5 PH diaphragm, Armoloy coated (hard chrome) Diamond, Boron or Titanium Nitride coatings optional

Proof Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

600°F (315°C) Standard Fill 176°F (80°C)

Temperature Effects From Fill (330X, 331X) Zero 2 psi/100°F at diaphragm From Strain Gauge Housing (330X, 331X) Zero Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Span Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Fill & Housing (430X, 431X) Included in accuracy Orientation Shift on Zero

Unit length x2 inHg, Option MD zero and span controls strongly recommended on 330X, 331X

Electricals (Model 330X/331X) (Model 430X/431X)

Excitation Voltage 9-36 Vdc 12-36 Vdc

Output at 70° F 4-20 mA ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ± 2% FSO

Zero Balance (Model 330X/331X) (Model 430X/431X)

4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F vertical tip down 4.0 mA ±0.2% FSO at 70°F vertical tip down

Load Impedance (Model 330X,331X) (Model 430X/431X)

1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms at 24 Vdc 1200 ohms maximum, at 36 Vdc and 600 ohms at 24 Vdc

Connections Pressure Electrical

3.5" OD Flange, 3.25” OD Flange (see ordering guide) 1/2” NPT (M) with 72” leads

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

110 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

OPTIONS

ORDERING GUIDE:

Use the following codes to identify desired item.

GENERAL

MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/● GP QS GV GX GZ FX FY ME JA

Example: 331X-PO-FY MODEL 330X, 331X 430X, 431X

4-20 mA 4-20 mA / Hart

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PO PT PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF RH

25 30 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 500

RJ RK RM RO RR RS RT RV RX RZ

600 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000 7500 1000

(BAR) UL 2 UM 3 UN 5 UP 7.5 UQ 10 UR 15 US 20 UT 30 UV 50 UX 75

GB MD

UY 100 UZ 150 VA 200 VB 300 VC 350 VD 500 VE 700 VF 750 UA 1000 SZ Non-Stand.

Pressure Range or Engineering Units

1/2” NPT(M) thread with 72" leads for conduit connection Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values Zero and Span Controls, 330X, 331X only. (Span adjustment ± 20% FSO, Zero adjustment +10% - 80% FSO for ranges below 500 psi, Zero adjustment ± 20% FSO for ranges 500 psi and up) Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Nose Diamond coating Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory, 600°F max Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory, 600°F max Customer Special 3.25” Flange (2.03 Standard Snout Length) 3.50” Flange (2.41 Standard Snout Length) Internal Calibration Resister set to 80% ± 0.5% FSO 100 ohm 3 wire RTD (models 430X, 431X only)

RIGID STEM (330X, 430X) GN GO HU MU

12.5" Rigid Stem 9" Rigid Stem 4" Rigid Stem Non-Standard Rigid Stem

FLEX TUBING (331X, 431X, 18” Standard) GT 30" Armored Capillary Tube HS 9" Armored Capillary Tube HV 24" Armored Capillary Tube HY 12" Armored Capillary Tube MT Non-Standard Flex Tube, Specify Length SNOUT LENGTH MU Non-Standard Snout Length, Specify

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLANGE MOUNTED MELT PRESSURE TRANSMITTER FOR HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS

Models 230X, 231X / 330X, 331X / 330Z, 331Z with IE option FEATURES: • All-welded stainless steel construction • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increased fatigue life • Zero & Span controls • 2.62” OD flange, 6” rigid stem with O-ring seal • 18” flex cable • FM Explosion Proof Approved (Class I, II, III, Division I, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G) • FM & CSA Intrinsically Safe Approved (Class I, II, III, Division I, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G) • Internal Calibration Resistor set to 80% ± 0.5% FSO

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 through 0-30,000 psi (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • 0.5% FSO (ranges 500 to 3,000 psi) • 0.25% FSO (ranges 5,000 to 30,000 psi)

.28 DIA FLEX CABLE PTIH-10-6P

11/32 THRU 4 HOLES 5/16-24 UNF-2B THRU 2 HOLES, 180 APART

1.50

.47 REF 2.50 +.002

.305 - .000 +.000

.620 - .005 0.265 0.500

DETAIL A

6.000+.015

2.00

-.000

2.60 - .01

+.03

7.115 REF

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-30X-IE.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) ± 0.25% FSO(RSS)

Full Scale Output (Span)

4-20 mA ± 2% FSO

Proof Pressure

2 times rated pressure range or 35,000 psi whichever is less

Diaphragm Temperature Limits

750°F (400°C)

Electrical Connection

Bendix PTIH-10-6P (6 pin bayonet mount) is standard. All others available.

Electricals Excitation Voltage 9-36 Vdc

(Model 330X-IE)

Output at 70° F 4-20 mA ± 2% FSO

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 330X-IE-RV-CF/GB

MODEL

OPTIONS

230X-IE 231X-IE 330X-IE 331X-IE 330Z-IE 331Z-IE

0-5 Vdc, Rigid Stem, Expl Prf 0-5 Vdc, Flex/Rigid Stem, Expl Prf 4-20 mA, Rigid Stem, Expl Prf 4-20 mA, Flex/Rigid Stem, Expl Prf 4-20 mA, Rigid Stem, Intr Safe 4-20 mA, Flex/Rigid Stem, Intr Safe

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) (BAR) RH 500 RJ 600 RK 750 RM 1000 RO 1500 RR 2000 RS 2500 RT 3000 RV 5000 RX 7500 RZ 10000 SB 15000 SD 20000 SF 30000 SZ Other

UV UX UY UZ VA VB VC VD VE VF UA UH UB UC

50 75 100 150 200 300 350 500 700 750 1000 1400 1500 2000

None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P)

ALTERNATE CONNECTOR CC CF

Bendix PCO2E-12-8P (8 pin) 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 60” potted leads

GENERAL GB GP GQ GV GX JW QE GZ

Alternate Electronic Output-specify zero and span output values Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread Boron-Hardened diaphragm Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads Magnetically coupled, hermetically sealed zero & span controls (Models 330X & 331X only) Customer Special

RIGID STEM GN GO HD HJ HT HU MU

12 1/2" Rigid Stem 9” Rigid Stem 3” Rigid Stem 1 3/16” Rigid Stem 24” Rigid Stem 4” Rigid Stem Non-standard Rigid Stem

FLEX TUBING GT HS HV HY MT

30" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 10") 9" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 19") 24" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 10") 12" Armored Capillary Tube (exposed capillary approx. 16") Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PLASTIC MELT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER FOR HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS

Models 230X, 231X / 330X, 331X / 330Z, 331Z GENERAL The GP:50 product line of melt pressure transducers and transmitters are based on the proven bonded strain gage principle successfully utilized in thousands of applications. Our unique design incorporates a heavier sensor allowing a thicker tip diaphragm, provides better linearity, and reduces costs. The design incorporates an extremely small capillary tubing that transmits the media pressure to the strain gage sensor and mating electronics via a mechanical fill fluid. (Mercury is the standard, silicone oil, mineral oil and Nak are readily available depending on the application).

FEATURES: • Rugged, all-welded, all stainless steel construction. • Interchangeable with existing systems. • Many options available, Hastelloy C-276 or Boron - Hardening • FM Explosion-Proof and FM Intrinsically Safe Approved (Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C, D) • CSA Intrinsically Safe Approved • Internal Calibration Resistor set to 80% ± 0.5% FSO • Zero and Span controls, approximately ± 20% FSO

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 through 0-30,000 psi) (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • (Non -Linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) • ± 0.25% FSO, RSS (0-5000 psi & higher) • ± 0.5% FSO, RSS (0-500 and 0-3500 psi) .28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMOR

PTIH-10-6P STD. PC02E-12-8P OPT.

5/8 HEX

.68 DIA

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD

! !

MODEL 231/331

44 30 45 30

.42 DIA

.50 DIA 1.50 DIA

.44

.47 REF

.414 DIA .412 .307 DIA .305 .209 DIA .219

1.06

2.56

1.25

18. NOM

.50

6.00 STD

28.31 STD

PTIH-10-6P STD. PC02E-12-8P OPT.

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD

5/8 HEX .50 DIA

! !

MODEL 230/330

44 30 45 30 .414 DIA

.42 DIA

.412 .307 DIA .305

1.50 DIA

.44 .47 REF

.209 DIA .219

1.06

2.56

6.00 STD

.50 8.63 STD

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-30X.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Material in Contact with Pressure Media

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) ± 0.5% FSO(RSS) 500 through 3500 psi ± .25% FSO(RSS) 5000 through 30000 psi 15-5 PH stainless steel, Armoloy coated (hard chrome) Diamond, Boron or Titanium Nitride coatings optional

Proof Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range or 35,000 psig whichever is less

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

(1000ºF available with Nak fill) 750ºF (400ºC) 176ºF (80ºC)

Temperature Effects from Diaphragm From Fill Zero From Strain Gauge Housing Zero Span

8 psi/100ºF per inch of stem and capillary Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100ºC) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100ºC)

Electricals (Model 230/231) (Model 330/331)

Excitation Voltage 9-40 Vdc 9-36 Vdc

Output at 70° F 5.0 Vdc ± 2% 4-20 mA ± 2%

Zero Balance (Model 230/231) (Model 330/331)

0.0 Vdc ±2% FSO at 70°F 4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70°F

Input Current (Model 230/231)

8mA, nominal

Load Impedance (Model 330,331)

1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms at 24 Vdc

Output Current (Model 230, 231)

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Range Calibration Signal

80% ±0.5% FSO standard 100, 200 series

Connections Pressure Electrical

1/2” - 20 UNF-2A thread for standard (M18 x 1.5 metric thread optional) PTIH-10-6P standard, PT06A-10-6S (SR),standard mate (not included) See options.

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque Identification

500 inch pounds, maximum Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 331X-RV-CF/GN (X for Explosion Proof, Z for Intrinsically Safe) MODEL 230X/231X/230Z/231Z 330X/331X/330Z/331Z

5 Vdc 4-20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) (BAR) RH 500 RJ 600 RK 750 RM 1000 RO 1500 RR 2000 RS 2500 RT 3000 RV 5000 RX 7500 RZ 10000 SB 15000

UV UX UY UZ VA VB VC VD VE VF UA SZ

50 75 100 150 200 300 350 500 700 750 1000 Other

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P) (330Z, 331Z) 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 72” leads (230X, 231X, 330X, 331X) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CF 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 36” potted leads CC PC02E-12-8P CD WK-6-32S GENERAL GB Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values GP Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread GQ Boron-Hardened diaphragm GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 2xx only, (Requires 16-32 Vdc excitation) GV Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory GX Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory JW Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads MD Add Zero and Span Controls for Explosion-Proof models RIGID STEM GN 12.5" Rigid Stem GO 9" Rigid Stem HD 3" Rigid Stem HJ 1 3/16" Rigid Stem HT 24" Rigid Stem HU 4" Rigid Stem FLEX TUBING GT 30" Armored Capillary Tube HS 9" Armored Capillary Tube HV 24" Armored Capillary Tube HY 12" Armored Capillary Tube

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTER LIFT STATION / SLUDGE LEVEL Model 311-M351 Applications: • Raw sewage wetwells • Lift station level • Process sumps • Water tanks and reservoirs

FEATURES: • All-welded, stainless steel construction • Rugged, all encapsulated electronics • Leakproof • Intrinsically safe • RFI and surge protection • 3 mV/V, 0-5 Vdc, 4-20 mA outputs

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-5 to 0-500 psi (see ordering guide)

ACCURACY: • 0.5% FSO standard, 0.25% available

WIRING CODE 111 211 RED + EXC. + EXC. GREEN + SIGNAL + SIGNAL WHITE - SIGNAL NC BLACK - EXC. - EXC./SIGNAL BLUE CALIBRATE NC OPTION GH BROWN CALIBRATE NC OPTION GH SHIELD OPEN OPEN

8 STAND OFF BOLTS (2 REMOVED FOR CLARITY)

311 / 311Z + EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

SENSING DIAPHRAGM

4.17 REF

S/N TEL: (716) 773-9300

TRANSDUCER

PART#

GP:50

Ø3.8 REF PRESSURE

1/2 NPT (M)

Ø1.50

7.12 REF

40 FT OF 24 AWG MULTI-CONDUCTOR POLYURETHANE CABLE WITH INTEGRAL VENT TUBE, SHIELD & DRAIN WIRE POROUS BREATHER ATTACHED TO ATMOSPHERIC VENT TUBE

PROTECTIVE STANDOFF PLATE

Units are in inches. Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-311M351.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) ±0.5% FSO (RSS) standard, ±0.25% FSO (RSS) optional

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Model 111, 211, 311

0°F to +140°F -40°F to +150°F

Temperature Compensation * Zero / Span Electricals Input Impedance Load Impedance

(Model 111) 5000 ohm, nominal

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100°F (Model 211) 50,000 ohm minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Input Current Output Current

(Model 311) 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc and 750 ohm maximum at 24 Vdc

8mA, nominal 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Range Calibration Signal *

Resistance value provided on calibration card for 100% FSO

See option GH

See options GH

Excitation

3.5-15 Vdc

10.5-42 Vdc

9-36 Vdc (Model 311 / 311Z)

Zero Balance

±1% FSO at 70°F

Insulation Resistance Greater than 10 megaohms at 50 Vdc and 70°F Resolution Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure External Pressure Case Materials Weight Materials in contact with measured fluids

Infinite 2 times full scale pressure 5 times full scale pressure 500 psi maximum Type 316 stainless steel 5.5 lbs. Type 316 stainless steel

Identification

Stainless steel name plate welded to body

Connections Pressure * Electrical

Oil filled diaphragm 1/2” NPT conduit w/ molded polyurethane jacket

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

●-M351

Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required.

Example: 311-M351-PP-2-CZ

OPTIONS

MODEL 111 211 311 311Z

3 mV/V 5 Vdc 4 - 20 mA 4 - 20 mA, Intrinsically Safe

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PJ PN PP PR PO PT

5 10 15 20 25 30

PV PX PZ RB RD SZ

50 75 100 150 200 Other

PRESSURE TYPE 2 6 8 3

CT GA GB GE GG GH GS JH GZ

Tefzel jacketed cable. Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO. Alternate output, pressure units, or full scale outputs that are non-standard. Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified. Alternate Calibration signal. Internal calibration resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified. 0-10 Vdc FSO, Model 211 (Requires 16-32 Vdc excitation). Remote cable mounted (in-line) zero & span controls. 3’ cable on open side. Length of cable on closed side as required. (500’ maximum) Model 311 only. Customer special.

Gauge Sealed Gauge Elevated Absolute

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE / LEVEL LOW PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 313L FEATURES: • All welded,stainless steel construction • Rugged, all encapsulated electronics • Leakproof • Many options to solve your problems

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-3 through 0-100 psig (see ordering guide.)

ACCURACY: • From ±0.1% FSO (RSS) to ±0.5% FSO (RSS) (see specifications & ordering guide.)

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 313L RED

+ EXC./SIGNAL

BLACK SHIELD

- EXC./SIGNAL OPEN

A5SL-313L.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) Series B: ±0.5% FSO (RSS) Series C: ±0.2% FSO (RSS) Series D: ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

Temperature Limits * Compensated Operating Storage

0°F to +140°F -40°F to +150°F -40°F to +150°F

Temperature Compensation * Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF at full scale pressure range and/or upper range limit Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF at full scale pressure range and/or upper range limit

Electricals Excitation Output at 70°F Zero Balance Span Load Impedance Circuit Protection

12 - 40 Vdc 4-20 mA ±2% FSO 4.0mA ±2% FSO at 70°F 16.0mA ±2% FSO at 70°F 1400 ohm maximum at 40 Vdc excitation Short Circuit - Indefinite Reversed Wired - Indefinite

Insulation Resistance Resolution

Greater than 10 megaohms at 50 Vdc and 70ºF Infinite

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure External Pressure Case Materials Pressure Response Long Term Stability Position Effect Calibration Orientation Cycle Life Fluid Fill Length Diameter

2 times rated full scale pressure 4 times rated full scale pressure 500 psi maximum Type 316 stainless steel ≤ 5 ms to 90% ≤ +0.5% FSO / year ±0.01% FSO for a 90° change in orientation Horizontal unless specified 1 million pressure cycles 200 CS. Dow Corning 200. (Silicon Oil) 6.2 * depends on options .875

Identification

Etched onto housing

Connections Pressure Electrical Cable

PVC bullet nose Molded polyurethane jacket, 6 conductor with breather tube, 24 AWG, 8’ long

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 313L-B-PZ-LJ OPTIONS MODEL

AA CZ

313L 4-20mA

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT

SERIES B C D

None (standard connector) Alternate cable length (specify)

FH FL LD LJ

±0.5% FSO (RSS) ±0.2% FSO (RSS) ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PG 3 PO 25 PJ 5 PT 30 PL 7.5 PV 50 PN 10 PX 75 PP 15 PZ 100 PR 20

1/8” NPT (F) 1/8” NPT (M) Tapered inlet Tapered inlet with standoff plate

GENERAL (IN WC) XK 100 XM 150 XO 200 XQ 300

CT GA GB GE GG GH JH GZ

Tefzel jacketed cable Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO. Alternate output, pressure units, or full scale outputs that are non-standard. Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified. Alternate calibration signal. Internal calibration resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO unless other wise specified. Remote cable mounted (in-line) zero & span controls. 3’ cable on open side. Length of cable on closed side as required. (500’ maximum) Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

TITANIUM SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTER Model 313L-NI

FEATURES: • All welded Titanium Construction • Rugged, all encapsulated electronics

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-1 through 0-300 psig

ACCURACY: • ±0.25% FSO (±0.1% optional)

6.8 REF.

BREATHER TUBE

1.0 Ø REF.

PVC NOSE CONE

PRESSURE PREFERENCE HOLES

POLYURETHANE VENTED CABLE WITH KEVLAR - LENGTH TO ORDER TITANIUM HOUSING

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 313L-NI RED GREEN BLACK SHIELD

+ EXC./SIGNAL GND - EXC./SIGNAL SHIELD

A5SL-313L-NI.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) Series C: ±0.2% FSO (RSS) Series D: ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

Temperature Limits* Compensated Operating

30°F to +85°F -10°F to +175°F

Temperature Compensation* Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF at full scale pressure range and/or upper range limit Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF at full scale pressure range and/or upper range limit

Electricals Excitation Zero Balance Span Circuit Protection

12 - 40 Vdc 4.0mA ±2% FSO at 70°F 16.0mA ±2% FSO at 70°F Short Circuit - Indefinite Reversed Wired - Indefinite Infinite

Resolution Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure External Pressure Wetted Parts Long Term Stability Cycle Life Length Diameter

2 times rated full scale pressure 4 times rated full scale pressure 500 psi maximum Titanium/ceramic and viton (Excludes cable) ≤ +0.5% FSO / year 1 million pressure cycles 6.75 inches (Excludes cable) 1.0 inches

Identification

Etched onto housing

Connections Pressure Electrical Cable

PVC bullet nose Molded polyurethane jacket, 3 conductor with breather tube, 24 AWG and shield

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 313L-C-PJ-NI

MODEL

OPTIONS

313L

NI CZ CT

4-20mA

SERIES C D

±0.25% FSO (RSS) ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

Titanium Housing Alternate cable length (specify) Tefzel jacketed cable

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PC 1 PJ 5 PN 10 PP 15 PT 30 PV 50 PZ 100 2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE/LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 313S FEATURES: • All welded,stainless steel construction • Rugged, all encapsulated electronics • Leakproof • Many options available

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-15 through 0-100 psig (see ordering guide.)

ACCURACY: • From ±0.1% FSO (RSS) to ±0.5%FSO (RSS) (see specifications & ordering guide.)

125 DIA. HOLE 4 EQUALLY SPACED STRAIN RELIEF

7/16-20 (M) CAP W/.625 FLATS

.685 DIA.

BREATHER TUBE

SUBMERSIBLE CABLE BULLET NOSE

5.8 REF.

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 313S WIRING CODE RED GREEN WHITE BLACK

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

BLUE BROWN SHIELD

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

A5SL-313S.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) Series B: ±0.5% FSO (RSS) Series C: ±0.2% FSO (RSS) Series D: ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

Temperature Limits* Compensated Operating Storage

0°F to +140°F -40°F to +150°F -40°F to +150°F

Temperature Compensation* Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF at full scale pressure range and/or upper range limit Less than ±2.0% FSO/100ºF at full scale pressure range and/or upper range limit

Electricals Excitation Output at 70°F Zero Balance Span Load Impedance Circuit Protection Insulation Resistance Resolution

12 - 40 Vdc 4-20 mA ±2% FSO* 4.0mA ±2% FSO at 70°F 16.0mA ±2% FSO at 70°F 1400 ohm maximum at 40 Vdc excitation Short Circuit - Indefinite Reversed Wired - Indefinite Greater than 10 megaohms at 50 Vdc and 70ºF Infinite

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure External Pressure Case Materials Pressure Response Long Term Stability Position Effect Calibration Orientation Cycle Life Fluid Fill Length Diameter

Connections Pressure Electrical Cable

PVC bullet nose Molded polyurethane jacket, 6 conductor with breather tube, 24 AWG, 8’ long

Identification

Etched onto housing

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicated modifications or accessories required.

Use the following codes to identify desired item. Example 313S-B-PZ-LJ OPTIONS

MODEL 313S 4-20mA

AA CZ

SERIES

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT

B C D

FH FL LD LJ

±0.5% FSO (RSS) ±0.2% FSO (RSS) ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP 15 PR 20 PO 25 PT 30 PV 50 PX 75 PZ 100

None (standard connector) Alternate cable length (specify) 1/8” NPT (F) 1/8” NPT (M) Tapered inlet Tapered inlet with standoff plate

GENERAL CT GA GB GE GG GH JH GZ

Tefzel jacketed cable Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO. Alternate output, pressure units, or full scale outputs that are non-standard. Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO unless otherwise specified. Alternate calibration signal. Internal calibration resistor set to 100 ±0.5% FSO unless other wise specified. Remote cable mounted (in-line) zero & span controls. 3’ cable on open side. Length of cable on closed side as required. (500’ maximum) Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PLASTIC MELT PRESSURE TRANSMITTER w/ NON-INTRUSIVE ZERO & SPAN CONTROLS FOR HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS

Model 331X w/QE option GENERAL The GP:50 product line of melt pressure transducers and transmitters are based on the proven bonded strain gage principle successfully utilized in thousands of applications. Our unique design incorporates a heavier sensor allowing a thicker tip diaphragm, provides better linearity, and reduces costs. The design incorporates an extremely small capillary tubing that transmits the media pressure to the strain gage sensor and mating electronics via a mechanical fill fluid. (Mercury is the standard, silicone and mineral oil are readily available depending on the application).

FEATURES: WIRING NOTES: RED +EXCITATION/SIGNAL BLACK -EXCITATION/SIGNAL GREEN CASE GROUND

72” CABLE 1/2” NPT 1 1/4” WRENCH FLATS

ROTATING DOOR

• Rugged, all-welded, all stainless steel construction. • Interchangeable with existing systems. • Many options available, Hastelloy C-276 or Boron - Hardening • FM Explosion-Proof (Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C, D) • Magnetically coupled zero and span adjustments and shunt cal switch • Coarse Zero Adjustment, approximately ± 20% of upper range • Fine Zero Adjustment, approximately ± 0.5% of upper range • Span Adjustment, 5:1 Ranging optional • Internal Calibration Resistor set to 80% at upper range, 100% at lower range

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 through 0-15,000 psi (see ordering guide)

5.13

1.50 DIA

1.25

1 COARSE ZERO ADJUSTMENT 2 FINE ZERO ADJUSTMENT 3 SHUNT CAL 4 SPAN, 5:1 RANGING ADJUSTMENT

ACCURACY: (Non -Linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) • ± 0.25% FSO, RSS (0-5000 psi & higher) • ± 0.5% FSO, RSS (0-500 and 0-3500 psi)

0.68 DIA

6.00 1/2-20 UNF-2A

5/8 HEX

DIA 0.414 / 0.412 DIA 0.307/ 0.305

0.50

0.50 DIA

0.42 DIA

0.215 0.44 1.60

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-31X-QE.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Material in Contact with Pressure Media

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) ± 0.5% FSO(RSS) 500 through 3000 psi ± .25% FSO(RSS) 5000 through 15000 psi 15-5 PH stainless steel and hard chrome plated diaphragm surface. Diamond, Boron and Titanium Nitride coatings optional.

Proof Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range or 35,000 psig whichever is less

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing

750ºF (400ºC) 176ºF (80ºC)

Temperature Effects from Diaphragm From Fill Zero From Strain Gauge Housing Zero Span

15 psi/100ºF Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100ºC) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100ºC)

Electricals (Model 331X)

Excitation Voltage 9-36 Vdc

Output at 70° F 4-20 mA ± 2%

Zero Balance (Model 330/331)

4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F

Load Impedance (Model 330,331)

1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms at 24 Vdc

Range Calibration Signal

20% at upper range, 100% at lower range

Connections Pressure Electrical

1/2” - 20 UNF-2A thread for standard (M18 x 1.5 metric thread optional) 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 72” cable, 18 AWG wires

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

500 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

ORDERING GUIDE:

OPTIONS CF

Use the following codes to identify desired item.

GENERAL

MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 331X-RV-CF/GN

GB GP GQ GV GX QE

MODEL JW GK

331X 4-20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) (BAR) RH RJ RK RM RO RR RS RT RV RX RZ SB

500 600 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000 7500 10000 15000

UV UX UY UZ VA VB VC VD VE VF UA SZ

50 75 100 150 200 300 350 500 700 750 1000 Other

1/2" NPT(M) thread with 72” leads

Alternate Electronic Output - specify zero and span output values Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm and Thread Boron-Hardened diaphragm Silicone Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Mineral Oil Fill. (Increases Thermal Shift) Consult factory Zero and Span Adjustments Magnetically Coupled and Hermetically Sealed Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads 5:1 Ranging (will affect standard shunt calibration)

RIGID STEM GN GO HD HJ HU

12.5" Rigid Stem 9" Rigid Stem 3" Rigid Stem 1 3/16" Rigid Stem 4" Rigid Stem

FLEX TUBING GT HS HV HY

30" Armored Capillary Tube 9" Armored Capillary Tube 24" Armored Capillary Tube 12" Armored Capillary Tube

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLANGE MOUNTED PRESSURE TRANSMITTER & TEMPERATURE PROBE Models 335, 435 with FX, FY option FEATURES: • All-welded stainless steel constructionded • State-of-the-art circuitry allows heavier diaphragm and increased fatigue life • Standard options for every requirement • HART Communication available (435)

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-25 to 0-10,000 psig25

ACCURACY: • 0.5% FSO standard, 0.25% FSO available • 0.15% FSO available on Models 435%

MODELS 335, 435 w/FX option TC CONNECTOR 5/16-24 UNF-3B, THRU 2 HOLES 180º APART

3” FLEX STD.

0.75 GASKET 1.190 OD X 0.950 ID X 0.090 THK

ARMORED CABLE PTIH-10-6P STD.

1.50 DIA Zero Span

.68 DIA 0.932 0.927

1.31 DIA 2.125 DIA

18 STD 4.38 (MODEL 335) 5.66 (MODEL 435)

PIN A PIN B PIN C PIN D PIN E PIN F

3.250 DIA

0.531

5/8 HEX

2.03 STD. SNOUT LENGTH OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE

+ Exc. / Signal - Excit. / Signal NO CONNECTION NO CONNECTION RCAL (OPTION) RCAL (OPTION)

MODELS 335, 435 w/FY option

33/64 DIA THRU 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

TC CONNECTOR 3” FLEX STD.

5/16-18 NC-2B, THRU 2 HOLES 180º APART JACKING SCREWS GASKET 1.190 OD X 0.950 ID X 0.090 THK

ARMORED CABLE 1.50 DIA

PTIH-10-6P STD. Zero Span

.68 DIA MDL. 335 ONLY

0.931 0.926

2.50 BHC 18 STD

4.38 (MODEL 335) 5.66 (MODEL 435)

1.310 DIA

0.531

5/8 HEX 0.75

2.41 STD. SNOUT LENGTH OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE

3.50 DIA 9/16 DIA THRU 4 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED

A5SL-35-FX-FY.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability, also includes Temperature effects for model 435) ± 0.5% FSO (RSS) (335) ± 0.5% FSO (RSS) ranges less than 500 psi (435) ± 0.2% FSO (RSS) 500 through 3500 psi (435) ± 0.15% FSO (RSS) 5000 through 30000 psi (435) 3:1 25 through 2500 psi 5:1 3000 through 30000 psi

Ranging (435 only) Material in Contact with Pressure Media

316 stainless steel / 15-5 PH diaphragm, Armoloy coated (hard chrome) Diamond, Boron or Titanium Nitride coatings optional

Proof Pressure Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing Temperature Effects From Fill (335) Zero From Strain Gauge Housing (335)

2 times full scale pressure range 600°F (315°C) Standard Fill 176°F (80°C)

2 psi/100°F at diaphragm Zero Span Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100°F (± 2.0% FSO/100°C) Included in accuracy

Fill & Housing (435) Electricals (Model 335) (Model 435)

Excitation Voltage 9-36 Vdc 12-36 Vdc

Output at 70° F 4-20 mA ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ± 2% FSO

Load Impedance (Model 335) (Model 435)

1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms at 24 Vdc 1200 ohms maximum, at 36 Vdc and 600 ohms at 24 Vdc

Zero Balance (Model 335) (Model 435)

4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F vertical tip down 4.0 mA ±0.2% FSO at 70°F vertical tip down

Zero Pot. Adjustment (335) Span Pot. Adjustment (335)

+ 10% - 80% FSO on ranges below 500 psi ± 20% FSO on ranges above 500 psi

Connections Pressure Electrical Thermocouple

3.5" OD Flange, 3.25” OD Flange (see ordering guide) PTIH-10-6P connector Standard 2 pole, 7/16” pin spacing

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

110 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

OPTIONS

ORDERING GUIDE:

Use the following codes to identify desired item.

GENERAL

MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/● GP QS GV GX GZ FX FY ME JA

Example: 331X-PO-FY MODEL 330X, 331X 430X, 431X

4-20 mA 4-20 mA / Hart

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PO PT PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF RH

25 30 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 500

RJ RK RM RO RR RS RT RV RX RZ

600 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 5000 7500 1000

(BAR) UL 2 UM 3 UN 5 UP 7.5 UQ 10 UR 15 US 20 UT 30 UV 50 UX 75

GB MD

UY 100 UZ 150 VA 200 VB 300 VC 350 VD 500 VE 700 VF 750 UA 1000 SZ Non-Stand.

Pressure Range or Engineering Units

RIGID STEM (330X, 430X) GN GO HU MU

12.5" Rigid Stem 9" Rigid Stem 4" Rigid Stem Non-Standard Rigid Stem

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER &TEMPERATURE PROBE Models 135, 235, 335

FEATURES: • Pressure and temperature measurement from a single mounting well • Rugged, all-welded, all stainless steel construction • Interchangeable with existing systems • Adjustable calibration signal option • Replaceable thermocouple during use (Type J std.) • Internal Calibration Resistor set to 80% ±0.5% FSO • Zero and Span controls, approximately ±20% FSO (235, 335 only)

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 through 0-30,000 psi (See ordering guide)

ACCURACY: (Non-Linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability). • ±0.25% FSO, RSS (0-5000 psi & higher) • ±0.5% FSO, RSS (0-500 and 0-3500 psi).

J TYPE THERMOCOUPLE STD.

THERMOCOUPLE LOCK SCREW .28 OD FLEXIBLE ARMORED 3” CABLE

1/2-20 UNF-2A THD 0.306 +/- .001DIA 0.412 DIA

7/8 HEX

.50 DIA

.42 DIA

1.25 1.9 NOM.

0.215 0.440 1.060

6.0 STD

PTIH-10-6P STD PC02E-12-8P OPT.

.68 DIA 1.50 DIA

FLEXIBLE 18” ARMORED CABLE

1.25 2.5 NOM

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

A5SL-35.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

ORDERING GUIDE:

WIRING CODE

Use the following codes to identify desired item. PTIH-10-6P A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4 E/5 F/6

135 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL + EXC. - EXC. CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

235 + SIGNAL - SIGNAL* + EXC. - EXC.* CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

335 + EXC./SIG- EXC./SIGNAL NC NC CALIBRATE CALIBRATE

PC02E-12-8P

135

235

335

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC. - SIGNAL

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - EXC.* - SIGNAL*

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 F/6 G/7 H/8 PIGTAIL RED BLACK SHIELD

CAL. (Common) CAL. (Common) CAL. (Int. Res.) CAL. (Int. Res.) NC NC CAL. (Ext. Res.) CAL. (Ext. Res.) 335 + EXC./SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL NC

Temperature Limits Diaphragm Strain Gauge Housing Temperature Effects From Fill Zero From Strain Gauge Housing Zero Span

Zero Balance (Model 135) (Model 235) (Model 335)

15-5 PH Stainless steel and chrome plated diaphragm surface. 2 times full scale pressure range or 35,000 psig whichever is less

8 psi/100ºF per inch of stem and capillary Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100ºC) Less than ± 1.0% FSO/100ºF (± 2.0% FSO/100ºC)

3.33 mV/V ± 2% 5.0 Vdc ±2% 4-20 mA ±2%

0.0 mV/V ±5% FSO at 70°F 0.0 Vdc ±2% FSO at 70°F 4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70°F

Input Impedance (Model 135) 350 ohm, nominal Input Current (Model 235)

8 mA nominal

Load Impedance (Model 135) 50,000 ohms minimum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. (Model 335) 1350 ohms max. at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms 24 Vdc Output Current (Model 235)

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. Range Ca. Signal 80% ±0.5% FSO standard Signal Connector

PTIH-10-6P, standard Mate PT06A-10-6S (SR), not included

Thermocouple Connector

Standard 2 pole, 7/16” pin spacing

Pressure Connection 1/2” - 20UNF - 2A thread for standard extruder pressure port Mounting Torque

500 inch pounds, maximum

3.33 mV/V 5 Vdc 4 - 20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) (BAR)

CALIBRATE CALIBRATE NC NC

Output at 70° F (Model 135) (Model 235) (Model 335)

●/●/●

135 235 335

750ºF (400ºC), 1000ºF available with NaK fill 176ºF (80ºC)

Electricals Excitation Voltage (Model 135) 3.5-15 Vdc (Model 235) 9-40 Vdc (Model 335) 9-36 Vdc

OPTIONS

●

MODEL

are common to each other.

Proof Pressure

RANGE

●

Example: 335-RZ-CC/GU

* -Signal and - Excitation

Material in Contact with Pressure Media

MODEL

RH RK RM RO RT RV RX RZ SB SD SF SZ

50 75 100 150 200 300 500 750 750 750 750 Other

UV UX UY VA VC VD VE UA UH UC

50 75 100 200 350 500 700 1000 1400 2000

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector PTIH-10-6P) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CC Bendix PC02E-12-8P, [Mate: PC06A-12-8S-(SR), not included] CD Cannon WK6-32S, [Mate: WK6-21C, not included] CF 1/2" NPT(M) thread with 36" potted leads CZ Alternate Connector/ Cable/ Other ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORT FB M18 X 1.5 Metric Thread FG M14 X 1.5 Metric Thread FZ Non-Standard Pressure Port GENERAL GB Alternate Electronic Output Specify Zero and Span output values GP Hastelloy C-276 Diaphragm & Threads GQ Boron-Hardened diaphragm GU Type K Thermocouple QJ NaK Fill for 750°F max. applications GW NaK Fill with Inconel diaphragm and stem for 1000°F max. applications GV Silicone Oil Fill (Increases thermal shift) Consult factory GX Mineral Oil Fill (Increases thermal shift) Consult factory GZ Customer Special JL Adjustable Shunt Calibration JW Titanium Nitride-Coated Diaphragm & Threads MO Gentran Wiring MP Barber-Colman Wiring JA Removable 100 ohm 3 wire RTD RIGID STEM GN 12.5” Rigid Stem FLEX TUBING GT 30” Armored Capillary Tube

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

EXTENDED NOSE FLUSH DIAPHRAGM LEVEL TRANSMITTER Model 385 A variable capacitance all-welded type 316L stainless steel differential pressure sensor is the heart of this transmitter. It provides true gauge pressure measurement and allows full washdown without cumbersome vent tubes.

FEATURES: • 3A approved • Nema 6X rated enclosure • Adaptable to all standard receivers

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-20 inwc to 0-50 psig

ACCURACY: • From 0.1% to 0.5% FSO

OUTLINE

GAGE PRESSURE VENT SLOT 1/2” NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 1.500 DIA.

1.550 DIA.

1.780 DIA. SILICON O’RING 1.000 DIA.

1.275 DIA.

NON-VENTED SUBMERSIBLE CABLE 4.91

2.17

7.205

1/2” NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION

1.500 DIA.

GAGE PRESSURE VENT SLOT

1.780 DIA. 1.550 DIA.

1.470 DIA.

SILICON O’RING

1.000 DIA.

1.275 DIA.

NON-VENTED SUBMERSIBLE CABLE

3.37

1.38

“H”

“L”

9.982

6.487

12.307

8.812

“L” “H”

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

385 + EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL NC NC OPEN

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

A5SL-385.00 Rev A

Accuracy

Wetted Parts

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) ±0.5% FSO RSS ±0.2% FSO RSS ±0.1% FSO RSS Type 316L stainless steel

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating

0º F to +180º F -20º F to +200º F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100º F Less than ±2.0% FSO/100º F

Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70° F Load Impedance Zero Balance Resolution RFI Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Weight

(Model 385) 13 - 37 Vdc 4-20 mA ±2% FSO 1200 ohms max at 37 Vdc & 600 ohms max at 24 Vdc 4.0 mA ±2% FSO at 70° F Infinite Protection included

Enclosure

All-welded type 316 stainless steel. Rated NEMA-6X. Approved 3A

Identification

Etched into body

Connections Pressure Electrical Cable

Fits standard GP:50 flush mounted weld receiver (see options for King-Gage crossover) 1/2” NPT (M) thread with 20’ Belden 9536, 6’ conductor cable or equiv.

3 times full scale pressure 6 times full scale pressure 29 oz. nominal

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

PORT

OPTIONS

●

●/●

Example: 385-C-XK-LL-JH

SERIES (Accuracy) B 0.5% FSO C 0.2% FSO D 0.1% FSO PRESSURE RANGE INWC PSI XB 20 PC 1 XC 25 PE 2 XD 30 PG 3 XF 50 PJ 5 XH 75 PL 7.5 XK 100 PN 10 XM 150 PP 15 XO 200 PR 20 XQ 300 PT 30 XS 500 PV 50 XU 750 SZ Other XW 1,000

PRESSURE PORT LK LL LM

Short, fits receiver P/N: 4A7-14.5-2 (Matches King-Gage P/N 5701-1-xx) Standard, fits receiver P/N: 4A7-14.3-2 (Matches King-Gage P/N 5702-1-xx) Long, fits receiver P/N: 4A7-14.1.2 (Matches King-Gage P/N 5703-1-xx)

OPTIONS AA GB GE GF GJ JH JV JY GZ

Standardized Output to ±0.5% FSO Alternate pressure range, pressure units, or full scale outputs that are nonstandard. Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100°F for zero & span respectively. Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2.0% FSO/100°F.) Add can mounted. Zero/span controls (approx. ±20% FSO adjustment) Remote cable mounted zero and span controls. 3’ cable on open side. Cable on closed side as required. Voltage surge (lightning) protection. Zero balance electronic clamp to prevent transmitter signal from dropping below 4.0 mA. Custom special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SMART RANGEABLE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Model 411, 411X FEATURES: • HART Communication • 0 Through 100,000 PSI Ranges in PSISG, PSIA, Vacuum Options • 4-20 mA Loop Powered • 5:1 Ranging • Waterproof • 316 SS • 12-36 Vdc Excitation • Secondary Containment • FM Approved Explosion Proof available (411X), Class I, II, III, Division I, II, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F & G

APPLICATIONS: • Off Shore Rigs and Pumping Platforms • Pipelines and Processing • Shipboard and Marine Applications • Plastics and Paper - All Processes

5.9 REF.

1/4 NPT (F)

1/2 NPT (M)

1.250 FLATS

Ø1.5 CONDUCTOR 18 AWG, 6’ CABLE

0.375

0.380

WIRING CODE RED = + EXCITATION/SIGNAL BLACK = - EXCITATION/SIGNAL GREEN = CASE GROUND DRAIN WIRE

This rugged, harsh-environment transmitter is small in size and designed to solve your worst weather nightmare. GP:50 Model 411 features HART communications protocol and microprocessor based electronics in a small, rugged package. HART communication allows simpler system commissioning and start up, while digital compensation provides enhanced accuracy and rangeability. Because HART allows simultaneous analog and digital communication, this instrument is fully compatible with existing analog systems. Communication is most commonly done with a HART hand-held communicator, but can also be done with commercially available PC-based software. All-welded and hermetically sealed, it can be submersed to 100 feet with submersible conduit. The all-welded construction and 15-5 and 316 stainless steels used in the pressure cavity make the 411 watertight and strong against corrosion. The unit is designed without and “O”-ring and insures reliability. For sour gas and other corrosive media, the 411 is available with 316 stainless steel, Inconel or Hastelloy wetted parts. Pressure ranges include 0 through 100,000 PSI and are available in sealed gauge, absolute and sealed vacuum. A5SL-411.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

Full Scale Pressure Range (FSPR)

Full Scale

Temperature Range

0-170ºF, unless customer specified (only applies when ordered with QF option).

Supply Voltage

12-36 Vdc

Regulations

Less than 0.02% FSO/V over supply voltage range.

Output Signal

Two wire 4-20 mA. Digital process sig nal superimposed on a 4-20 mA signal, available to any host computer system conforming to HART protocol.

Load Impedance

250 ohms at 17 Vdc

Accuracy

Greater than 0.25% of calibrated span including errors due to linearity, hys teresis and repeatiblity, RSS

Combined Zero & Span Temperature Effects on Accuracy Compensated Temperature Limits*

Greater than 0.25% FSPR over six months.

Resolution

12 bit

Frequency Response

Analog output response to a step change in pressure will be from 0.070 sec minimum to 40 sec maximum for one time constant & is adjustable through software.

Shock & Vibration Without Change

100 g’s PK to PK

Enclosure Materials

316 SS

Measured Fluids

Any gas or liquid compatible with 15-5 PH, 316 SS, Inconel X750, Hastelloy C-276 optional.

Standard Process Pressure Connection

0-5 thru 0-15,000 PSI -1/4” Female Connection.

At 1:1 is less than 0.25% FSO per 50ºF At 5:1 is less than 0.5% FSO per 50ºF

0-20,000 thru 0-50,000 PSI - 9/16”-18 gland thread, pressure relieved. 1/4” OD high pressure tube, 60 degree cone. Conforms to Autoclave type F250-C.

0 thru +170ºF based on actual operat-

ing temperature.

Operating Temperature Limits

-40 to +185ºF

Range Adjustments

5:1 (ranges 0-100 psi thru 1-15,000 psi only).

Circuit Protection

Reverse polarity protected Units are protected against voltage transients above 45V to 20A at 0.02 milliseconds.

RFI/EMI Suppression

Negligible effect to 500 Mhz at 5 watts direct contact.

Insulation Resistance

Better than 10 megohms at 50V DC

Proof Pressure

5 to 50 PSI 100 PSI 75 to 15,000 2xFSPR or 20,000 PSI, whichever is less 20,000 to 100,000 PSI 1.2x FSPR or 125,000 PSI whichever is less

Burst Pressure

Long-Term Stability

0-61,00 thru 0-100,000 PSI - 5/8” -18 gland thread pressure relieved. 5/16” OD high pressure tube, 60 degree cone. Conforms to Autoclave type F-312-C150.

Electrical Connection

1/2” NPT male, 2 conductor w/Ground + Drain wire, 18 AWG, 72” L

Enclosure Classification

NEMA 3, 4

Weight

Less than 24 oz.

Accesories

Mounting Bracket, Conduit connection box, HART Communicator.

Approved Options

QF - Temperature output over second 4-20 mA loop.

0-5 thru 0-50 PSISG, A, SV and 3-15 PSISG 250 PSI. 0-75 thru 0-15,000 PSIG, A-5 times full scale pressure range or 22,500 PSIG, whichever is less. 0-20,000 thru 0-100,000 PSIG, A-1.5 times full scale pressure range or 125,000 PSIG, whichever is less.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

VEHICLE TEST PRESSURE TRANSDUCER / TRANSMITTER Models 142, 242, 342 Developed specifically for the harsh operating environments encountered in ground support testing, these units feature the latest blend of mechanical and circuit technology to achieve superior ruggedness, accuracy, and fatigue life. When you need assistance with your pressure application, call GP:50.

FEATURES: • Accurate to ±0.2% FSO (Optional ±0.1% FSO) • Environment proof • All-welded, hermetically sealed, stainless steel • Indestructible - totally encapsulated electronics • Wide temperature operating range

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-15 psi to 0-15,000 psi

ACCURACY: • From 0.2% to 0.1%

BENDIX PTIH-10-6P (OR EQUIV.) CONNECTOR 7/16-20 UNJF-3A THREAD

0.875 HEX

1.000 DIA.

0.325 2.25

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 142

242

342

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 F/6

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH

A5SL-42.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Model 142) 3.0 mV/V ±0.5% FSO at 70°F

Wetted Parts

Types 316 and 15-5 PH stainless steel

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating

-40°F to +250°F -65°F to +275°F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Within ±0.0075% FSO/°F Within ±0.0075% FSO/°F

Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70° F Input Impedance, Load Impedance, Zero Balance*

(Model 142) 3.5-15 Vdc 3 mV/V ±0.5% FSO 5,000 ohms, nominal 50,000 ohms minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO 0.0 mV/V 0.5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 242) 5.0 Vdc ±0.5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 242) 9-40 Vdc 0-5 Vdc ±0.5% FSO

(Model 342) 20 mA ±0.5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 342) 9-36 Vdc 4-20 mA ±0.5% FSO 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc

0.0 Vdc 0.5% FSO at 70°F

Input Current, Output Current

4.0 mA 0.5% FSO at 70°F

10 mA, nominal 2.0 mA, maximum for less than 0.1%FSO attenuation

Mechanicals Proof Pressure* Burst Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range 5 times full scale pressure range or 22,500 psi, whichever is less

Case Materials Weight

316 Stainless steel 5oz. nominal

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body

Connections Pressure* Electrical

MS33656-4 (7/16-20 male thread) Bendix PTIH-10-6P connector or equiv.

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. Example: 142-C-RD-6-CM MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●

MODEL

OPTIONS

142 3 mV/V 242 0 - 5 Vdc 342 4 - 20 mA

CONNECTORS

ACCURACY (Series) C D

0.2% FSO 0.1% FSO 15 20 30 50 75 100 150 200 300 500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB SZ

750 1,000 1,500 2,000 3,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 Other

PRESSURE TYPE 3 6

Absolute Sealed Gauge

PTIH-10-6P (Std) DIN43650, Form C with mate

PRESSURE PORT

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP PR PT PV PX PZ RB RD RF RH

AA DA

AA FJ FL LT LH FO

MS33656-4 (7/16-20 male thread for 1/4” tubing) Std. 1/4” NPT male thread 1/8” NPT male thread SAE-4 (M) 7/16-20 UNF SAE-6 (M) 9/16-18 UNF 1/4” (M) BSPP

GENERAL GB GG GH GS GZ HL MK

Alternate electronic output, specify zero and span output values Alternate shunt calibration signal Internal shunt calibration, to 100% ±0.5% FSO 0-10 Vdc FSO output (requires 16-40 Vdc excitation) Improved accuracy to 0.05% FSO RFI Protection (increases length by 0.5”) 350 ohm strain gauge bridge

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

AEROSPACE / GROUND SUPPORT PRECISION PRESSURE TRANSDUCER / TRANSMITTER Models 142, 242, 342 Developed specifically for the harsh operating environments encountered in ground support testing, these units feature the latest blend of mechanical and circuit technology to achieve superior ruggedness, accuracy, and fatigue life. When you need assistance with your pressure application, call GP:50 Aerospace.

FEATURES: • Accurate to ±0.1% FSO • Environment proof • All-welded, hermetically sealed, stainless steel • Indestructible - totally encapsulated electronics • Wide temperature operating range • RFI/EMI protection to Mil std 461

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-15 psi to 0-15,000 psi

ACCURACY: • From 0.2% to 0.1% BENDIX PTIH-10-6P (OR EQUIV.) CONNECTOR 7/16-20 UNJF-3A THREAD

0.875 HEX

1.000 DIA.

0.325 2.25

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 142

242

342

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 F/6

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH

A5SL-42A.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Model 142) 3.0 mV/V ±0.5% FSO at 70°F

Wetted Parts

Types 316 and 15-5 PH stainless steel

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating

-40°F to +250°F -65°F to +275°F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Within ±0.0075% FSO/°F Within ±0.0075% FSO/°F

Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70° F Input Impedance, Load Impedance, Zero Balance*

(Model 142) 3.5-15 Vdc 3 mV/V ±0.5% FSO 5,000 ohms, nominal 50,000 ohms minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO 0.0 mV/V 0.5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 242) 5.0 Vdc ±0.5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 242) 9-40 Vdc 0-5 Vdc ±0.5% FSO

(Model 342) 20 mA ±0.5% FSO at 70°F

(Model 342) 9-36 Vdc 4-20 mA ±0.5% FSO 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc

0.0 Vdc 0.5% FSO at 70°F

Input Current, Output Current

4.0 mA 0.5% FSO at 70°F

10 mA, nominal 2.0 mA, maximum for less than 0.1%FSO attenuation

Mechanicals Proof Pressure* Burst Pressure

2 times full scale pressure range 5 times full scale pressure range or 22,500 psi, whichever is less

Case Materials Weight

316 Stainless steel 5oz. nominal

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body

Connections Pressure* Electrical

MS33656-4 (7/16-20 male thread) Bendix PTIH-10-6P connector or equiv.

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. Example: 142-C-RD-6-CM MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●

MODEL

OPTIONS

142 3 mV/V 242 0 - 5 Vdc 342 4 - 20 mA

CONNECTORS

ACCURACY (Series) C D

0.2% FSO 0.1% FSO

AA CI CM DB

PTIH-10-6P (Std) D38999/27YB98PN PTIH-8-4P D38999/27YA35PN

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI)

PRESSURE PORT

PP PR PT PV PX PZ RB RD RF RH

AA FA FJ FL LT LH

15 20 30 50 75 100 150 200 300 500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB SZ

750 1,000 1,500 2,000 3,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 Other

PRESSURE TYPE 3 6

Absolute Sealed Gauge

MS33656-4 (7/16-20 male thread for 1/4” tubing) Std. MS33656-4 (7/16-20)(F) 1/4” NPT male thread 1/8” NPT male thread SAE-4 (M) 7/16-20 UNF SAE-6 (M) 9/16-18 UNF

GENERAL GB GG GH GS HL MK

Alternate electronic output, specify zero and span output values Alternate shunt calibration signal Internal shunt calibration, to 100% ±0.5% FSO 0-10 Vdc FSO output (requires 16-40 Vdc excitation) RFI Protection (increases length by 0.5”) 350 ohm strain gauge bridge

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PRECISION DIGITAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER / TRANSMITTER WITH DIGITAL AND ANALOG OUTPUTS

Models 242E, 342E Developed specifically for industrial applications that require high accuracy, stability, and exceptional temperature performance. These units feature the latest blend of mechanical and circuit technology, digitally enhanced to achieve superior ruggedness, accuracy, and fatigue life. When you need assistance with your pressure application, call GP:50.

FEATURES: • Microprocessor based, linearized & temperature compensated • Accurate to ±0.05% FSO (0.1% std.) • Environment proof • All-welded, hermetically sealed, stainless steel • Indestructible - totally encapsulated electronics • Wide temperature operating range • RS232 communication

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-15 psi to 0-15,000 psi

ACCURACY: • From 0.1% to 0.05% BENDIX PTIH-10-6P (OR EQUIV. CONNECTOR)

7/16-20 UNJF-3A THREAD

0.875 HEX.

1.000 DIA.

0.325 5

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 242E

342E

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 F/6

RX DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TX DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

A5SL-42E.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Within ±0.1% FSO, RSS (includes the effects of non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) ±0.05% FSO, RSS Available

Full Scale Output (FSO)*

(Model 242E) 5.0 Vdc ±0.05% FSO at 70°F

Wetted Parts

Types 316 and 15-5 PH stainless steel

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating

0°F to +180°F -20°F to +190°F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Within ±0.0025% FSO/°F Within ±0.0025% FSO/°F

Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70° F Input Current Load Impedance,

(Model 242) 9-40 Vdc 0-5 Vdc ±0.5% FSO 10 mA, nominal

(Model 342E) 20 mA ±0.05% FSO at 70°F

(Model 342) 9-36 Vdc 4-20 mA ±0.5% FSO 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc

Output Current

2.0 mA, maximum for less than 0.1%FSO attenuation 0.0 Vdc 0.1% FSO at 70°F

Zero Balance* Mechanicals Proof Pressure* Burst Pressure Case Materials Weight

2 times full scale pressure range 5 times full scale pressure range or 22,500 psi, whichever is less 316 Stainless steel 5oz. nominal

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body

Connections Pressure* Electrical

MS33656-4 (7/16-20 male thread) Bendix PTIH-10-6P connector or equiv.

4.0 mA ±0.1% FSO at 70°F

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

RANGE

TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●

Example: 242E-RD-6-CM

OPTIONS CONNECTORS

MODEL 242E 342E

0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP PR PT PV PX PZ RB RD RF RH

15 20 30 50 75 100 150 200 300 500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB SZ

750 1,000 1,500 2,000 3,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 Other

PRESSURE TYPE 3 6

Absolute Sealed Gauge

AA DA CM

PTIH-10-6P (Std) DIN 43650, Form C with mate PTIH-8-4P

PRESSURE PORT AA FJ FL LT LH

MS33656-4 (7/16-20 male thread for 1/4” tubing) Std. 1/4” NPT male thread 1/8” NPT male thread SAE-4 (M) 7/16-20 UNF SAE-6 (M) 9/16-18 UNF

GENERAL GB GG GH GS GZ HL QI

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SMART RANGEABLE MELT PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 430, 431 430X, 431X

FEATURES: • Rugged, all-welded stainless steel construction • Interchangeable with existing systems • HART® Communication • Many options available, including Hastelloy C-276 or Boron Hardening

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-500 through 0-30,000 psi ( see ordering guide )

ACCURACY: (Non -Linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability) • ± 0.15% FSO, RSS (0-5000 psi and higher) • ± 0.2% FSO, RSS (0-3500 psi and lower)

Consult factory for hazardous location approval availability.

WIRING CODE PTIH-10-6P A/1 Red B/2 Black C/3 Green D/4 Shield E/5 F/6

+ Exc. / Signal - Excit. / Signal NC NC NC NC

PIGTAIL + Exc./Signal - Exc./Signal Case Ground * Case Ground

* Explosion Proof units only Standard wiring,customer may specify alternate wiring.

A5SL-430.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Static Error Band (Non-linearity, Hysteresis, Non-repeatability, includes temperature effects) ± 0.25% FSO(RSS) 500 through 3500 psi ± 0.15% FSO(RSS) 5000 through 30000 psi 3:1 (500 through 2500 psi) 5:1 (3000 through 30,000 psi)

Ranging

Operating Temperature Range (Compensated) Process 77ºF to 575ºF (25ºC to 300ºC), optional to 660ºF (350ºC) Electronics 77ºF to 176ºF (25ºC to 80ºC) Temperature Effects from Electronics

Less than ±0.15% FSO/100ºF

Electricals Excitation Voltage 12-36 Vdc 12-36 Vdc

(Model 430/431) (Model 430X/431X)

Output at 70° F 4-20 mA ± 0.1% 4-20 mA ± 0.1%

Load Impedance

250 ohms minimum (for HART® communication) @ 17Vdc 1200 ohms maximum, at 36 Vdc

Output Current

4-20 mA ±0.1% FSO @ 70ºF

Connections Pressure Electrical (430, 431) Electrical (430X, 431X)

1/2”-20 UNF-2A thread for standard (M18 x 1.5 metric thread optional) PTIH-10-6P standard, (PT06A-10-6S (SR), mate not included) 1/2” NPT(M) thread with 72” leads

Enclosed Materials

316 stainless steel

Mounting Torque

500 inch pounds, maximum

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body.

Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 431-RV-CF/GN MODEL 430/431 430X/431X

4-20 mA/HART® 4-20 mA/HART®, Explosion Proof

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) (BAR) RH 500 RJ 600 RK 750 RM 1000 RO 1500 RR 2000 RS 2500 RT 3000 RV 5000 RX 7500 RZ 10000 SB 15000 SD 20000 SF 30000

UV UX UY UZ VA VB VC VD VE VF UA UB US SZ

50 75 100 150 200 300 350 500 700 750 1000 1500 2000 Other

OPTIONS ALTERNATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AA CC CD CF CZ

None (standard electrical connection) Bendix PC02E-12-8P [Mate PC06A-12-8S-(SR) not included] Cannon WK6-32S [Mate WK6-21C not included] 1/2” NPT(M) thread with 72” potted leads Alternate Connector/Cable/Other

ALTERNATE PRESSURE PORTS FB FG FZ

M18 X 1.5 Metric Thread M14 X 1.5 Metric Thread Non-standard pressure port

GENERAL GB GP QS GQ GV GX QJ GW JA JW QF QG NE

Alternate electronic output - specify zero & span output values Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm and thread Diamond coating Boron-hardened diaphragm Silicone oil fill (increases thermal shift), consult factory Mineral oil fill (increases thermal shift), consult factory Nak fill Nak fill with Inconel diaphragm 100 ohm 3 wire RTD Titanium Nitride-coated diaphragm and threads Second 4-20 mA output for temperature (no HART®) Temperature compensated to 350ºC Second 4-20 mA output for temperature (with HART®)

RIGID STEM

ARMOURED CAPILLARY TUBE

GN GO HD HJ HT

GT HS HY

12.5” GT 30” 9” HS 9” 3” HY 12” 1 3/16” 24

30” 9” 12”

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

WECO® “HAMMER” UNION PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Model 170, 270, 370, 570 Designed specifically for use with either WECO® 2” 1502 or 2” 2002 Wing Union Fittings for the high pressure /vibration applications such as Cementing, Fracturing, Mud Pressure Measurement & Acidizing.

FEATURES: • Designed to reduce “clamping effects” of Wing Union • 0-5000 thru 0-20,000 psi • Corrosion resistant materials • High Accuracy • 0-5 VDC, 4-20 mA, CANbus outputs • Hazardous Locations Approvals • 350°F version available • 100% Shunt Cal

GROUND SCREW

HOUSING 304 SST

Ø2.22

4.75 SENSOR BODY 1.75

Ø3.69

2” #1502 CONFIGURATION (SHOWN WITH “CA” CONNECTOR)

Ø3.35

2” #2002/2202 CONFIGURATION (SHOWN WITH “CF” CONNECTOR)

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE PIN

170/270

370

570

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. - EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL NC CASE GROUND

+ EXC. - EXC. SIG/J1939 SIG/J1939

E/5 F/6

+ SHUNT/CAL - SHUNT/CAL

NC NC

A5SL-70.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static Error Band- Non-linearity, Hysterisis, Non-repeatability) ≤0.25% FSO (RSS)

Zero Balance

(Model 170) 0.0 mV/V ±1% FSO at 10 Vdc

(Model 270) 0.0 V ±1% FSO at

(Model 370) 4.0 mA ±1% FSO at 24 Vdc

(Model 570) CANbus J1939 at 12Vdc

Full Scale Output

(Model 170) 3 mV/V

(Model 270) 5 Vdc

(Model 370) 16mA

(Model 570) J1939

(Model 370) 9-36 Vdc* 23 mA max 23 mA max N/A

(Model 570) 6-18 Vdc 40 mA N/A N/A N/A

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating

-40ºF to 180ºF (-40°C to 80°C) -50ºF to 190ºF (-45°C to 85°C)

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Less than ±1.0% FSO/100ºF Less than ±1.0% FSO/100ºF

Electricals Excitation Voltage Input Current Output Current Load Impedance Shunt Calibration

(Model 170) (Model 270) 16 Vdc max 9-36 Vdc 45 mA 8 mA N/A 10 mA >10K ohms > 5K ohms 100% FSO ±0.2% by exciting Pins E and F

*10-28 Vdc for GI/AI/I approvals Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure

1.5 times pressure range 3.0 times pressure range

Materials of Construction Sensor Housing

(See options below) 300 Series SST

Connections Pressure Electrical

WECO® 2” 1502 or WECO® 2” 2002/2202 Bendix PTØ2E-10-6P

Identification

Etched on housing

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

APPROVAL

PROCESS CONNECTION

RANGE

OPTIONS/ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 370-A-R-Z-CA MODEL 170 3 mV/V 270 0 - 5 Vdc 370 4 - 20 mA 570 CANbus J1939 APPROVAL I FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety - 370 AI ATEX/IEC Intrinsic Safety - 370 (IEC pending) GI ATEX/IEC/FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety - 370 -(IEC pending) EC CE Marking - 370 PROCESS CONNECTION A WECO® 2” 1502 Inconel X750 B WECO® 2” 2002 Inconel X750 C WECO® 2” 2202, Inconel 718 * D WECO® 2” 1502, Inconel 718 * G WECO® 2” 1502 SST * H WECO® 2” 2202/2002 SST * * Material meets NACE MR0175 Guidelines PRESSURE RANGE SZ Non-standard range, if applicable RV 5,000 psi RW 6,000 psi RX 7,500 psi RZ 10,000 psi SB 15,000 psi SD 20,000 psi

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CA Bendix 6-pin PTØ2E-10-6P (SST) CF 1/2” NPT(M) with 18” 18 AWG MTW cable DK Glenair 4-pin GC379-2-14S-2P DO Jupiter RECM 10TPN04-16 DM MS3102E 14S-2P DP 4-Pin Brad Harrison (IR4ØØ6A2ØA12Ø1) OPTIONS GB GC GE GG ME MR NB NG NH NC QX QY

Alternate electrical output Special calibration run Improved temperature comp. (± 0.5% FSO/100° F for zero/span) Alternate shunt calibration signal, designate value on sales order 80% Shunt Calibration Alternate wiring 100% Powered Shunt (std on 370) Removable carrying handle Dual welded handle 100% Unpowered Shunt Calibration (std on 170/270) Extended 350° F process temperature (-45°F to 185°F electronics) Remove shunt cal.

Consult factory for more options, such as carrying handle, optional materials, electrical connectors and replacement fasteners Consult WECO® manufacturer for published presssure maximums. WECO® is a Federally Registerd Trademark with FMC Technologies

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

WECO® “HAMMER” UNION TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Model 271, 371 Designed for use with either WECO® 2” 1502, 2” 2002 or 2” 2202 Wing Union Fittings.

FEATURES: • Provides accurate temperature readings in WECO® style fitting • Rated to 22,500 PSI • Corrosion resistant materials meet NACE MRO175 Guidelines • 0-5 VDC or 4-20 mA outputs • High temp operation option to 250ºF

PROTECTIVE CAP 18” MIN RECESSED CONNECTOR GROUND SCREW

Ø2.22

4.35 4.75

1.35

Ø3.69

Ø3.35

2” #1502 CONFIGURATION (SHOWN WITH “CA” CONNECTOR)

2” #2002/2202 CONFIGURATION (SHOWN WITH “CF” CONNECTOR)

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE PIN

271

371

A/1 (WIRE COLOR) B/2 (WIRE COLOR) C/3 (WIRE COLOR) D/4

+ EXC. (RED) + SIGNAL (BLUE) - EXC./SIGNAL(BLACK) NC*

+ EXC./SIGNAL (RED) - EXC./SIGNAL (BLACK NC NC*

E/5 F/6

NC* NC*

* - Optional Shunt Cal connections GP:50 reserves the right to make product improvements and amendments to the product specifications stated throughout this brochure without prior notification. Please contact the factory on all critical dimensions and specifications for verification.

A5SL-71.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static Error Band- Non-linearity, Hysterisis, Non-repeatability) ±0.75% FSO

Zero Balance at 70ºF

(Model 271) 0.0v ±0.5% FSO

(Model 371) 4.0mA ±0.5% FSO

Full Scale Output

(Model 271) 5Vdc ±0.5% FSO

(Model 371) 16mA ±0.5% FSO

Stability

±0.1% FSO/yr

Min & Max Process Temperature Limits

-65ºF to +250ºF **

Temperature ranges

See ordering guide

Electricals Output Current Wiring Excitation Insulation Resistance Connector Style

(Model 271) 0-5 VDC Output 3 Wire (see pin out chart) 9-36 VDC >100m Ohms at 50 Vdc See options codes

Mechanical Process Connection Max Operating Pressure Std Wetted Materials Upper Housing Weight

WECO® Union 2” 1502, 2202 or 2002** 22,500 PSI Stainless Steel Meets- NACE MRO175 Guidelines or Inconel** 300 series Stainless Steel ~5 lbs

(Model 371) 4-20mA Output 2 Wire Loop (see pin out chart) 9-36 VDC >100m Ohms at 50 Vdc

** -see order guide for options ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

APPROVAL

PROCESS CONNECTION

RANGE

OPTIONS/ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 371-G-00-CA MODEL SERIES 271 0-5 VDC 371 4-20mA PROCESS CONNECTION A 2” 1502 (Inconel Construction) B 2” 2002 (Inconel) C 2” 2202 (Inconel - Meets NACE Guidelines) D 2” 1502 (Inconel - Meets NACE Guidelines) G 2” 1502 (SST - Meets NACE Guidelines) H 2” 2002 (SST - Meets NACE Guidelines) CALIBRATED TEMPERATURE RANGE (Deg F) 00 - 0º to 250º 01 - -40º to 250º (Consult factory for more ranges) CONNECTOR TYPE CA PTO2E-10-6P (Bendix 6 Pin Style) CF 1/2” NPT(M) with 18” wire Leads 18 awg DK GC379214S-2P (Glenair 4-Pin) DM MS3102E-14S-2P (4-Pin) DO RECM10TPN04-16 (Jupiter 4-Pin style) DP 1R4006A20A1201 (Brad Harrison/Turck style) OPTIONS (More options available – consult factory) GB Alternate electrical output (e.g 1-5 VDC) GC Special Calibration run MR Alternate Pin out / wiring NC Removable carrying handle NH Welded dual carrying handle

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLIGHT QUALIFIED LOW LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7100 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing.

• Satellites: Commercial and defense • Ground & Engine Test • Launch Vehicles • Aircraft Systems / Avionics

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% RSS available) • Nominal 3mV/V output, up to 100 mV/V with options • Mechanical isolation prevents contact shifts • Space and flight qualified • Cleaning to MIL-STD-1246 available • Multiple output option • Input leads can be reversed or shorted without circuit damage • 4500 psi secondary containment

Heritage Includes: • NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Dept. of Defense

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.......................................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD - 45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

PIN OUT FOR CONNECTOR Units are in inches.

A/1 B/2 C/3 D/4

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

E/5 F/6

RTD (OPTIONAL) RTD (OPTIONAL)

A5SL-7100.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

5 thru 20,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V at 10 Vdc, other options available

Temperature Output

100 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional 1000 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD also available

Proof Pressure

1.5X with 25 psia min, 10X optional

Burst Pressure

2.0X (4500 psi secondary containment) (300 min)

Excitation or Input Voltage

3.5 to 15 Vdc

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Error Band (all 5 parameters)

1.5% FSO, 0.75% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS port, 15-5 sensor (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +180°F / -20°C to +80°C, expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-20°F to +190°F / -30°C to +90°C

Weight

4 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M)

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P, MIL D38999 series III

Shunt Cal 80% Option

Internal

Vibration, Shock, Acceleration Design meets MIL-STD-810C&E requirement

25 Grms / 100G’s Pk/Pk/ 3500 G Pyroshock / 12g

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD 461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7100-1-RH-A-CA/FD/GH

OUTPUT 1 7 8

3 mV/V 2 mV/V 10 mV/V 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500 0-750

RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ

0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH RK

OPTIONS CONNECTORS

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

FA DE

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GD GF GH GK GL GP JA JB ME

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.1% and Total Error Band to 1.0% Alternate full scale outputs 10X Proof Pressure (may affect overall performance, not avail able with options GP, GF, GK) Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250º F (±2% FSO/100º F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt cal, 80% Internal

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLIGHT QUALIFIED HIGH LEVEL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7200 “B+” and “S” Class Electronics Available Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing.

Heritage Includes: • Satellites: Commercial and Defense • Ground & Engine Test • Launch Vehicles • Aircraft Systems / Avionics

• NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Northrop Grumman

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% RSS available) • Proprietary mechanical isolation of the sensor for zero stability • Cavity material options for extreme environments • 10X overload option • Isolated, 0-5 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc, 4-20 mAdc outputs • 100 ohm or 1000 ohm platinum RTD temperature options • 100 G’s Pk/Pk (3500 G shock), 1 Hr / Axis qualified • 24 Grms 1Hr / Axis (3500 G shock) qualified • Over 1,000,000 continuous cycles • “B+” and “S” class electronics available • Cleaning to MIL-STD-1246 available

Shown at the left for pressure ranges 30 thru 15,000 psi, shown at the right for pressure ranges 25 psi and below.

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

4-20 mA PIN OUT 0-5 Vdc PIN OUT A + EXC. / SIG. OUT B NC C NC D - EXC. / SIG. OUT

+ EXC. + SIG. OUT - SIG. OUT - EXC.

MS33656-4 7/8 HEX LOCKHOLES 1.00 DIA REF.

E RTD (OPTIONAL) RTD (OPTIONAL) F RTD (OPTIONAL) RTD (OPTIONAL) 3.4 REF. NOTES: 1. WEIGHT = 5.0 OZ WITH MODULE 2. HIGH LEVEL 0-5 VDC OR 0-10 OUTPUT 3. 5000 OHM GAUGES 4. -65° TO +250°F OR COMPENSATED TEMPERATURE RANGES

Shown with optional D38999/27YB98PN connector

4.02 REF.

Units are in inches.

A5SL-7200.00 Rev C

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

3 thru 20,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc Isolated / 4-20 mA 2 Wires and Isolation Option

Temperature Output

100 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional 1000 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD also available

Proof Pressure

1.5X with 25 psia min, 10X optional

Burst Pressure

2.0X (4500 secondary containment) (300 min)

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18V-36Vdc Unregulated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Error Band (all 5 parameters)

1.5% FSO, 1.0% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS port, 15-5 sensor (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +180°F / -20°C to +80°C, expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-20°F to +190°F / -30°C to +90°C

Weight

5 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M)

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P, MIL D38999 series III

Shunt Cal 80% Option

Internal

Vibration, Shock, Acceleration Design meets MIL-STD-810C&E requirement Response Time

25 Grms / 100G’s Pk/Pk/ 3500 G Pyroshock / 12g

Meets MIL-STD 461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE:

Under 4 ms

Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 7200-2-RH-A-CA/FD/GH

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

OPTIONS

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PG PJ PN PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF

0-3* 0-5* 0-10* 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300

RH RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-500 0-750 0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

Contact factory for non-standard ranges

*Can dia. 1.5”

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

CONNECTORS CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD FJ

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M) 1/4” NPT (M)

MISC: D GB GD GF GH GK GL GP JA JB ME

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.1% and Total Error Band to 1.0% Alternate full scale outputs 10X Proof Pressure (may affect overall performance, not available with options GP, GF, GK) Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250ºF (±2% FSO/100ºF) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt Cal, 80% Internal

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SPACE QUALIFIED HIGH LEVEL, LOW NOISE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7201 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of satellite and space applications.

FEATURES: • High accuracy, < 0.3% FSO RSS • “S” Class electronics • Rad-Hard 75 KRAD • 0-5 Vdc output • < 3 mV noise on output • Strength and Stress Analysis Report • Material Identification Usage List • Design life to meet 7 year LEO requirements • Complete electronics and mechanical parts traceability • Acceptance test documents, qualification test documents • Shock, Vibration Space Qualified • Cycle tested to meet 7 year LEO requirements • Designed for High Vacuum atmosphere applications • Shop traveler controlled assembly • Completely assembled in clean room environment • Quality control inspection stop points during assembly • Lightweight, small size, < 140 grams • Hermetically sealed (with connector options) • Program managed, scheduled process • Qualified packaging to FED-STD-101 Method 5005/5007 All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.......................................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD - 45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

WIRING CONFIGURATION COLOR

FUNCTION

ORANGE GREEN WHITE BLUE

+15Vdc EXC. + OUTPUT - OUTPUT - EXC.

A5SL-7201.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 15,000 PSIA

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc

Proof Pressure

1.5X with 25 psia min

Burst Pressure

2.5X with 300 psia min)

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

15Vdc Regulated

Non-Repeatability

< 0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

< 0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

< 0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

< 0.3% FSO RSS

Error Band (all 5 parameters)

1.0% FSO

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

Inconel 718 Sensor, all other parts 625

Temperature Compensation

-4°F to +104°F / -20°C to +40°C

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-75°F to +250°F / -60°C to +120°C

Weight

< 140 grams

Pressure Port

3/8-24 UNJF-3A

Electrical Connector

Tefzel 32 AWG wire

Vibration, Shock Qualified to MIL-STD-810C&E requirement

Better than 70 grms composite random, 4000 G’s pyroshock, 7.0 G’s sinusoidal

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Designs exceeds MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item.

ORDERING GUIDE: MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7201-2-RH-A-CA/FD/GH

OUTPUT

PRESSURE TYPE

0-5 Vdc

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

Absolute, ref to vacuum

OPTIONS RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

CONNECTORS: CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS: FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLIGHT QUALIFIED DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7300 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing.

• High accuracy, Rugged Field Test Applications and Vehicles • Space Qualified Flight Hardware Requirements • Satellites • Launch Vehicles

FEATURES: • High accuracy and reliability • Extremely lightweight, <8oz. • Mechanical isolation tube eliminates zero shift • Cavity material options for special environments • RTD temperature or shunt output option • Zero shift with line pressure <1% • Low and high level outputs, 4-20 DCmA • Non-oil filled

Heritage Includes: • NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Northrop Grumman

All GP:50 Aerospace differential transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.......................................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD - 45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

1.000 DIA

7/8 HEX

3.180

1.000

4-20 mA PIN OUT

0-5 Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC. / SIG. OUT NC NC - EXC. / SIG. OUT

+ EXC. + SIG. OUT - SIG. OUT - EXC.

E F

RTD (OPTIONAL) RTD (OPTIONAL)

3.700 Units are in inches

A5SL-7300.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Ranges

15 thru 1,000 PSID / bi-directional or uni-directional

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V at 10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / 0-5 Vdc isolated / 0-10 Vdc

Differential Overload Pressure

2000 PSI may be applied to either port, 10,000 lb option

Zero Shift

< 1% FSO with line pressure applied

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

+10 thru +15 Vdc nonisolated, +18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.1% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy BFSL

<0.1% FSO BFSL

Wetted Materials

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +160°F standard, custom available

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-30°F to +170°F / -34°C to +80°C

Weight

8 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M) standard

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P

Mechanical Stops

Optional for overload protection

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD 461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7300-2-RH-D-CA/FD/GH OUTPUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

OPTIONS

3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 2 mV/V 10 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP 0-15 RD 0-200 PR 0-20 RF 0-300 PO 0-25 RH 0-500 PT 0-30 RK 0-750 PV 0-50 RM 0-1,000 PZ 0-100 RB 0-150 Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges.

PRESSURE TYPE D

CONNECTORS CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: GB GD GH GK GL GP JA JB ME MS

Alternate full scale outputs 10X Proof Pressure (may affect overall performance, not available with options GP, GF, GK) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt cal, 80% Internal Bi-Directional

Differential

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

AEROSPACE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7400 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing.

• Ground Support Systems • Ground & Engine Test • Aircraft Systems / Avionics

Heritage Includes:

FEATURES: • High accuracy and high repeatability • Stainless steel housing and sealed electronics • Mechanical stops for overload protection • Cavity material options for special environments • RTD temperature or shunt output option • 2000 PSI line pressure, 10,000 lb option • Low and high level outputs, 4-20 DCmA

• NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Northrop Grumman

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

1.00 DIA

PTIH-10-6P CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT

6/32 MOUNTING HOLES (OPTIONAL)

PTIH-10-6P

6/32 MOUNTING HOLES (OPTIONAL) 4.3 REF.

MS33649-4 7/16-20 UNJF-3B (AS STANDARD)

2.67 4.7 REF.

7/8 HEX

6/32 MOUNTING HOLES (OPTIONAL)

4-20 mA PIN OUT

0-5 Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC. / SIG. OUT NC NC - EXC. / SIG. OUT

+ EXC. + SIG. OUT - SIG. OUT - EXC.

E F

RTD (OPTIONAL) RTD (OPTIONAL)

2.8 REF.

3.4 REF.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

A5SL-7400.00 Rev B

5 thru 5,000 PSID / bi-directional or uni-directional

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / 0-10 Vdc

Proof Pressure

1.5X pressure range (may be applied to either side)

Burst Pressure

2.0X pressure range (may be applied to either side)

Maximum Line Pressure

7500 PSI

Zero Shift

<1% FSO with line pressure applied

Excitation or Input Voltage

+18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.1% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy BFSL

0.2% FSO BFSL

Wetted Materials

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +160°F standard, custom available

Operating/Environmental Temperature Weight

-30°F to +170°F / -34°C to +77°C -65°F to +250°F option 3.5 lbs. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M) standard 7/16-20

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P

Mechanical Stops

Optional for proof pressure > 1.5X pressure range

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD 461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7400-2-RH-D-CA/FD/GH

OPTIONS CONNECTORS

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PJ PN PP PR PO PT PV PZ RB

0-5 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-50 0-100 0-150

RD RF RH RK RM RO RR RS RV

PRESSURE TYPE D

Differential

0-200 0-300 0-500 0-750 0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000

CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: GB GF GH GK GL GP JA JB ME MS

Alternate full scale outputs Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100º F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt cal, 80% Internal Bi-Directional

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE DEEP SEA PRESSURE TRANSMITTER MODEL 7500-9000 SERIES Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of deep sea ocean applications.

• Depth / Level Sensing • Seawater Submersible, ROV’s • Oil Platform and Downhole Applications • Ocean Pump Stations

FEATURES: • High Accuracy, 0.25% FSO • Submersible to 30,000 feet seawater • Digital output available

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MILSpec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ......................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E 20.0 REF

17.0 REF 0.800

SAE-4 TEST PORT MSSL-12#16 FCR PBOF

11.31 DIA

6.00 DIA

8.259

SAE-4 TEST PORT

Units are in inches 2.230 2.895

PIN-OUT CONFIGURATION PIN 1: +EXCITATION (PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE) PIN 2: -EXCITATION/OUTPUT, 4-20 mAdc / HART, PRESSURE LOOP PIN 8: -EXCITATION/OUTPUT, 4-20 mAdc / HART, TEMPERATURE LOOP PIN 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12: N/C

A5SL-75/9000.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

0 thru 20,000 PSIG

Outputs

4-20 mA, 0-Full Scale Pressure 4-20 mA, 0-200° C

Accuracy

±0.25% FSO (RSS)

Proof Pressure

1.5X Pressure Range

Burst Pressure

2.5X Pressure Range

Zero Balance

±1.0% FSO for pressure and temperature

Span

±1.0% FSO for pressure and temperature

Stability

±0.5% FSO per year

Operating Range Electronics Process

-10°C to 80°C -10°C to 220°C

Compensated Range

0°C to+200°C

Temperature Performance

(Pressure Only) Zero Balance: Less than 1.0% FSO per CTR Span: Less than 1.0% FSO per CTR

Wiring Code:

Pin 1 +Excitation (Pressure & Temperature) Pin 2 -Excitation / Pressure (Output 4-20mAdc / HART) Pin 8 -Excitation / Temperature (Output 4-20mAdc / HART) Pin 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12: N/C

Excitation

12-36 Vdc 18-36 Vdc for Hart communication (250 ohm load required)

Connector

MSSL-12-FCR-PBOF

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

RANGE

PORT

INLAY

APPROVAL

●

Example: 7500-9000-SB-1-S MODEL 7500-9000 7500-9001 7500-9002 7500-9003 7500-9004

INLAY OPTIONS I 625 Inconel S 316 Stainless Steel

15,000 PSI Flange 15,000 PSI Hub 10,000 PSI Flange 10,000 PSI Hub 5,000 PSI Flange

APPROVAL / CERTIFICATION OPTION D DNV Cert

RANGE (PSIG) SB 0-15,000 SD 0-20,000 PORT OPTION 5K PSI MODELS ONLY 1 API 3 1/8, with AX groove 2 API 3 1/8, with RX-35 groove 3 API 4 1/16, with AX groove 4 API 4 1/16, with RX-39 groove 6 API 3 1/8, with BX-154 groove 8 API 4 1/16, with BX-155 groove

10K/15K PSI MODELS ONLY 1 API 3 1/16, with AX groove 2 API 3 1/16, with BX-154 groove 3 API 4 1/16, with AX groove 4 API 4 1/16, with BX-155 groove

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SUBMERSIBLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7500 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of oilfield, downhole, and deep sea ocean applications.

• Depth / Level Sensing • Seawater Submersible, DSRV’s and ROV’s • Oil Platform and Downhole Applications • Ocean Pump Stations

FEATURES: • Submersible to 22,000 feet seawater (options may affect operating depth) • Optional reference standards, PSIA, PSIS, PSIG, PSID • Isolated, 0-5 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc, 4-20 DCmA outputs • Cavity material options for special environments • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% RSS available) • Designed for over 1,000,000 continuos cycles • RTD temperature output optional

Heritage Includes: • Perry Tritech • GD Electric Boat • Oceaneering

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

LOCKHOLES

1.180

1/4 NPT PRESSURE PORT 1/8 DIA DRILL THRU

SEACON CONNECTOR XSJJ2-BCR

0.875 HEX, CHAMFER HEX °15 0.625 4.2 REF.

Units are in inches.

4-20 mA PIN OUT PIN 1 PIN 2

+ EXCIT. / SIG. OUT - EXCIT. / SIG. OUT

A5SL-7500.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 20,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V at 10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / 0-5 Vdc isolated / 0-10 Vdc

Temperature Output

100 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

+10 thru +15 Vdc nonisolated, +18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Wetted Materials

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +180°F / -20°C to +80°C, expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-20°F to +190°F / -30°C to +90°C

Weight

8 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

SAE 4 (M), options available

Electrical Connector

SEACON XSJJ-2 BCR 2 pin connector

Shunt Cal 80% Option

Internal

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD 461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7500-3-RH-A-DH/FJ OUTPUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 2 mV/V 10 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PT PV PZ RB RD RF RH

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

OPTIONS CONNECTORS DF DH DJ

XSJJ-7-BCR XSJJ-2-BCR (Standard) XSJJ-4-BCR

PORTS FA DE FJ

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M) 1/4” NPT

MISC: D GB GF GH GK GL GP JA JB ME MS QU

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.1% and Total Error Band to 1.0% Alternate Full Scale Outputs Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt cal, 80% Internal Bi-Directional Monel Pressure Cavity

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

MARINE SERVICE (UNDERSEA) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7540 (OIL FILLED) Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of undersea service. • Minisub Hydraulic Systems • Submarine Propulsion Systems

FEATURES: • High accuracy and high repeatability • Stainless steel housing and sealed electronics, Monel/Inconel available • Mechanical stops for overload protection • Cavity material options for special environments • 10,000 PSI external pressure capable

The Model 7540 pressure transducers is manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI-Z540-1 • Workmanship .................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E

PIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4

4-20 mA 0-5 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc PIN OUT PIN OUT + EXC./SIGNAL + EXC. N/C OR OPTIONAL RTD + SIGNAL N/C OR OPTIONAL RTD - SIGNAL - EXC./SIGNAL - EXC.

4-PIN CONNECTOR IMPULSEMHDG-4-BCR (W/ O-RING FACE SEAL)

ELECTRONICS MODULE MAT’L:316L SST (1.18 DIA)

SUPPORT FLANGES ONE PC. W/ THREADS ONE PC. W/ C’BORE’s MAT’L:316SST

SENSOR BODY MAT’L: 15-5PH SST

5.00 MAX (3.87)

(6X) FLANGE MOUNTING SCREWS, #8-32x1-1/2” (SOCKET HEAD) MAT’L:316SST

(2X) PRESSURE PORT 7/16-20 UNJF-3A (AS4320-04) MAT’L:316L SST (W/ VITON O-RING)

(7/8 HEX)

(0.31) (2.00 DIA)

Units are in inches.

(1.67) (3.07)

A5SL-7540.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

5 thru 5,000 PSID / bi-directional or uni-directional

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / 0-10 Vdc

Proof Pressure

1.5X pressure range (may be applied to either side)

Burst Pressure

2.0X pressure range (may be applied to either side)

Maximum Line Pressure

7,500 PSI

Maximum Depth Pressure

10,000 PSI (22,000 feet of seawater)

Zero Shift

<1% FSO with line pressure applied

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

+18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.1% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy BFSL

0.2% FSO BFSL

Wetted Materials

316SS, 15-5PH (17-4PH). Inconel, Monel optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +160°F standard, custom available

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-30°F to +170°F / -34°C to +77°C -65°F to +250°F option

Weight

3.5 lbs. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M) standard 7/16-20

Electrical Connector

MHDG-4-BCR 4 pin Impulse connector

Mechanical Stops

Optional for proof pressure > 1.5X pressure range

Response Time

Under 4 ms

EMI/RFI Protection

Optional

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7540-2-RH-D-DN/FD/GH

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

OPTIONS CONNECTORS DF DH DJ DN

XSJJ-7-BCR (7 pin Seacon connector) XSJJ-2-BCR (2 pin Seacon connector) XSJJ-4-BCR (4 pin Seacon connector) MHDG-4-BCR (standard, 4 pin Impulse connector)

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PJ PN PP PR PO PT PV PZ RB

0-5 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-50 0-100 0-150

RD RF RH RK RM RO RR RS RV

PRESSURE TYPE D

Differential

0-200 0-300 0-500 0-750 0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000

MISC: GF GH GK GL GP JA JB ME MS QU

Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt cal, 80% Internal Bi-Directional Monel 500 sensor, 400 wetted parts

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER Model 7710 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing.

• High Vibration Environments • Extreme or Harsh Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • -320°F to +70°F standard medium • High accuracy, 3% FSO standard (1% available) • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Custom probe lengths, 1.55” standard • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810 • 2 second time response, 0.5 sec optional • 100 ohm platinum RTD standard

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

18” ARMOUR CABLE

D38999, SERIES III

LENGTH DEPENDS ON OPTIONS, E.I. RFI/EMI

3.8 TYP.

Units are in inches

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7710.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

-320°F to +70°F / -200°C to +20°C

FS Output

3 mV/V at 10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA Isolated options

Temperature Sensor

100 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD standard, 1000 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18 to 36 Vdc

Static Accuracy

3% FSO 1% optional

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III optional

Response Time

2 seconds, 0.5 sec optional

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

Flex Tubing

18” Armored Capillary Tube

System Pressure

Designed for up to 2000 psi system pressure. Higher system pressure designs available, contact factory.

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7710-2-CA/FD/GH OPTIONS CONNECTORS

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98N D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FD

MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GH GL JB ME QV

Improved Static Accuracy to 1% Alternate Full Scale Outputs 100% Internal Shunt Cleaning for oxygen service 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt cal, 80% Internal Improved response time to 0.5 seconds

FLEX TUBING: GT HS HV HY MT

30” Armored Capillary Tube 9” Armored Capillary Tube 24” Armored Capillary Tube 12” Armored Capillary Tube Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FOR CRYOGENIC ENVIRONMENTS Model 7720 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • High Vibration Environments • Extreme or Harsh Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% available) • -320°F to +70°F standard medium • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Custom probe lengths, 1.55” standard • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ...................................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

PTIH-10-6P 18” ARMOUR CABLE

4.2 REF.

Units are in inches.

2.4 REF.

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc / mV/V PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7720.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 15,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V at 10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA Isolated options

Temperature Output

100 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional, 1000 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD also available

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18 to 36 Vdc / 9 to 36 Vdc Unregulated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy, Monel optional)

Operating / Environmental Temperature

-320°F to +70°F / -200°C to +20°C

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III optional

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

Flex Tubing

18” Armored Capillary Tube

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7720-2-RH-G-CA/FD/GH

OPTIONS

OUTPUT

CONNECTORS:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CA CI DB

3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 2 mV/V 10 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

PORTS: FA FD

D 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3000 0-5000 0-7500 0-10,000 0-15,000

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC:

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

GB GH GK GL GP GU JA JB ME

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.1% and Total ErrorBand to 1.0% Alternate Full Scale Outputs 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity Monel Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt Cal, 80% Internal

PRESSURE TYPE

FLEX TUBING:

A G SG

GT HS HV HY MT

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

30” Armored Capillary Tube 9” Armored Capillary Tube 24” Armored Capillary Tube 12” Armored Capillary Tube non-standrad Armored capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DUAL CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7730 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • High Vibration Environments • Extreme or Harsh Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% available) pressure • High accuracy, 3% FSO standard (1% available) temperature • -320°F to +70°F standard medium • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Custom probe lengths, 1.55” standard • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810 • 2 second time response for temperature, 0.5 sec optional • 100 ohm platinum RTD standard All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ...................................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

18” ARMOUR CABLE

D38999, SERIES III

LENGTH DEPENDS ON OPTIONS, E.I. RFI/EMI

3.8 TYP.

Units are in inches

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7730.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 15,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / Isolated options

Temperature Sensor

100 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD standard, 1000 ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18 to 36 Vdc

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS (pressure)

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Static Accuracy (temperature)

3% FSO, 1% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy, Monel optional)

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-320°F to +70°F / -200°C to +20°C

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III optional

Response Time

Under 4 ms, 2 seconds for temperature (0.5 sec optional)

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

Flex Tubing

18” Armored Capillary Tube

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7730-2-RH-G-CA/FD/GH OPTIONS CONNECTORS

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98N D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

D GB GH GK GL GP GU JB ME QV

Improved Accuracy to 0.1% Pressure, and 1% Temperature Alternate Full Scale Outputs 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity Monel Pressure Cavity 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt Cal, 80% Internal Improved response time to 0.5 seconds

FLEX TUBING: PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

GT HS HV HY MT

30” Armored Capillary Tube 9” Armored Capillary Tube 24” Armored Capillary Tube 12” Armored Capillary Tube Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

EXTREME HIGH TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER Model 7770 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • High Vibration Environments • Extreme or Harsh Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • +70°F to + 700°F standard medium • High accuracy, 3% FSO standard (1% available) • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Custom probe lengths, 1.55” standard • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810 • 2 second time response for temperature, 0.5 sec optional • 100 ohm platinum RTD standard All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship .................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

18” ARMOUR CABLE

D38999, SERIES III

LENGTH DEPENDS ON OPTIONS, E.I. RFI/EMI

3.8 TYP.

Units are in inches

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7770.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Ranges

+70°F to +700°F/ +20°C to +370°C

FS Output

3 mV/V @ 10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / Isolated options

Temperature Sensor

100 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD standard, 1000 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18 to 36 Vdc

Static Accuracy

3% FSO 1% optional

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III optional

Response Time

2 seconds , (0.5 sec optional)

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

Flex Tubing

18” Armored Capillary Tube

System Pressure

Designed for up to 2000 psi system pressure. Higher system pressure designs available, contact factory.

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7770-2-CA/FD/GH

OPTIONS

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

CONNECTORS CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98N D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FD

MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GH GL JB ME QV

Improved Static Accuracy to 1% Alternate Full Scale Outputs 100% Internal Shunt Cleaning for oxygen service 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt Cal, 80% Internal Improved response time to 0.5 seconds

FLEX TUBING: GT HS HV HY MT

30” Armored Capillary Tube 9” Armored Capillary Tube 24” Armored Capillary Tube 12” Armored Capillary Tube Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FOR HIGHTEMPERATURE ENVIRONMENTS Model 7780 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing.

• High Vibration Environments • Extreme or Harsh Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% available) • +70°F to + 400°F standard medium • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.............................................................................................................................................................................. MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ...................................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

PTIH-10-6P 18” ARMOUR CABLE

4.2 REF. Units are in inches.

2.4 REF.

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7780.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 15,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V @ 10 Vdc / 0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / Isolated options

Temperature Output

100 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional 1000 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD also available 18 to 36 Vdc / 9 to 36 Vdc Unregulated

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS (Inconel, Hatelloy, Monel optional)

Operating/Environmental Temperature

+70°F to +400°F / +20°C to +200°C

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III optional

Response Time

Under 4ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

Flex Tubing

18” Armored Capillary Tube

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7780-2-RH-G-CA/FD/GH OUTPUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

3 mV/v 0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 2mV/v 10mV/v 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

OPTIONS CONNECTORS CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98N D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC:

RANGE (PSI)

Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges.

D GB GH GK GL GP GU JA JB ME

PRESSURE TYPE

FLEX TUBING:

PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

A G SG

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

GT HS HV HY MT

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.1% and Total Error Band to 1.0% Alternate Full Scale Outputs 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity Monel Pressure Cavity 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt Cal, 80% Internal

30” Armored Capillary Tube 9” Armored Capillary Tube 24” Armored Capillary Tube 12” Armored Capillary Tube Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DUAL HIGH TEMPERATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7790 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • High Vibration Environments • Extreme or Harsh Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% available) pressure • High accuracy, 3% FSO standard (1% available) temperature • +70°F to +400°F standard medium • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Custom probe lengths, 1.55” standard • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810 • 2 second time response for temperature, 0.5 sec optional • 100 ohm platinum RTD standard All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.............................................................................................................................................................................. MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ...................................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

18” ARMOUR CABLE

LENGTH DEPENDS ON OPTIONS, E.I. RFI/EMI

3.8 TYP.

D38999, SERIES III

Units are in inches

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7790.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 15,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / Isolated options

Temperature Sensor

100 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD standard, 1000 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18 to 36 Vdc

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS (pressure)

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Static Accuracy (temperature)

3% FSO, 1% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy, Monel optional)

Operating/Environmental Temperature

+70°F to +400°F / +20°C to +200°C

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III optional

Response Time

Under 4 ms pressure, 2 seconds for temperature (0.5 sec optional)

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

Flex Tubing

18” Armored Capillary Tube

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7790-2-RH-G-CA/FD/GH OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98N D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC:

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

OPTIONS CONNECTORS

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

D GB GH GK GL GP GU JB ME QV

FLEX TUBING: GT HS HV HY MT

30” Armored Capillary Tube 9” Armored Capillary Tube 24” Armored Capillary Tube 12” Armored Capillary Tube Non-standard Armored Capillary Tube (50” max)

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DUAL TEMPERATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7880 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • High Vibration Environments • Manifolds, Propulsion Systems • Military and Defense Applications

FEATURES: • High accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% available) • -100°F to +250°F standard medium • Lightweight, 8 ounces • Hydrogen and LOX compatibility • Custom probe lengths, 1.55” standard • Designed to meet vibration and shock per MIL-STD-810 • 2 second time response for temperature, 0.5 sec optional • 100 ohm platinum RTD standard

Heritage Includes: • NASA • Lockheed Martin • EELV • Johns Hopkins • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Arkin Industries • United Defense

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship .................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

Units are in inches.

4-20 mA PIN OUT

Vdc PIN OUT

A B C D

+ EXC./SIGNAL OUT NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL OUT

+ EXC. +SIGNAL OUT -SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

SHUNT OPTION SHUNT OPTION

A5SL-7880.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 15,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc / 4-20 dcmA / Isolated options

Temperature Output

100 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD standard, 1000 Ohm 2 wire platinum RTD optional

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18 to 36 Vdc

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS (pressure)

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Static Accuracy (temperature)

3% FSO, 1% optional

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy, Monel optional)

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-100°F to +250°F / -75°C to +120°C

Weight

8 oz. (approx.)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P, D38999 series III

Response Time

Under 4 ms pressure, 2 seconds for temperature (0.5 sec optional)

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7880-2-RH-G-CA/FD/GH

OUTPUT 2 3 4 5 6 9 10

0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 4-20 dcmA 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges.

OPTIONS CONNECTORS CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98N D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GH GK GL GP GU JB ME QV

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLIGHT IN-FLOW LIGHTWEIGHT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 7900 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • Miniature Propulsion Platforms • Space Vehicles • Satellite Propulsion • Launch Vehicles • Life Support Systems

FEATURES: • Under 55 grams mass (depending on desired options) • High Accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% RSS available) • Flow-Thru design • Isolated outputs for EMI/RFI • Optional Temperature compensation ranges • Temperature (RTD) output optional • Shock and Vibration tested to MIL-STD-810C&E requirements

Heritage Includes: • NASA Goddard • NASA Marshall • Moog

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship .................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

0.10 REF.

1.00 DIA.

2.4 REF. 3.3 REF.

+.000 -.002

0.340

0.750

1.225

0.070

2.90 REF.

0.750

.069 .125 0.725

18.5°

Units are in inches.

A5SL-7900.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 5,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V, 0-5 Vdc , 0-5 Vdc Isolated, 0-10 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc Isolated

Proof Pressure

1.5X

Burst Pressure

2.0X

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

5 Vdc, 12Vdc, 18V to +36 Vdc Isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Error Band (all 5 parameters)

1.0% standard

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS

Temperature Compensation

-20° to +120°F / -30° to +50°C, expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-100°F to +250°F

Weight

<55 grams

Pressure Port

Welded 1/4” ID SS Tube, flow through, in-line design (other ports available)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P (other connectors available)

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI and 810C&E

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7900-2-RH-A-CA/FD/GH PRESSURE TYPE

OUTPUT 1 2 4 5 6 9 10

0-3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc 4 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc Isolated 0-5 Vdc 3 wire hookup 0-10 Vdc 3 wire hookup

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

RK RM RO RR RT RV

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3,000 0-5,000

A G SG

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 PSI

OPTIONS CONNECTORS OR CABLE: CA CI CT DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN 36” Teflon Jacket Cable D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD IF

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M) Welded 1/8” ID SS Tube

MISC: D GF GH GL JA JB ME

Improved Accuracy to 0.1% Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) 100% Internal Shunt Cleaning for oxygen service 100 ohm 2 wire RTD 1000 ohm 2 wire RTD Shunt Cal, 80% Internal

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SPACE QUALIFIED IN-FLOW, LIGHTWEIGHT, LOW NOISE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER “S” Class Electronics Available

Model 7901

Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • Miniature Propulsion Platforms • Space Vehicles • Satellite Propulsion • Launch Vehicles • Life Support Systems

FEATURES • <3 mV peak-to-peak noise on output • Under 55 grams mass (depending on desired options) • High Accuracy, 0.3% RSS standard (0.1% RSS available) • “S” Class electronics available • Rad-Hard 100 KRAD optional • Flow-Thru design • Isolated outputs for EMI/RFI • Optional temperature compensation ranges • Temperature (RTD) output optional • Shock and Vibration tested to MIL-STD-810C&E requirements

Heritage Includes: • NASA Goddard • NASA Marshall

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E 0.10 REF.

1.00 DIA.

2.4 REF. 3.3 REF.

+.000 -.002

0.340

0.750

1.225

0.070

2.90 REF.

0.750

.069 .125 0.725

18.5°

Units are in inches.

A5SL-7901.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

15 thru 5,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

3 mV/V, 0-5 Vdc Isolated, 0-10 Vdc Isolated

Proof Pressure

1.5X

Burst Pressure

2.0X

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

5 Vdc, 12Vdc, 18V to +36 Vdc Isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.1% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.2% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.2% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.3% FSO RSS, 0.1% optional

Error Band (all 5 parameters)

1.0% standard

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS

Temperature Compensation

-20° to +120°F / -30° to +50°C, expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-100°F to +250°F

Weight

<55 grams

Pressure Port

Welded 1/4” ID SS Tube, flow through, in-line design (other ports available)

Electrical Connector

MIL PTIH-10-6P (other connectors available)

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI and 810C&E

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 7901-2-RH-A-CA/FD/GH PRESSURE TYPE

OUTPUT 1 4 6

0-3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc Isolated

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 PSI

OPTIONS CONNECTORS OR CABLE:

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF RH

A G SG

RK RM RO RR RT RV

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3,000 0-5,000

CA CI CT DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN 36” Teflon Jacket Cable D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD IF

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M) Welded 1/8” ID SS Tube

MISC: D GF GH GL JA JB ME

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SANITARY FLUSH DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models 280 & 283 380 & 383 FEATURES: • 3A Approved • All Welded Stainless Steel • RFI Protection • Model 383 Temperature Compensated to 400° F

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-20” wc to 0-1000 psi

ACCURACY: • From 0.1% FSO to 0.5% FSO

MODEL 80 20’ NON-VENTED NEMA 4X CONNECTION

TRI-CLOVER FITTING

4.5REF.

A DIA. 1.5 DIA. GAUGE PRESSURE VENT SLOTS

MODEL 83

PRESSURE/ SIZES

TRI-CLOVER FITTING

0-75 PSI to 0-1000 PSI

1/2” & 3/4 PIPE

.984” DIA

0-20” WC to 0-1000 PSI

1-1/2” PIPE

1.984” DIA

0-20” WC to 0-300 PSI

2” PIPE

2.516” DIA

0-20” WC to 0-300 PSI

2-1/2” PIPE

3.047” DIA

0-20” WC to 0-300 PSI

3” PIPE

3.579” DIA

7.4 REF.

GASKETS FOR MODEL 80 A DIA. 1.5 DIA. 20’ NON-VENTED NEMA 4X CONNECTION

TRI-CLOVER FITTING

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

280/283

380/383

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

NC NC NC NC CASE GROUND CASE GROUND

Quick clamp style with compression ridge for superior sealing SIZE

BUNA-N

TEFLON

SILICON

1/2”

GTRI-0.50 B

GTRI-0.50 T

GTRI-0.50 S

3/4”

GTRI-0.75 B

GTRI-0.75 T

GTRI-0.75 S

1 1/2”

GTRI-1.50 B

GTRI-1.50 T

GTRI-1.50 S

2”

GTRI-2.00 B

GTRI-2.00 T

GTRI-2.00 S

2 1/2”

GTRI-2.50 B

GTRI-2.50 T

GTRI-2.50 S

3”

GTRI-3.00 B

GTRI-3.00 T

GTRI-3.00 S

High polish 304 stainless steel quick clamps SIZE 1/2” & 3/4”

CTRI-0.50

1 1/2”

CTRI-1.50

2”

CTRI-2.00

2 1/2”

CTRI-2.50

3”

CTRI-3.00

A5SL-80.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability) ±0.5% FSO (RSS) ±0.2% FSO (RSS) ±0.1% FSO (RSS)

Series B: Series C: Series D: Wetted Parts

Type 316 Stainless Steel

Temperature Limits * Ambient Temp. Compensated (Model 80) (Model 83) Operating (Model 80) (Model 83) Media Temp. Compensated (Model 80) (Model 83) Operating (Model 80) (Model 83)

0º F to 180º F 0º F to 180º F -20º F to 200º F -20º F to 200º F

0º F to 180º F 0º F to 400º F -20º F to 200º F -20º F to 400º F

Temperature Compensation * Zero Less than Span Less than Electricals Excitation Voltage (Models 280/283) (Models 380/383)

±2.0% FSO/100ºF ±2.0% FSO/100ºF

10.5-42 Vdc 13-37 Vdc

0-5 Vdc ±2% FSO 4-20 mA ±2% FSO

Zero Balance (Models 280/283) (Models 380/383)

0.0 Vdc ±5% FSO at 70°F 4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F

Input Current (Models 280/283)

6.2 mA nominal

1200 ohms maximum at 37 Vdc & 550 ohms maximum at 24 Vdc

Output Current (Models 280/283)

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation. Infinite 0.2% practical

Resolution RFI

XU XW XY YA SZ

750 1,000 1,500 2,000 Non-Stan.

RD RE RF RH RK RM SZ

200 250 300 500 750 1,000 Non-Stan.

PRESSURE TYPE 2 Gauge 4 Vacuum 10 Compound

Output at 70° F (Models 280/283) (Models 380/383)

Load Impedance (Models 380/383)

MODEL 280 - 283 0-5 Vdc 380 - 383 4-20 mA 280X 0-5 Vdc 380X 4-20 mA SERIES (ACCURACY) B 0.5% FSO C 0.2% FSO D 0.1% FSO PRESSURE RANGE IN WC XB 20 XK 100 XC 25 XM 150 XD 30 XO 200 XF 50 XQ 300 XH 75 XS 500 PSI PC 1 PR 20 PE 2 PO 25 PG 3 PT 30 PJ 5 PV 50 PL 7.5 PX 75 PN 10 PZ 100 PP 15 RB 150

OPTIONS CONNECTOR OR CABLE AA NEMA 4 with 20’ cable (standard) CF 1/2” NPT (M) Thread with 20” potted leads CL 1/2” NPT (M) with 20” vented cable CZ Alternate connector/cable/other DD NEMA-6X w/20’ non-vented cable DE NEMA-6X w/20’ vented cable PRESSURE PORT AA 2” Tri-Clamp (is standard) FR 1/2” Tri-Clamp (ranges 0-75 psi and higher only) FS 1” Tri-Clamp FU 2 1/2” Tri-Clamp LV 3/4” Tri-Clamp (ranges 0-75 psi and higher only) LW 1 1/2” Tri-Clamp FV 3” Tri-Clamp

Included

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Weight Enclosure

3 times full scale pressure 6times full scale pressure 14 oz. nominal, dependent on pressure fitting All welded type 316 Stainless Steel, rated NEMA-4X Approved 3A Etched into body

Identification Connections Pressure

Tri-clamp 1/2” through 3” Electrical- 20’ 6-Conductor Cable

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

PRESSURE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 380-B-PZ-2-CF-FS

GENERAL GA Standardized output to ±0.5% FSO GB Alternate full scale outputs GE Improved temperature compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100ºF for zero and span respectively GF Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250° F (±2% FSO/100° F) GJ Zero & span controls. Can-mounted GP Hastelloy diaphragm & Tri-Clamp fitting (wetted port) GS 0-10 Vdc FSO, Models 280/283 only GZ Customer special HE Improved zero balance ±0.5% FSO HX Hastelloy diaphragm JH Remote cable-mounted Zero & Span controls. 3’ cable on open side. Cable on closed side as required. 380/383 only. JV Voltage surge protection. 380/383 only MD Explosion-proof/explosion-resistant zero and span controls MH 3:1 ranging for upper ranges ≤ 0-15 psi and 0-20” wc through 0-100” wc only. Pressure code indicates upper pressure range. MX EMI protection. Models 280/283, 380/383 only.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SANITARY FLUSH DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER Models 181, 281, 381

FEATURES: • All welded, stainless steel rated NEMA 4X • No fluid fill • Compatible with all systems

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-100 psisg to 0-20,000 psisg (See ordering guide)

APPLICATIONS: • Homogenizer Pressure • Slurries • Viscous Materials

0.260 0.500 0.875 DIA.

→

1.312 DIA. 0.930 DIA.

20’ NON-VENTED POLYURETHANE JACKETED CABLE

4.2 REF.

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE 181

281

381

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC OPTION GH NC OPTION GH OPEN

A5SL-81.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

(Static error band includes non-linearity, hysteresis, RSS non-repeatability) ±0.5% FSO RSS

Wetted Parts *

Inconel X750

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating

0º F to +180º F -20º F to +200º F

Temperature Compensation Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100º F Less than ±2.0% FSO/100º F

Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70° F Input Impedance Load Impedance

(Model 181) 3.5 - 15 Vdc 3 mV/V ± 2% FSO 5000 ohm, nominal 50,000 ohm minimum,for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Imput Current Output Current Load Impedance Zero Balance

0.0 mV/V ±5% FSO at 70°F at 10 Vdc Resistance value provided on calibration card for 100% FSO.

Range Cal. Signal

(Model 281) 9 - 40 Vdc 0 ± 5 Vdc ± 2% FSO

(Model 381) 9 - 36 Vdc 4 - 20 mA ± 2% FSO

10mA, nominal 2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation 1350 ohms maximum at 36 Vdc & 750 ohms max. at 24 Vdc 0.0 Vdc ±5% FSO at 70°F 4.0 mA ±5% FSO at 70°F at 24 Vdc at 24 Vdc NC. See option GH NC. See option GH

Insulation Resistance (Greater than 10 megaohms at 50 vdc and 70°F) Resolution

Infinite (practical minimum of 0.02% on 181, 281 and 0.06% on 381)

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Weight Fatigue Life

2 times full scale pressure or 22,500 psi, whichever is less 5 times full scale pressure or 23,000 psi, whichever is less 6 oz. nominal Infinite when operated at less than maximum pressure range

Connections Pressure Electrical Cable

Flush diaphragm with gasket (included) 20’ Non-vented polyurethane jacketed, 6 conductor

Enclosure

All-welded type 316 stainless steel. Rated NEMA-4X. Approved 3A

Identification

Etched stainless steel nameplate welded to body

* See modifications on ordering guide.

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: 381-RV-CA

MODEL 181 281 381

3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

PRESSURE RANGE PSIG PZ 100 RR 2,000 RB 150 RT 3,000 RD 200 RV 5,000 RF 300 RX 7,500 RH 500 RZ 10,000 RK 750 SB 15,000 RM 1,000 SD 20,000 RO 1,500 SZ Other

OPTIONS AA None (standard connector) ALTERNATE CONNECTOR OR CABLE CA Bendix PTIH-10-6P (Mate: PT06E-10-6S[SR] not in cluded) CZ Alternate Connector/Cable/Other GENERAL GA Standardized Output to ±0.5% FSO GB Alternate full scale output (FSO) GE Improved Temperature Compensation to ±0.5% FSO/100°F for Zero & Span Respectively GF Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) GH Internal Calibration Resistor, set to 100% ±0.5% FSO GS 0 -10 Vdc FSO, Model 281. Requires 16 - 40 Vdc excitation. JH Remote cable-mounted Zero and Span Controls. 3’ cable on open side. Cable on closed side as required. (Model 381 only) GZ Customer special

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLIGHT QUALIFIED HIGH LEVEL DIGITALLY CORRECTED PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 8200 “B+” and “S” Class Electronics Available Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • Satellites: Commercial and Defense • Ground & Engine Test • Launch Vehicles • Aircraft Systems / Avionics

FEATURES • High accuracy, 0.08% RSS standard (0.05% RSS available) • Proprietary mechanical isolation of the sensor for zero stability • Cavity material options for extreme environments • 10X overload option • 0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated digitally corrected output • 100 G’s Pk/Pk (3500 G shock), 1 Hr / Axis qualified • Over 1,000,000 continuos cycles • “B+” and “S” class electronics available • Cleaning to MIL-STD-1246 available • Serial port (RS-232) controlled zero & span adjustment

Heritage Includes • NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Northrop Grumman

All GP:50 Aerospace pressure transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

PIN OUT A B C D

+ EXCITATION + SIG. OUT - SIG. OUT - EXCITATION

E F

TX RX

MS33656-4 7/8 HEX LOCKHOLES 1.00 DIA REF.

3.4 REF. NOTES: 1. WEIGHT = 5.0 OZ WITH MODULE 2. HIGH LEVEL 0-5 VDC OR 0-10 OUTPUT 3. 5000 OHM GAUGES 4. -65° TO +250°F OR COMPENSATED TEMPERATURE RANGES

Shown with optional D38999/27YB98PN connector

4.02 REF.

Units are in inches.

A5SL-8200.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

3 thru 20,000 PSIA, PSIG or PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated Digitally corrected output

Proof Pressure

1.5X with 25 psia min, 10X optional

Burst Pressure

2.0X (4500 secondary containment) (300 min)

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

18V-36Vdc Unregulated, +12, +15 Vdc Regulated

Non-Repeatability

<0.04% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.05% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.05% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.08% FSO RSS, 0.05% optional

Error Band (all 5 parameters)

1.0% FSO

Pressure Medium (Wetted Materials)

316SS port, 15-5 sensor (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +180°F / -20°C to +80°C, expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-20°F to +190°F / -30°C to +90°C

Weight

5 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M)

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P, MIL D38999 series III

Shunt Cal 80% Option

Internal

Vibration, Shock, Acceleration Designs meets MIL-STD-810C&E requirement

25 Grms / 100G’s Pk/Pk / 3500 G Pyroshock / 12g

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 8200-4-RH-A-CA/FD/GH OUTPUT 4 6

0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc Isolated

RANGE (PSI) PG PJ PN PP PR PO PV PZ RB RD RF

0-3* 0-5 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300

RH RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-500 0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000 0-7,500 0-10,000 0-15,000

Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges. *Can dia. 1.5”

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

Sealed Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

OPTIONS CONNECTORS CA CI DB

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GD GF GH GK GL GP ME

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.05% Alternate Full Scale Outputs 10X Proof Pressure (may affect overall performance, not available with options GF,GK,GP) Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250° F (±2% FSO/100°F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity Shunt Cal, 80% Internal

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

FLIGHT QUALIFIED DIGITALLY CORRECTED DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 8300 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • High Accuracy, Rugged Field Test Applications and Vehicles • Space Qualified Flight Hardware Requirements • Satellites • Launch Vehicles

FEATURES • High accuracy, 0.08% RSS standard (0.05% RSS available) • Extremely lightweight, <8 oz. • Mechanical isolation tube eliminates zero shift • Cavity material options for special environments • Zero shift with line pressure <1% • 0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated digitally corrected output • Non-oil filled • Serial port (RS-232) controlled zero & span adjustment

Heritage Includes • NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Northrop Grumman

All GP:50 Aerospace differential transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship .................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

PIN OUT A B C D

+ EXC. + SIGNAL OUT - SIGNAL OUT - EXC.

E F

TX RX

A5SL-8300.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Ranges

15 thru 1000 PSID / bi-directional or uni-directional

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated Digitally corrected output

Differential Overload Pressure

2000 PSI may be applied to either port, 10,000 lb option

Zero Shift

<1% FSO with line pressure applied

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

+10 thru +15 Vdc nonisolated, +18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.04% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.05% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.05% FSO

Static Accuracy BFSL

<0.08% FSO RSS, 0.05% optional

Wetted Materials

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +160°F standard, custom available

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-30°F to +170°F / -30°C to +255°C, -65°F to +250°F option

Weight

8 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M) standard

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P

Mechanical stops

Optional for overload protection

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 8300-4-RH-A-CA/FD/GH OPTIONS CONNECTORS OUTPUT 4 6

0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc Isolated

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PT PV PZ RB

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-50 0-100 0-150

RD RF RH RK RM

0-200 0-300 0-500 0-750 0-1,000

Differential

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GD GF

PRESSURE TYPE

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges.

CA CI DB

GH GK GL GP ME MS

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.05% Alternate Full Scale Outputs 10X Proof Pressure (may affect overall performance, not available with options GF,GK,GP) Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity Shunt Cal, 80% Internal Bi-Directional

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DIGITALLY CORRECTED DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 8400 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of space propulsion and aviation pressure testing. • Ground Support Systems • Ground & Engine Test • Aircraft Systems / Avionics

FEATURES • High accuracy, 0.08% RSS standard (0.05% RSS available) • Stainless steel housing and sealed electronics • Mechanical stops for overload protection • Cavity material options for special environments • 2000 PSI line pressure, 10,000 lb option • 0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated digitally corrected output • Serial port (RS-232) controlled zero & span adjustment

Heritage Includes • NASA • Lockheed Martin (EELV) • EELV • Johns Hopkins APL • Shuttle Upgrade • Boeing • TRW-ABL • Northrop Grumman

All GP:50 Aerospace differential transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration............................................................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................................... J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E 1.00 DIA PTIH-10-6P

PTIH-10-6P CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT

6/32 MOUNTING HOLES (OPTIONAL)

6/32 MOUNTING HOLES (OPTIONA) 4.3 REF.

MS33649-4 7/16-20 UNJF-3B (AS STANDARD)

2.67. 4.7 REF.

7/8 HEX

A B C D E F

PIN OUT + EXC. + SIGNAL OUT - SIGNAL OUT - EXC. TX RX

6/32 MOUNTING HOLES (OPTIONAL)

2.8 REF.

Units are in inches.

3.4 REF.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

A5SL-8400.00 Rev B

5 thru 5000 PSID / bi-directional or uni-directional

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated Digitally corrected output

Differential Overload Pressure

2000 PSI may be applied to either port, 10,000 lb option

Zero Shift

<1% FSO with line pressure applied

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

+10 thru +15 Vdc nonisolated, +18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.04% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.05% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.05% FSO

Static Accuracy BFSL

0.08% FSO RSS, 0.05% optional

Wetted Materials

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +160°F standard, custom available

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-30°F to +170°F / -30°C to +255°C, -65°F to +250°F option

Weight

3.5 lbs. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

MS 33656-4 (M) standard

Electrical Connector

PTIH-10-6P

Mechanical stops

Optional for overload protection

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 8400-4-RH-A-CA/FD/GH

OUTPUT

OPTIONS CONNECTORS

4 6

CA CI DB

0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc Isolated

RANGE (PSI) PJ PN PP PR PO PT PV PZ RB

0-5 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-50 0-100 0-150

RD RF RH RK RM RO RR RS RV

PRESSURE TYPE D

Differential

0-200 0-300 0-500 0-750 0-1,000 0-1,500 0-2,000 0-3,000 0-5,000

PTIH-10-6P Bendix D38999/27YB98PN D38999/27YA35PN

PORTS FA FD

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M)

MISC: D GB GF GH GK GL GP HM

ME MS

Improved Static Accuracy to 0.05% Alternate Full Scale Outputs Expanded process temperature range, -65 to 250°F (±2% FSO/100°F) 100% Internal Shunt Inconel Pressure Cavity Cleaning for oxygen service Hastelloy Pressure Cavity 10,000 psi Base Pressure Range Girdle. (Proof pressure 10X FSO or 10,000 psi, whichever is less. Burst pressure 15X FSO or 10,500 psi, whichever is less.) Shunt cal, 80% Internal Bi-Directional

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DIGITALLY CORRECTED SUBMERSIBLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Model 8500 Designed for the tough challenges and environmental rigors of oilfield, downhole, and deep sea ocean applications.

• Depth / Level Sensing • Seawater Submersible, DSRV’s and ROV’s • Oil Platform and Downhole Applications • Ocean Pump Stations

FEATURES • Submersible to 22,000 feet seawater (options may affect operating depth) • Optional reference standards, PSIA, PSIS, PSIG, PSID • 0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated digitally corrected output • Cavity material options for special environments • High accuracy, 0.08% RSS standard (0.05% RSS available) • Designed for over 1,000,000 continuos cycles • Serial port (RS-232) controlled zero & span adjustment

Heritage Includes • Perry Tritech • GD Electric Boat • Oceaneering

All GP:50 Aerospace differential transducers are manufactured and tested to the following MIL-STD and MIL-Spec standards to insure the highest quality assurance: • NIST Traceability and Calibration.......................................................................................................................................... MIL-STD-45662A • Workmanship ................................................................................................................................................. J-001 / NASA 8739.3 standards • Quality System ......................................................................................................................................................................... ISO 9001:2000 Designed to:

MIL-STD-810C&E MIL-STD-461/462D&E

LOCKHOLES

1.180

1/4 NPT PRESSURE PORT 1/8 DIA DRILL THRU

SEACON CONNECTOR XSJJ2-BCR

0.875 HEX, CHAMFER HEX°15

4.2 REF.

Units are in inches.

A5SL-8500.00 Rev B

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Ranges

15 thru 20,000 PSIA, PSIG, PSISG options

FS Output at Rated Pressure

0-5 Vdc Isolated or 0-10 Vdc Isolated Digitally corrected output

Excitation or Input Voltage Reverse Polarity Protected

+10 thru +15 Vdc nonisolated, +18 thru +36 Vdc isolated

Non-Repeatability

<0.04% FSO

Non-Linearity

<0.05% FSO

Hysteresis

<0.05% FSO

Static Accuracy RSS

<0.08% FSO RSS, 0.05% optional

Wetted Materials

316SS (Inconel, Hastelloy, Monel optional)

Temperature Compensation

-10°F to +180°F / -20°C to +80°C expanded range optional

Operating/Environmental Temperature

-20°F to +190°F / -30°C to +90°C,

Weight

8 oz. (some options may affect weight)

Pressure Port

SAE 4 (M), options available

Electrical Connector

SEACON XSEE-6-BCR 6 pin connector

Shunt Cal 80% optional

Internal

Response Time

Under 4 ms

Meets MIL-STD-461/462 EMI/RFI

Some options will affect EMI/RFI rating

ORDERING GUIDE: Some options will affect dimensions, consult factory if important. Use the following codes to identify desired item. MODEL

OUTPUT

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

Example: 8500-4-RH-A-DF/FJ

OUTPUT

OPTIONS CONNECTORS

4 6

DF DG

0-5 Vdc Isolated 0-10 Vdc Isolated

RANGE (PSI) PP PR PO PT PV PZ RB RD RF RH

0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-50 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-500

PORTS RK RM RO RR RT RV RX RZ SB

0-750 0-1000 0-1500 0-2000 0-3000 0-5000 0-7500 0-10,000 0-15,000

Contact factory for non-standard pressure ranges

PRESSURE TYPE A G SG

XSEE-6-BCR (standard) XSJJ-7-BCR

Absolute, ref to vacuum Gauge, ref to atmosphere Sealed Gauge, ref to 14.7 psia

FA FD FJ

MS33649-4, 7/16-20 (F) MS33656-4, 7/16-20 (M) 1/4” NPT

MISC: D GB GF GH GK GL GP ME MS QU

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

Model 311

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Introduction Product Description Warning Unpacking/Inspection Using this manual 2. Installation Mounting/process connection Power Supply Wiring/Grounding Environment 3. Operation/Maintenance/Handling 4. Trouble Shooting/Return Information 5. Warranty 6. Appendix A – Specs Specs (performance/physical) Part number configuration Available accessories 7. Appendix B – Approval info C of C’s / D of C’s

A5CS-311.00

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com Disclaimer: No representations or warranties are made with respect to the contents of this Installation Guide. GP:50 reserves the right to revise this guide and to make changes periodically to the content hereof, without obligation to notify any persons of such revisions.

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1

Product Description The Model 311 is an oil field service pressure transmitter with a ¼”NPT(F) pressure port fitting (standard optional ports available), 4-20 mA output and measures pressures up to 75,000 psi (5168 bar).

1.2

Warning Pressurized vessels and associated equipment are potentially dangerous. The product described in the guide should be operated only by personnel trained in the procedures that will assure safety to themselves, to others, to the equipment, and to the product. Specific warnings are noted as ! in specific installation/operation sections.

1.3

Unpacking and Inspection The Model 311 was carefully tested, inspected and packed. Upon receipt of the shipment thoroughly inspect the transducer. If you see any visible signs of obvious shipping damage, notify the freight company immediately.

1.4

Using this manual This manual is intended to help the end user install, maintain, and provide general service of the GP:50 Model 311 pressure transmitter. The user should have a general understanding of current loops & general instrument control. The Model 311 is a precision instrument and should be given the same care as any other precision instrument during installation and operation.

1.5

INSTALLATION Mounting/Process Connection The standard Model 311 transducer is supplied with a ¼” NPT(F) pressure port. Installation of the device shall be in accordance with industry standard pipe fitting requirements for this size .Torque shall only be applied to the transducer during installation (or removal) from the wrench flats provided on the pressure port. As a general rule of thumb, the device shall be torqued “wrench-tight” to preclude leakage from the process connection. Contact GP:50 sales personnel for additional information if required, or for specific installation requirements for non-standard process connections.

Δ!

Insure media is compatible with 15-5 SST (standard material, optional materials available, check part number (Appendix A) to verify wetted material) to avoid premature corrosion of the diaphragm. This can cause performance degradation and eventual sensor rupture/failure.

Δ!

Properly tighten process connections before applying pressure to insure no leaks or mechanical failure can occur.

Δ!

Never insert sharp objects into diaphragm. This could cause permanent damage the sensor and / or mechanical failure/diaphragm rupture.

1.6

Power Supply Connection For best operation the pressure transmitter needs clean, regulated power with an output impedanance less than 20 ohms. Minimum voltage is 10 volts with no resistive loading, to a maximum of 36 Vdc (28 Vdc for IS units). As loads are added to the current loop (galvanic barriers, current measuring devices resistors), the minimum excitation voltage must increase in order to maintain proper operating voltage.

Δ!

Exceeding maximum supply voltage can damage electronics and cause malfunctions or failure. With Intrinsically Safe units, this can cause an explosion. Please refer to the attached IS connection diagram (Appendix B), and applicable local codes, for proper electrical installation. Always inspect/clean electrical connection and sealing surface prior to installation. 2

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

1.7

Wiring/Grounding Wire per Fig. 1 connection diagrams for standard wiring or specific shunt option. Do not run wires next to power lines, electrical systems, motors, generators, or any other equipment which may generate a significant amount of electrical noise or magnetic fields. Fig. 1: Connection Diagrams (for IS units see Appendix B) POWER SUPPLY

4-20m A METER

POWER SUPPLY SEE NOTE 2

4-20m A METER

CASE/GND

-SHUNT/CAL -EXC/SIG

SEE NOTE 2

+SHUNT/CAL -EXC/SIG

SHUNT/CAL SHUNT/CAL

4-20m A METER

+EXC/SIG -EXC/SIG

A POWER SUPPLY

CASE/GND

NO SHUNT (STANDARD)

NON-POWERED SHUNT (OPTION NC)

POWERED SHUNT (OPTION NB)

NOTE 1: QUALIFIED END-USER TO INSTALL GROUND WIRE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. NOTE 2: SHORT WIRES TOGETHER OR CLOSE SHUNT SWITCH (SUPPLIED BY END USER) TO ACTIVATE SHUNT.

Δ!

Install only after verifying both input power and line pressure are off and at zero.

Δ!

Avoid contact with exposed leads or connector pins, high voltage may be present on leads and can cause electrical shock.

Δ!

Observe safe ESD handling precautions to avoid static damage to sensitive components.

1.8

Environment The typical operating temperature range for the electronics is from -40°F (-23°C) to 185°F (85°C). The unit should be mounted as close to the process as possible with the ambient temperature surrounding the electronics in the range as specified above.

Δ! Δ!

Exceeding maximum temperature rating can cause electronics malfunction or failure, with IS units, an ex plosion risk. Protect electrical connection from direct/continued exposure to fluids. Moisture ingress can occur and cause eventual electrical failure.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

OPERATION/MAINTENANCE/HANDLING The Model 311 is designed to give a 4-20 mA output directly proportional to pressure. Specific pressure range, input voltage requirements and electrical connections are marked on unit. See Appendix A for all performance specifications. Standard electrical connection is a HEYCO connector and pressure port is ¼” NPT(F). Appropriate mating connections are required for proper installation and safety. Other port and electrical connections are available and noted as option code in part number. See Appendix A for list of options.

Δ!

Replace broken fasteners (available through the factory) as they may compromise the seal and cause contamination and/or electronics failure.

Δ!

Unit can be hot when removed from service. Wear protective gloves when handling unit in this condition.

TROUBLESHOOTING/RETURN INFORMATION No output - Verify power supply voltage meets transmitter requirements - Check wiring connections - Verify pressure if being applied - Verify output load is not shorted Erratic output or zero drift - Verify pressure applied is constant - Verify power supply remains within specifications - Inspect electrical connections for discontinuity or damage - Verify output with a multi-meter - Check insulation resistance between amplifier and transmitter case Slow Response - Verify pressure port is not clogged

If the problem persists, please call the factory as indicated below for assistance Have the following infor mation ready: -

Serial number Model number Loop setup – power supply, resistor, cable routing/length What action caused devices to fail? Contact:

Δ! Δ!

sales@gp50.com 716-773-9300

Repairs should only be done by GP:50. Repairs done by customer will void any warranties and may cause permanent damage to unit. Repairs done by customer on Intrinsically Safe units will void the approvals and are a potential explosion hazard. Returned products that have been exposed to hazardous substances should be cleaned prior to return and should include the Material Safety Data Sheet for all substances.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

WARRANTY GP:50 warrants its products to the original customer/purchaser against defects in material and workman ship for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery by GP:50, as shown in its shipping documents, subject to the following terms and conditions: Without charge GP:50 will repair or replace products found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the warranty period provided that: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

The product has not been subjected to abuse, neglect, accident, incorrect wiring (not provided by GP:50), improper installation or servicing, or use in violation of instructions furnished by GP:50. As to any prior defect in materials or workmanship covered by this warranty, the product has not been repaired or altered by anyone except GP:50 or its authorized service agencies. The serial number has not been removed, defaced or otherwise changed. Examination discloses, in the judgement of GP:50, a defect in materials or workmanship which developed under normal installation, use and service; and GP:50 is notified in advance of, and approves, the return by issuing a Return Material Authorization Number; and the products are returned to GP:50 transportation prepaid. Products returned without an RMA number will not be accepted and be returned to sender at sender’s expense.

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY AND IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS. NO REPRESENTATIVE OR PERSONS ARE AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR TO ASSUME FOR GP:50 ANY OTHER LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OF ITS PRODUCTS. GP:50 DOES NOT ASSUME THE COSTS OF REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER WORKMANSHIP, OR WILL GP:50 BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OR INSALLATION OF ITS PRODUCT.

Contact our website http://www. GP50.com for a copy of our repair policy or call our repair dept. WECO® is a Federally Registered Trademark with FMC Technologies. Copyright© 2005 GP:50 All rights reserved. This specification must not be reproduced in any form without written permission of the copyright owner. 1.9

Specifications

APPENDIX A - SPECS

Accuracy - RSS [Non-linearity (terminal), Hysteresis, Repeatability]

Option B: + 0.5% FSO Option C: + 0.2% FSO Option D: + 0.1% FSO

Zero Balance Full Scale Output Compensated Temperature Limits Operating Temperature Limits

4.0 mA ± 1% FSO at 70°F (21°C) and 24 Vdc 20 mA ± 1.0 % FSO at 70°F (21°C) and 24 Vdc 0°F to 180°F (-18°C to 82°C ) -40°F to 185°F (-40°C to 85°C)

Temperature Compensation - Zero Temperature Compensation - Span

Less than ± 1.0 % FSO/100°F Less than ± 1.0 % FSO/100°F

Excitation Voltage

10-36 Vdc (10-28 Vdc for IS units)

Input Current

23 mA max

Output Current

23 mA max

Load Impedance

N/A

Proof Pressure: <15K / >15K

2X FSPR (22.5K psi max) / 1.2X FSPR

Burst Pressure: <15K / >15K

5X FSPR 923K psi max) / 1.5X FSPR

Sensor Material

316 & 15-5PH SST

Housing Material

304 SST

Pressure Connection

¼”NPT(F) standard, see option codes for other pressure connections

Electrical Connection

HEYCO connection, 36” cable, see option codes for other electrical connections

Identification

Etched onto housing or nameplate

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

1.10

Part Number Configuration

MODEL

APPROVAL CODE

ACCURACY

NONSTANDARD RANGEIF APPLICABLE

PRESSURE RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

MODEL

OPTIONS

311

APPROVAL CODE

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS (others avail. consult factory)

AI ATEX Intrinsic Safety EC CE marking (std. on AI) I FM/ CSA Intrinsic Safety GI ATEX/FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety

AA CA CC CD CF DP CZ

ACCURACY B C D

0.5% RSS 0.2% RSS 0.1% RSS

PRESSURE PORTS (others available, consult factory) FH FJ FL LF FM FN ID

NONSTANDARD RANGE (if applicable) SZ

Customer to specify range on Sales Order

PRESSURE RANGE PSI (BAR) PJ PL PN PP PQ PR PS PO PT PV PX PZ RB RD RE RF

0-5 (0.3) 0-7.5 (0.5) 0-10 (0.7) 0-15 (1) 3-15 (0.2-1) 0-20 (1.5) 3-27 (0.2-2) 0-25 (1.7) 0-30 (2) 0-50 (3.5) 0-75 (5.2) 0-100 (7) 0-150 (10) 0-200 (14) 0-300 (21) 0-500 (34)

RH RJ RK RM RO RR RS RT RV RX RZ SB SD SF SH SK

0-500 (34) 0-600 (41) 0-750 (52) 0-1000 (69) 0-1500 (103) 0-2000 (138) 0-2500 (172) 0-3000 (207) 0-5000 (345) 0-7500 (517) 0-10,000 (689) 0-15,000 (1034) 0-20,000 (1378) 0-30,000 (2067) 0-50,000(3445) 0-75,000 (5168)

Gauge: < 300 PSI Absolute Vacuum Sealed Gauge/Hermetic

7 8 10

1/8” NPT (F) 1/4” NPT (M) 1/8” NPT (M) 1/2” NPT (F) F-250C Autoclave (std. on 50K) 1/2” NPT (M) F312-C150 (std. on 75K)

OTHER

PRESSURE TYPE 2 3 4 6

HEYCO connector Bendix PTIH-10-6P Bendix PC02E-12-8P Cannon WK6-32S ½”NPT(M) w/ 3’ pigtail Brad Harrison 4 pin SST Other connector/cable

Sealed Gauge/Non-Hermetic Elevated/Surpressed Zero Compound Range (SZ option rqd.)

GC GD GE GG GH GJ GK GL GP GR GY HE HX JP JS JY ME MR NB NC

Special calibration run 10X overpressure (15-5 ph/X750 sensor -22.5K psi max) Improved temperature compensation Alternate calibration signal (NC std. shunt) 100% FSPR shunt calibration (NC std. shunt) Zero & Span adjustments Inconel wetted parts (625 port, X750 sensor) Cleaned for Oxygen service Hastelloy wetted parts (C276 or X2000) Rangeability via Zero and Span adjustment 316SST wetted parts Improved zero balance Hastelloy diaphragm only 316LSST wetted parts Internal Damping Zero balance > 4.0mA 80% shunt cal Alternate wiring Powered isolated shunt cal Nonpowered isolated shunt cal (100%)

APPENDIX B – APPROVAL INFORMATION 7.1 Approval Documentation packages to be shipped with units, per option code: AI – ATEX Intrinsic Safety o A8EG-10AIA.CC – ATEX C of C o 8C1-55.01-2 – ATEX/IEC Connection Diagram, Model 311 o A8EG-10AIA.DC – CE: ATEX Declaration of Conformity o A8EG-10AIE.DC – CE: EMC Declaration of Conformity o A8EG-10AIP.DC – CE: PED Declaration of Conformity EC – CE Compliance (EMC and PED) o A8EG-10AIE.DC – CE: EMC Declaration of Conformity o A8EG-10AIP.DC – CE: PED Declaration of Conformity I

– FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety o A8EG-10IC.CC – CSA C of C o A8EG-10IF.CC – FM C of C o 8C1-56.01-2 – FM/CSA Connection Diagram, Model 311 6

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

Submersible Product Installation Manual Model series 313, 313L, 313S, 313L-NI & 311-M351 Product Overview: This manual is applicable for standard product under the Model series 313, 313L, 313S, 313L-NI and 311-M351 submersible product line. If the product you have has a different prefix part number than listed above please contact the factory for the application installation manual. The part number and/or serial number will help identify the exact product you have. Failure to identify the product you have before installation may cause permanent damage to the instrument and in most cases, void the manufacturer's warranty. GP:50’s standard submersible level transmitters utilize two sensor technologies, depending on the model ordered, a strain gauge or silicon piezo-resistive sensor may be utilized. Both offer an accurate solution to hydrostatic level measurement. The model series determines the output. The 113 series is a mV/V output, the 213 or 211-M351 series is a VDC output, typically 0-5 VDC and the 300 series is a 4-20mA output. Pressure ranges are available from 0-20 inches of water thru 0-500 PSI. GP:50 submersible level transmitters are designed to be submerged directly in the media being measured. Various materials of construction are available to resist corrosion. 316L stainless steel or titanium construction with Polyurethane or Tefzel cable is the most common configuration. These transmitters may also include other wetted parts such as ceramic or neoprene. Please contact the factory with your model number if you are uncertain as to what materials of construction you have. Always be sure that the transmitter you have is compatible with the media being measured. Failure to do so may cause catastrophic failure of the device and void the warranty. Polyurethane and Tefzel cable are available on all Models. Both cables are ~0.330” OD with multi-conductors. Internal wires are 22AWG with a drain / shield and 1/8” OD vent tube for barometric reference.

Standard Wiring for each unit is as follows: Model

111-M351 & 113

211-M351 & 213

311-M351 & 313 Series

Wire Color Red Green White

Function (mV/V) + Excitation + Signal - Signal

Function (VDC) + Excitation + Signal NC

Function (4-20mA) +Excitation/Signal NC NC

Black Shield

-Excitation Shield

-Excitation/Signal Shield

GP:50’s Model 313 submersible transmitters are available with optional lightning protection. Option Code JV and G2. The Model 311-M351 comes standard with this protection. This is discussed in detail later. All of GP:50’s submersible transmitters are calibrated at the factory per the range and output ordered. An optional in-line zero and span adjust is available but standard units are not field adjustable. Units should perform as indicated on the Performance Certificate and product label.

A5CS-313.00

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 â&#x20AC;˘ www.gp50.com

The barometric reference vent tube is terminated at the opposite end of the transmitter with a special porous plug to prevent water intrusion. See care & maintenance section for further instructions on this vent.

Installation: GP:50â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s level submersible transmitters provide an accurate level reading via hydrostatic head pressure. The transmitter is lowered into the media to the desired depth. The transmitter provides a linear output in relation to the depth / head pressure above the lowest point on the transmitter to the top of the media level.

The transmitter can be suspended vertically with the nose on the bottom of the tank or well for optimum resolution. It may also be elevated off the bottom if sludge or other solids on the bottom will clog the transmitter. The Model 311-M351 provides a large diameter sensing area to reduce the chances of plugging but suspending slightly off the bottom will provide a path for liquid media to continual clean the sensor face. These units may also lay horizontal on the bottom if desired.

Fig. 1

KELLEMS GRIP

A stilling well / perforated stand pipe may also be utilized which helps protect the transmitter from debris floating in the media which could strike the transmitter causing damage. It will also help reduce the chance of the transmitter striking the tank or well wall if turbulent flow conditions are present. Care should be taken when lowering the unit into your media. Throwing or dropping the transmitter from an extreme height may cause damage to the sensor. The impact on the media surface could exert extreme pressure on the sensor face exceeding the maximum pressure rating. This could damage the transmitter and void the warranty. These transmitters are supplied with a protective nose cone or baffle plate to reduce the chances of damage but care should be taken when installing these transmitters.

POLYURETHANE OR TEFZEL CABLE

Care must be taken to insure the media being measured is compatible with all wetted parts. Standard submersible products come with Polyurethane cable attached to an all 316 stainless steel transmitter. A neoprene seal is also used in conjunction with this assembly.

316 SST or TITANIUM BODY

Any of the standard 313 & 311-M351 series transmitters may be suspended by the supplied cable. However it is recommended to suspend these transmitters via an external support grip. A Kellems grip is one recommended means of suspending the cable. Fig 1 shows typical installation utilizing a Kellems grip. PROTECTIVE NOSE CONE

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

Gauge format transmitters, typically less than 300 PSI have an internal vent tube. Care needs to be taken not to crush the cable which in turn may close the vent tube and cause the appearance of drift in the transmitters output. The cable attached to this instrument is specifically engineered for submersible applications. The standard polyurethane outer jacket provides long-term reliability under most conditions. Care should be taken to insure the cable and transmitter are fully compatible with the media being measured. The cable should be handled carefully as the jacket may be subject to damage if “raked” over sharp edges such as a well casing. The cable is fully shielded with the shield connected to the metal housing at the transducer end and terminated in an insulated wire at the termination end. The shield should be terminated to a good earth ground. The termination end of the cable typically provides 2 signal wires, a ground wire and barometric reference tube. This vent is specially prepared at the factory to help eliminate moisture migration with a vent tube filter. (PN: VT-PB). Every effort should be made to leave this vent tube filter intact. Should the cable be longer than is required, it is recommended that the excess length be accommodated in a service loop. If this is not possible, a replacement filter may be purchased from GP:50. This PN is: VT-PB and is installed in a similar fashion to shrink fit. An inexpensive way to protect the cable from damage and rigidly support the transmitter is via the ½” NPT Male conduit connection. This comes standard on the Model 311-M351 and optionally available on the 313 series. A rigid metal or plastic pipe can then be attached to the transmitter and lowered into the well. This will protect the cable and allow for a more rigid mount. Our polyurethane and Tefzel jacketed cables are quite flexible. If your installation requires bending the cable, take care not to crimp the integral vent tube. Consequently, do not bend the cable more than a radius of 1 inch. A water tight compression style fitting may be used to secure our Tefzel or polyurethane jacketed cable as it enters a junction box. Care needs to be taken to not over tighten the fitting so as to damage the cable or crush the integral vent tube.

Fig. 2

SIGNAL WIRES

BAROMETRIC VENT

EARTH GROUND

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

The 4-20mA transmitter requires a DC power supply, (typically 10-36 VDC) and mA meter wired in a current loop. Connect the red lead of the transducer to the + terminal of the power supply. Connect the black lead of the transducer to the + input terminal of the meter. Connect the – input terminal of the meter to the – terminal of the power supply. If this is a VDC or mV/V transducer a DC power supply (10-36 VDC on the 0-5 VDC version and a regulated 5-15 VDC on the mV/V version) and voltmeter are required. Connect the Red wire from the transducer to + on the power supply, the green wire to the +signal of the VDC meter and the Black wire from the transducer to both the –Power on the power supply and – signal on the VDC meter. (See the wiring chart in the beginning of the manual)

Lightning Protection GP:50 offers enhanced surge suppression also known as lightning protection as an integral part of the transmitter. There are 2 levels of protection available designated by option codes JV & G2. Option code G2 must be ordered in conjunction with JV but JV maybe ordered as a stand alone option. JV comes standard our Models 313, 313L, 313S & 311-M351. G2 also comes standard on our Model 311-M351. G2 is optionally available on all of these products as well as our pressure transmitters but again only in conjunction with the option JV. The JV option provides a gas tube arrestor across the input power leads. The gas tube arrestor can absorb high energy associated with a lightning strike. The G2 option provides a MOV (Metal Oxide Varistor)to ground which provides secondary protection and in some instances can react quicker when used in conjunction with the gas tube suppressor. Typically the MOV will discharge the initial buildup of the surge limiting the energy to the circuit. Nothing is 100% effective, especially if hit with a direct lightning strike. If an area is prone to strikes using a combination of these options greatly reduces the risk of failure. GP:50 also recommends the use of surge protection at the termination end of the cable, typically inside the panel box. This insures further protection of the transmitter and additional equipment on the line. GP:50 also offers DIN rail mounted surge protection. Contact the factory for more information.

Care & Handling GP:50 submersible transmitters consist of a transmitter either constructed of 316 stainless steel or titanium coupled to either polyurethane or Tefzel® jacketed cable. This cable to transmitter transition may also include a neoprene seal. Consult the factory or data sheet for your particular product. In regards to material compatibility, much of the data represented in this manual is based on field experience and published data. However, because of the wide variety of processes and applications it is impossible to guarantee material compatibility in a given process without performing corrosion tests under actual operating conditions. Therefore ultimate responsibility for material selection remains with the end user. Insuring that the media being measure is compatible with materials of construction will insure a long life and accurate measurement and safe operation. The model series 313 comes standard with a protective PVC nose cone installed. This is to provide a general level of protection to the sensing diaphragm during installation and when being handled. This protective nose cone may be removed to inspect the sensing area for obstruction if the transmitter is not operating properly. Fowling or plugging of the sensor port will affect the reading and cause either slow response to readings or no reading at all. If it appears a substance has plugged or fouled the transmitters opening, typically flushing this end of the transmitter in a warm bucket of water will loosen the debris. A mild non-corrosive detergent may be used to soak the transmitter portion to further loosen debris.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

The Model 311-M351 has a special baffle plate attached to the transmitters sensor face. (See fig 3) This is to provide protection to the sensor face during installation, operation and handling. This protective plate should not be removed unless absolutely necessary. Doing so will expose the sensor face which can be damaged if not handled properly. If this transmitter becomes clogged during use, flushing this end of the transmitter in a warm bucket of water should loosen debris. A mild non-corrosive detergent may be used to soak the transmitter in to further loosen debris.

Fig. 3

If this does not resolve the issue then carefully remove the protective baffle. Removing this baffle will not effect calibration. No sharp instruments should be used to scrape or brush the sensor face. This may damage the sensor. It is best to then soak the sensor in a bucket of warm soapy water as described earlier.

VENT TUBE

POLYURETHANE OR TEFZEL CABLE

1/2” NPT CONDUIT

STAINLESS BODY

The baffle plate should then be carefully reinstalled insuring not to strike the sensing diaphragm with any sharp or blunt object. Excessive pressure on the sensing diaphragm could also overpressure the transmitter. Each submersible transmitter is supplied with a barometric vent tube which is integral to the cable. This vent tube is connected to the reference side of the sensor inside the housing (see GP:50’s tech note 2 – Breathing philosophy for a thorough description of this). The other end is terminated outside the cable jacketing with a special porous breather element. This element helps eliminate water intrusion into the vent tube. Care should be taken when installing the terminated end of the cable in a dry area outside the elements. A simple enclosure as shown previously in the manual will help protect this vent filter. Care should be taken to insure the integral cable does not become cut or nicked during use or installation. Failure to do so may cause water intrusion into the cable and eventually failure of the transmitter.

SENSING DIAPHRAGM

PROTECTIVE PLATE

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

In the event this breather element becomes damaged or torn off the vent tube, GP:50 can supply a replacement element. Part No: VT-PB. Consult the factory for this part If upon receipt of your device it is evident the cable supplied was not ordered to the correct length or if you wish to add more length a simple solution is to provide a termination box where the vented cable from the transmitter can be spliced to any non-vented or vented cable. The termination box can be vented but not allow water to intrude. Fig 2 previously shown, displays typical terminations. Never splice the cable and submerge under water. GP:50 has found that an underwater splice is unreliable and prone to failure. If the transmitter fails to respond or provide proper readings a few simple trouble shooting techniques should be employed before sending the unit back to the factory or replacing. If possible isolate the transmitter from the reading device such as a panel meter or PLC. If possible use a different power supply and handheld multimeter that is capable of reading the 20mA or 5 VDC output. This ensures that the transmitter is the culprit in question in the system. If the transmitter reads the proper output then the power supply, meter or PLC may be at fault. If isolating the transmitter from the system still provides poor or no reading the transmitter should be removed from the system and visually inspected. If damage to the cable is found it is likely that water intrusion has occurred and the assembly cannot be repaired and a replacement unit must be purchased. If upon visual inspect all looks good a continuity check may be performed between the power or signal wires and the case of the transmitter. A reading between the signal or power wires and the case or shield /ground wire probably indicates a short by water intrusion or it may indicate a lightning strike has damaged the unit. If the failure still is uncertain returning the transmitter to GP:50 for analysis is recommended. GP:50 requests that the transmitter be sanitized if in a sewage application and then sent back. Please contact the factory first to obtain an RMA number. A request for RMA can also be found on our web site www.gp50.com. If you have any further questions regarding installation, care and handling or trouble shooting please feel free to contact one of our application specialist to assist you.

Please contact GP:50: 2770 Long Road • Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel. (716) 773-9300 • Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com • www.gp50.com

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

Model 370

A5CS-370.00

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1

Product Description The Model 370 is an oil field service pressure transmitter with a 2” 1502 or 2002/2202 WECO® Union fitting, 4-20 mA output and measures pressures up to 20,000 psi.

1.2

Warning Pressurized vessels and associated equipment are potentially dangerous. The product described in the guide should be operated only by personnel trained in the procedures that will assure safety to themselves,to others, to the equipment, and to the product. Specific warnings are noted as ! in specific installation/operation sections.

1.3

Unpacking and Inspection The Model 370 was thoroughly tested and inspected and carefully packed. Upon receipt of the shipment thoroughly inspect the transducer. If you see any visible signs of obvious shipping damage, notify the freight company immediately.

1.4

Using this manual This manual is intended to help the end user install, maintain, and provide general service of the GP:50 Model 370 pressure transmitter. The user should have a general understanding of current loops & general instrument control. The Model 370 is a precision instrument and should be given the same care as any other precision instrument during installation and operation.

1.5

INSTALLATION Mounting/Process Connection It is assumed the user is familiar with WECO® Wing Union fittings and installations. To install the Model 370 into the process connection, place the unit into the WECO® pressure fitting and tighten the WECO® nut over both the unit and the pressure fitting. Using a 5 lb. Max hammer, tighten the nut. Caution should be taken as accidental impact from hammer to transmitter could result in electronic or mechanical failure and void the product warranty.

Δ!

Insure media is compatible with Inconel X750 or Inconel 718 (model dependent, check part number (Appendix A) to verify wetted material) to avoid premature corrosion of the diaphragm. This can cause performance degradation and eventual sensor rupture/failure.

Δ!

Properly tighten process connections before applying pressure to insure no leaks or mechanical failure can occur.

Δ!

Never insert sharp objects into diaphragm. This could cause permanent damage the sensor and / or mechanical failure/diaphragm rupture.

1.6

Power Supply Connection For best operation the pressure transmitter needs clean, regulated power with an output impedance less than 20 ohms. Minimum voltage is 10 volts with no resistive loading, to a maximum of 36 Vdc (28 Vdc for IS units). As loads are added to the current loop (galvanic barriers, current measuring devices resistors), the minimum excitation voltage must increase in order to maintain proper operating voltage.

Δ!

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

1.7

Wiring/Grounding To maintain signal integrity over long lengths of cable, use quality low-capacitance twisted pair or shielded wire cable. Do not run wires next to power lines, electrical systems, motors, generators, or any other equipment which may generate a significant amount of electrical noise or magnetic fields. As a general rule of thumb, if the cable length is less than 5000ft, #24 AWG wire can be used. Any cable runs over 5000ft should use #20 AWG wiring. Fig. 1: Connection Diagrams (for IS units see Appendix B)

POWER SUPPLY 9-36 VDC POWER SUPPLY 9-36 VDC

4-20m A METER

METER

+EXC/SIG -EXC/SIG SEE NOTE

MODEL 370 STANDARD POWERED SHUNT

+EXC/SIG -EXC/SIG

SHUNT SWITCH (OR SHORT WIRES)

-SHUNT/CAL -EXC/SIG

+SHUNT/CAL +EXC/SIG

POWER SUPPLY 9-36 VDC

SHUNT/CAL SHUNT/CAL

SHUNT SWITCH (OR SHORT WIRES)

SEE NOTE

MODEL 370 SHUNT OPTION QY

MODEL 370 SHUNT OPTION NC

NOTE 1: QUALIFIED END-USER TO INSTALL GROUND WIRE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.

Δ!

Install only after verifying both input power and line pressure are off and at zero.

Δ!

Avoid contact with exposed leads or connector pins, high voltage may be present on leads and can cause electrical shock.

Δ!

Observe safe ESD handling precautions to avoid static damage to sensitive components.

1.8

Environment The typical operating temperature range for the electronics is from -10°F (-23°C) to 176°F (85°C). The unit should be mounted as close to the process as possible with the ambient temperature surrounding the electronics in the range as specified above. Transmitter with high temperature option “QX” is available for process temps from -45°F (-43°C) to 350°F (177°C).

Δ! Δ!

Exceeding maximum temperature rating can cause electronics malfunction or failure, with IS units, an explosion risk. Protect electrical connection from direct/continued exposure to fluids. Moisture ingress can occur and cause eventual electrical failure.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

OPERATION/MAINTENANCE/HANDLING The Model 370 is designed to give a 4-20 mA output directly proportional to pressure. See Appendix A for all performance specifications. For standard operating ranges above 15,000 psi, the WECO® 2002/2202 is recommended. The 20,000 psi option on the WECO® 1502 is recommended only for sensors that may see an occasional 20,000 psi pressure spike. Always inspect/clean electrical connection and sealing surface prior to installation.

Δ! Δ!

Replace broken fasteners (available through the factory) as they may compromise the seal and cause contamination and/or electronics failure. Unit can be hot when removed from service. Wear protective gloves when handling unit in this condition.

If the problem persists, please call the factory as indicated below for assistance Have the following information ready: -

Serial number Model number Loop setup – power supply, resistor, cable routing/length What action caused devices to fail? Contact:

Δ! Δ!

sales@gp50.com 716-773-9300

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

WARRANTY GP:50 warrants its products to the original customer/purchaser against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery by GP:50, as shown in its shipping documents, subject to the following terms and conditions: Without charge GP:50 will repair or replace products found to be defective in materials or workmanship within the warranty period provided that: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Contact our website http://www. GP50.com for a copy of our repair policy or call our repair dept.

WECO® is a Federally Registered Trademark with FMC Technologies. Copyright© 2005 GP:50 All rights reserved. This specification must not be reproduced in any form without written permission of the copyright owner.

1.9

Specifications

APPENDIX A - SPECS

Accuracy

< 0.25% FSO (RSS) (Non-linearity, hysterisis, non-repeatability)

Zero Balance Full Scale Output Compensated Temperature Limits Operating Temperature Limits

4.0 mA ± 1% FSO at 10 Vdc 20 mA ± 1.0 % FSO -40°F to 180°F (-40°C to 80°C ) -50°F to 190°F (-45°C to 85°C )

Temperature Compensation - Zero Temperature Compensation - Span

Less than ± 1.0 % FSO/100°F Less than ± 1.0 % FSO/100°F

Excitation Voltage

9-36 Vdc (9-28 Vdc for IS units)

Input Current

23 mA max

Output Current

23 mA max

Load Impedance

N/A

Proof Pressure:

1.5 times pressure range

Burst Pressure:

2.0 times pressure range

Sensor Material

Inconel X-750 or Inconel 718 (option code dependant)

Housing Material

300 Series SST

Pressure Connection

WECO ® 2” 1502 or WECO ® 2” 2002/2202

Electrical Connection

Bendix PT1H-10-6P

Identification

Etched onto housing or nameplate

Pressure and Level Instrumentation 2770 Long Road. Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel: (716) 773-9300 Fax: (716) 773-5019 • www.gp50.com

1.10

Part Number Configuration

MODEL

APPROVAL CODE

PROCESS CONNECTION

NONSTANDARD RANGEIF APPLICABLE

PRESSURE RANGE

ALTERNATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

MODEL 370

ALTERNATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS CA CF DK DM DO

APPROVAL CODE AI EC I GI

ATEX Intrinsic Safety CE marking (std. on AI) FM/ CSA Intrinsic Safety ATEX/FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety

OPTIONS GB GC GE GG GJ HE JS ME MR NC NG NH QX

PROCESS CONNECTION A B C D E F

1502 2” WECO, Inconel X750 2002 2” WECO, Inconel X750 2202 2” WECO, Inconel 718 1502 2” WECO, Inconel 718 1502 compatible, 2” WECO, Inconel X750 1502 compatible, 2” WECO, Inconel 718

NONSTANDARD RANGE (if applicable) SZ

Customer to specify range on Sales Order

PRESSURE RANGE RV RW RX RZ SB SD

Bendix 6-pin PT1H-10-6P (standard) ½” NPT with 18” 18AWG MTW cable Glenair 4-pin BC379-2-14S-2P MS3102-14S Jupiter REC-M-10TP-N-04-16

5000 PSI 6000 PSI 7500 PSI 10,000 PSI 15,000 PSI 20,000 PSI

Alternate electrical output Special calibration run Improved temperature compensation Nonstandard shunt cal value Zero and Span adjustments 80% FSPR shunt calibration Internal damping 80% shunt cal Alternate wiring Comparator shunt cal (100%) Removable carrying handle Dual welded handle Extended operating temperature Process: -45F to 350F Electronics: -40F to 185F Remove shunt cal

Customer Modification (Contact Factory) An (n=1,2,3,…) – Special customer requirements

APPENDIX B – APPROVAL INFORMATION 7.1

Approval Documentation packages to be shipped with units, per option code:

AI – ATEX Intrinsic Safety o A8EG-10AIA.CC o A8EG-10AIA.DC o A8EG-10AIE.DC o A8EG-10AIP.DC o 8C1-55.00-2

ATEX C of C CE-ATEX Declaration of Conformity CE-EMC Declaration of Conformity CE-PED Declaration of Conformity ATEX IS Connection Diagram, Model 370

EC – CE Compliance (EMC and PED) o A8EG-10AIE.DC CE: EMC Declaration of Conformity o A8EG-10AIP.DC CE: PED Declaration of Conformity I

– FM/CSA Intrinsic Safety o A8EG-10IC.CC CSA C of C o A8EG-10IF.CC FM C of C o 8C1-56.00-2 FM/CSA IS Connection Diagram, Model 370

Pumping or Lift Station level control The purpose of a lift station is to raise or lift the sewage to a higher elevation where it can then flow downhill via gravity to the wastewater treatment plant. Raw sewage flows by gravity to the lift station into what is called a wet well. This wet well acts as a holding tank for the raw sewage. When a set level in the wet well is reached, a pump will automatically start to pump down the well to a consistent level. If the first pump cannot maintain the set level a second pump will start and run until a low level set point is reached. Some pump stations have as many as 4 pumps to maintain level. With millions of lift or pump stations throughout the US a reliable, accurate level transmitter is required to avoid overflow.

A typical sewage lift station layout is shown here.

The purpose of the level transmitter is to provide feedback to the pump allowing them to turn on and off when the level reaches a set height. Floats, bubbler systems, radar and ultrasonic are all ways to indicate level. However these methods can have installation difficulties, maintenance issues, high costs or reliability issues due to the environment. GP:50 has developed the Model 311-M351, a submersible, hydrostatic level transmitter that can withstand the environmental conditions and provide a reliable, accurate level control. The large diameter sensing element is designed to resist clogging which is critical due to the level of fats, oil and grease found in the wet well. This design provides low maintenance, installation and initial purchase cost. The Model 311-M351 provides a heavy duty baffle plate, some times known as a Birdcage design, to protect the sensing element from installation issues or debris found floating in the effluent. The transmitters construction provides a weighted advantage to keep the transmitter in place at the bottom of the wet well. The all stainless steel body provides a corrosion resistant design with an integral Polyurethane or Tefzel cable to resist compatibility issues. The cable also provides an integral breather tube that allows for barometric reference. A5SL-AN1.00

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Installation is simple due to the transmitters design. The transmitter is inserted in the wet well from the top and lowered to the bottom of the well. The reinforced cable doesn’t require additional support, but in severe applications or for ease of retrieving the cable if dropped into the wet well an external support cable is recommended. Typically the transmitter is terminated in a control panel where the signal is feed into a pump controller. GP:50 also provides a 2 or 4 channel pump controller that provides programmable pump rotation, level indication, alarms, seal leakage indication and other features required for pump station control.

Model 311-M351 Features - Non-Clogging 3-1/2” Diameter sensor face - All 316 Stainless Steel construction to resist corrosion - ½” NPT Male electrical conduit connection for rigid installation support - Integral lightning protection - ~6lbs in weight to limit cavitation and movement Critical Specification Overview: (see data sheet for full specs) Pressure Ranges: 0-30” WC thru 0-300 PSI Accuracy: +/-0.5% FSO (+/-.25% FSO available Output: 4-20mA (0-5 VDC available) Wetted Materials: 316 Stainless Steel, Polyurethane & Neoprene.

Please contact GP:50: 2770 Long Road • Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel. (716) 773-9300 • Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com • www.gp50.com

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

•

www.gp50.com

Flare Knockout Tank A Flare Knockout Tank is typically a horizontal vessel for trapping hydrocarbon liquids in a gas flare system. Separating the liquids out of the gas stream prevents possible damage further down the process. The fluid in knockout tanks is mostly water mixed with some hydrocarbon. In areas where above ground tanks are prone to freezing these knockout tanks are often buried underground below the frost line.

As these tanks fill with the hydrocarbon condensate a reliable level indication is required to indicate when the tank reaches a predetermined level. The simplest way to access the water level in this tank is through a stilling well or access port that is installed in the tank and is accessible above ground. Because the tanks are installed underground this access port is the only viable means of installing a level device. Many different level instruments have been used with varying success. Mechanical floats were used but the coating tendencies of the hydrocarbon and water mix required regular maintenance. Guided wave radar is another option, but requires long rigid probes making it difficult to install, ship and handle. Ultrasonic devices are yet another option but require precise setup, are susceptible to errors in level due to foaming and can be costly. A GP:50 Model 311-M351 which works on a hydrostatic level principal avoids these limitations. It simply is installed through the access port or stilling well, allowed to settle to the bottom and then interfaced to the existing SCADA system. The 3 inch sensing element eliminated the clogging issues found with other contact devices, is easy to install, and is impervious to foaming or other pitfalls found setting up radar level systems. The Model 311-M351 successfully prevents tank overflow which maintained plant safety and reduced unnecessary pump out cost by not emptying the tank sooner than is required. A5SL-AN2.00

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Contact GP:50 today with your application: GP:50 2770 Long Road • Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel. (716) 773-9300 • Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com • www.gp50.com

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

•

www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

Process DP Transmitter Model GPIDP-A with 4 to 20 mA Analog Output for Differential Pressure Measurement HIGH DEPENDABILITY AND VALUE: • Available with traditional or low profile structures. • 316 ss process covers are standard; cs, Monel®, and Hastelloy® C also available with traditional structure. • Choice of highly corrosion-resistant Co-Ni-Cr,industry standard 316L ss,Hastelloy C, Monel, or Tantalum sensors offered, depending on transmitter structure selected. • Durable aluminum or 316 ss housing available; both meet NEMA® 4X and IEC IP66. • Optional mounting bracket sets allow pipe, surface, or manifold mounting of transmitter. • Designed for hazardous area installations.(Consult factory for availability) • Standard 3-year warranty.

INTELLIGENT TRANSMITTER FEATURES AT AN ECONOMICAL PRICE: When you want the flexibility and performance of a configurable, intelligent transmitter but you don’t need a digital output signal, these transmitters provide exceptional benefits at a very affordable price: • Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) digital indicator with on-board pushbuttons • Pushbutton configuration and calibration: – Linear or square root output – Adjustable damping – Forward or reverse output – Failsafe output; upscale or downscale – Reranging without applying pressure • Easily upgradeable to HART® fully intelligent version This analog output, two-wire DP Transmitter provides precise, reliable, measurement of differential pressure, & transmits a 4 to 20 mA analog output signal.

GPIDP Low Profile Structure LP1

GPIDP Traditional Structure

GPIDP Low Profile Structure LP2

A5SL-GPIDP-A.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

GPIDP-21907 Page 2

GPIDP PRESSURE TRANSMITTER This DP Cell utilizes field-proven silicon strain gauge sensors and common topworks.

HIGH PERFORMANCE These transmitters utilize microprocessor-based correction to achieve both excellent accuracy and ambient temperature compensation.

MODULAR ELECTRONICS Select the electronics module you need to provide just the right level of intelligence for your application and budget. If your needs change, the modular design allows easy migration to other protocols â&#x20AC;&#x201D; including 4-20mA, HARTÂŽ and 1 to 5 V DC versions.

EASE OF INSTALLATION Rotatable Topworks allows transmitter installation in tight places, allows indicator to be positioned in preferred direction, and eases field retrofit.

ELECTRONICS VERSION -A TRANSMITTER This transmitter uses the -A electronics module. It is a very economical analog output transmitter that provides full configuration capability. It provides the greatest functionality for the largest number of applications at the least possible cost to you. It even provides the ability to rerange to new calibrated ranges, using the standard LCD Indicator, without the need to apply calibration pressure.

Wiring Guides and Terminations provide ease of wire entry, plenty of space to work and store excess wire, and large, rugged screw terminals for easy wire termination.

It is designed for use in Division 1 hazardous areas, and complies with Division 2 requirements. Versions are available to meet other zone requirements. Contact the factory for availability. WIDE MEASUREMENT RANGE WITH A MINIMUM OF SENSORS Five sensors are provided to cover measurement spans from 0.5 to 6900 Inches of water column (0.018 to 3000 psi). The high turndown capability of the transmitter means that nearly all applications can be satisfied with only these five ranges, greatly simplifying your spare transmitter and spare parts requirements.

Two Conduit Entrances offer a choice of entry positions for ease of installation and self-draining of condensation regardless of mounting position and topworks rotation.

PROCESS CONNECTORS Removable, gasketed process connectors allow a wide range of selections, including 1/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT, Rc 1/4, Rc 1/2, and weld neck connections. For highly corrosive chemical processes when a traditional structure is used, two 1/2 NPT pvdf inserts (Figure 1) are installed in both 316 ss covers and are used as the process connectors. In these applications, tantalum is used as the sensor diaphragm material. Figure 1. Bottomworks Shown with 1/2 NPT pvdf Inserts Installed in HI- and LO-Side Covers with Traditional Structure.

STANDARD LCD DIGITAL INDICATOR A two-line digital indicator, shown in Figure 17, is provided as standard with this transmitter. The indicator displays the measurement with a choice of units. Two on-board pushbuttons allow zero and span adjustments, as well as local configuration, without the need for a PCBased Configurator. SENSOR CORROSION PROTECTION For traditional structure, choice of 316L ss, Co-Ni-Cr, Hastelloy C, Monel, Gold-Plated 316L ss, and Tantalum materials. High corrosion resistance of Co-Ni-Cr (TI 037078) means long service life in many difficult applications without the extra cost for exotic materials. See TI 03775b for process applicability with Co-Ni-Cr and other process wetted materials. For low profile structures LP1 and LP2, 316L ss and Hastelloy C are offered as sensor materials. Refer to Transmitter Structures section that follows for description and application of traditional and low profile (LP1 and LP2) structures.

GPIDP-21907 Page 3 UNIQUE PROCESS COVER AND CELL BODY DESIGN

This traditional structure makes it easy to retrofit any transmitters of similar design.

Biplanar Construction (Figure 2) maintains the traditional horizontal process connections and vertical mounting by providing a cell body contained between two process covers, while still achieving light weight, small size, and high standard static pressure rating of 25 MPa (3625 psi). This provides easy retrofit of any conventional differential pressure transmitter, and also is easily mounted in the horizontal position with vertical process connections, when required.

Sensor cavity venting and draining is provided for both vertical and horizontal transmitter installation, using innovative tangential connections to the sensor cavity (Figures 4 and 5). Optional side vents are offered for sensor cavity venting in the upright position (Figure 6).

TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

CELL BODY

An extensive variety of process-wetted materials are available for the process covers on this highly versatile and widely used transmitter. TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

ENCLOSED BOLTS

SUPPORTED PROCESS COVER

Figure 2. Biplanar Construction Shown with Traditional Horizontal Process Connections Process Covers (Figure 2) are fully supported by the cell body over their entire height. This prevents bending and results in a highly reliable seal. Also, this provides dimensional stability to the process covers, ensuring that they will always mate properly with 3valve bypass manifolds. Process Cover Bolts (Figure 2) are enclosed to minimize corrosion and to minimize early elongation with rapid temperature increases. The design makes it less likely for the transmitter to release process liquid during a fire.

90Ë&#x161;

PROCESS CONNECTIONS

Figure 3. Vertical Mounting Showing Process Connections at 90 degrees TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

PROCESS COVER

DRAIN SCREW

Figure 4. Vertical Mounting - Cavity Draining TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

VENT SCREW

Process Cover Gaskets are ptfe as standard; ptfe provides nearly universal corrosion resistance, and eliminates the need to select and stock various elastomers to assure process compatibility. Light Weight provides ease of handling, installation, and direct mounting without requiring costly pipe stands. TRANSMITTER STRUCTURES Traditional and low profile structures (LP1 and LP2) are offered to accommodate and to provide flexibility in transmitter installations. See paragraphs below.

Figure 5. Horizontal Mounting Cavity Venting, and Self-Draining into Process Line TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

OPTIONAL SIDE VENT SHOWN

Traditional Structure The traditional structure (Figure 3) utilizes the right angle design common to most DP transmitters in use throughout the world. Process connections are oriented 90 degrees from the transmitter centerline.

PLUG

Figure 6. Vertical Mounting - Cavity Venting, and Self-Draining into Process Line

GPIDP-21907 Page 4 Low Profile Structures The low profile structures utilize an in-line design, placing the process connections in line with the transmitter centerline (Figures 7 and 8). This allows mounting of the transmitter in the upright position with the process connections facing downward, for connection to vertical process piping or for mounting directly to a three- or five-valve manifold. The low profile structures provide a mounting style similar to that used by competitive Coplanarâ&#x201E;˘ transmitters. This makes it easy to select GP:50 transmitters for both retrofit and new applications where this type of installation is desired. Transmitters with the low profile structure can be attached directly to existing, installed Coplanar manifolds, such as the Rosemount Model 305RC or Anderson Greenwood Models MC3, MC5G, MC5P, and MT3 by use of an optional adapter plate (Figure 9). Also, when assembled to the same process piping or manifold as a Coplanar transmitter, one of the electrical conduit connections is located within Âą one inch of the similar conduit connection on the competitive transmitter, assuring ease of retrofit or conformance with installation design drawings. All parts making up the low profile versions are identical to the parts in the traditional version except for the process covers and the external shape of the sensor cell body. For user convenience, two types of low profile structures are offered, type LP1 and LP2. The process covers are the only transmitter parts that differ between structure types LP1 and LP2. Refer to the sections that follow for further descriptions of low profile structures LP1 and LP2.

LP1 STRUCTURE

IN-LINE PROCESS CONNECTION

Figure 7. Low Profile Structure - LP1 Shown LP1 STRUCTURE

3 OR 5 VALVE MANIFOLD

Figure 8. LP1 Shown Directly Mounted to Manifold LP1 STRUCTURE

ADAPTER PLATE Coplanar MANIFOLD

Figure 9. LP1 Shown Mounted to a Coplanar Manifold using an Optional Intermediate Adapter Plate

GPIDP-21907 Page 5 Low Profile Structure LP1 – Direct Mount

Low Profile Structure LP2 - Bracket or Direct Mount

Low Profile Structure LP1 is a compact, inexpensive, lightweight design for direct mounting to a separately mounted manifold or process piping. These transmitters are not typically bracket-mounted.

Low Profile Structure LP2 is a universal design for either bracket or direct mounting. Drilled and tapped mounting holes facilitate mounting to either new or existing GP:50 brackets (Options -M1, -M2, and M3), as well as standard brackets supplied with existing Coplanar transmitters. See Figures 13 and 14.

They are supplied as standard with a single vent/drain screw in the side of each process cover. In conjunction with the standard tangential venting and draining design, they are suitable for mounting either vertically (Figure 10) or horizontally, and are suitable for nearly all applications, including liquids, gases, and steam. For horizontal installation, they can simply be “turned over” (rotated 180 degrees - Figures 11 and 12) to orient the high and low pressure sides in the preferred locations. There is no need to unbolt process covers. The topworks housing can also be rotated, as shown, to orient the conduit connections in the desired position. In the vertical, upright position, they are also selfdraining and are ideal for gas flow rate service, when directly mounted to a manifold located above the horizontal pipeline. The vent screw can be omitted for this or other applications, if desired.

These transmitters can also be directly mounted to manifolds or process piping and are available with the same optional adapter used with low profile structure LP1 to fit existing Coplanar manifolds (Figure 15). For extra convenience, they use a full-featured vent and drain design, with separate vent and drain screws positioned in each cover for complete venting or draining directly from the sensor cavity. They are normally recommended for upright, vertical installation. LP2 STRUCTURE

VENT & DRAIN SCREWS

LP1 STRUCTURE

VENT SCREW

Figure 13. Shown on Universal Bracket IN-LINE PROCESS CONNECTION

LP2 STRUCTURE

Figure 10. Upright Mounting VENT & DRAIN SCREWS

LP1 STRUCTURE

Figure 14. Shown on Coplanar Bracket H-L

PROCESS CONNECTION

VENT SCREW

Figure 11. Horizontal Mounting with Vent Screw LP1 STRUCTURE

LP2 STRUCTURE

VENT & DRAIN SCREWS ADAPTER PLATE Coplanar MANIFOLD

L-H

PROCESS CONNECTION

DRAIN SCREW

Figure 12. Horizontal Mounting with Drain Screw

Figure 15. Adapter Mount to Existing Coplanar Manifold

GPIDP-21907 Page 6 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Span Limits for GPIDP Transmitters Code

kPa

A (a) B C Code D E (b)

0.12 and 7.5 0.87 and 50 7 and 210 MPa 0.07 and 2.1 0.7 and 21(b)

psi 0.018 and 1.1 0.125 and 7.2 1 and 30 psi 10 and 300 100 and 3000 (b)

mbar 1.2 and 75 8.7 and 500 70 and 2100 bar or kg/cm2 0.7 and 21 7 and 210 (b)

mmHg 0.93 and 56 6.5 and 375 50 and 1500 mHg 0.5 and 15 5 and 150 (b)

mmH2O 12 and 750 87 and 5000 700 and 21 000 mH2O 7 and 210 70 and 2100 (b)

inH2O 0.5 and 30 3.5 and 200 28 and 840 ftH2O 23 and 690 230 and 6900 (b)

(a) Span Limit Code “A” not available when pressure seals are selected. (b) When certain options are specified, the upper span and range limits are reduced as shown in the “Options Impact” table below.

Range Limits for GPIDP Transmitter (a) Code kPa inH2O psi mbar mmHg mmH2O A (b) -7.5 and +7.5 -1.1 and +1.1 -75 and +75 -56 and +56 -750 and +750 -30 and +30 B -50 and +50 -7.2 and +7.2 -500 and +500 -375 and +375 -5000 and +5000 -200 and +200 C -210 and +210 -30 and +30 -2100 and +2100 -150 and +150 -21 000 and +21 000 -840 and +840 Code MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 mHg mH2O ftH2O D -0.21 and +2.1 -30 and +300 -2.1 and +21 -1.5 and +15 -21 and +210 -69 and +690 E (c) -0.21 and 21 (c) -30 and +3000 (c) -2.1 and +210 (c) -1.5 and +150 (c) -21 and +2100 (c) -69 and +6900 (c) (a) Positive values indicate HI side of sensor at the high pressure, and negative values indicate LO side of sensor at the high pressure. (b) Span Limit Code “A” not available when pressure seals are selected. (c) When certain options are specified, the upper span and range limits are reduced as shown in the “Options Impact” table below.

Impact of Certain Options on Span and Range Limits (a) Option

Description (Also see Model Code)

Span and Range Limits Derated to:

-B3 -D1 -D5 or -B1 -D2, -D4, -D6, or -D8 (a)

B7M Bolts and Nuts (NACE) DIN Construction DIN Construction or 316 ss Bolting DIN Construction (a)

20 MPa (2900 psi, 200 bar, or kg/cm2) 16 MPa (2320 psi, 160 bar or kg/cm2) 15 MPa (2175 psi, 150 bar or kg/cm2) 10 MPa (1500 psi, 100 bar or kg/cm2) (a)

(a) Refer to Model Code section for application and restrictions related to the items listed in the table.

Maximum Static and Proof Pressure Ratings for GPIDP Transmitter (a) Static Pressure Rating Transmitter Configuration (See Model Code for Description of Options) With Option -D9 or -Y Standard or with Option -B2, -D3, or -D7 With Option -B3 With Option -D1 With Option -B1 or -D5 With Option -D2, -D4, -D6, or -D8 With Structure Codes 78 and 79 (pvdf insert)

MPa 40 25 20 16 15 10 2.1

psi 5800 3625 2900 2320 2175 1500 300

bar or kg/cm2 400 250 200 160 150 100 21

Proof Pressure Rating (b) MPa 100 100 70 64 60 40 8.4

psi 14500 14500 11150 9280 8700 6000 1200

bar or kg/cm2 1000 1000 700 640 600 400 84

(a) Refer to Model Code section for application and restrictions related to the items listed in the table. (b) Proof pressure ratings meet ANSI®/ISA® Standard S82.03-1988. Unit may become nonfunctional after application of proof pressure.

Output Signal 4 to 20 mA, Linear or Square Root (Configurable) Electrically Adjustable Damping Response time is normally 0.75 s, or setting of 0 (none), 2, 4, or 8 seconds, whichever is greater, for a 90% recovery from an 80% input step per ANSI/ISA S51.1. (For 63.2% recovery, 0.50 s with sensors B to E, and 0.60 s with sensor A.)

Suppressed Zero and Elevated Zero Suppressed or elevated zero ranges are acceptable as long as Span and Range limits are not exceeded. Field Wiring Reversal No transmitter damage. Zero and Span Adjustments (Figure 17) Zero and span adjustments can be accomplished using the pushbuttons on the LCD indicator.

GPIDP-21907 Page 7 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Standard Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Indicator with On-Board Pushbuttons (Figure 17) Indicator Provides: • Two Lines; four numeric characters on top line and seven alphanumeric characters on bottom line. • Measurement Readout; value on top line and units label on bottom line. • Configuration and Calibration Prompts.

Figure 18. Supply Voltage vs. Output Load

Optional External Zero Adjustment (Figure 17) An external pushbutton mechanism is isolated from the electronics compartment and activates (magnetically) an internal reed switch through the housing. This eliminates a potential leak path for moisture or contaminants to get into the electronics compartment. The optional external zero adjustment can be disabled by a configuration selection.

Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Transmitter Temperature WITH SILICONE FILL FLUID Full vacuum: up to 121°C (250°F) WITH FLUORINERT FILL FLUID Refer to Figure 19.

Square Root Low Flow Cutoff User configurable to provide: • Cutoff to zero at flows <10% of maximum flow (1% of maximum differential pressure). • Or active point-to-point line between zero and 20% of maximum flow (4% of maximum differential pressure). Supply Voltage Requirements and External Loop Load Limitations (Figure 18) Nominal minimum voltage shown in Figure 18 is 11.5 V dc. This can be reduced to 11 V dc using a plug-in jumper across the test receptacles in the field wiring compartment terminal block. An optional plugin shorting bar (Figure 21) is offered for this purpose.

Figure 19. Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Transmitter Temperature, Fluorinert FC-43, 2.6 cSt at 25°C (77°F)

GPIDP-21907 Page 8 Configuration and Calibration Data, and Electronics Upgradeability Factory characterization, user configuration, and calibration data are stored in the sensor (see Figure 20). Therefore the electronics module can be replaced or changed from one type to another. A module may be replaced without the need for reconfiguration or recalibration. Although module replacement can affect accuracy up to 0.20% of span, this error can be removed by an mA trim without application of pressure. Changing module types may require reconfiguration and recalibration, as well as a different terminal block, if applicable, but all factory characterization data is retained. Optional Custom Configuration (Option -C2) For the transmitter to be custom configured by the factory, the user must fill out a data form. If this option is not selected, a standard (default) configuration will be provided; see Table 2 for allowable pressure units, and Table 3 for an example of Configuration Option -C2. Table 2. Allowable Pressure Units for Calibrated Range (a) psi Pa atm g/cm2 inH2O inHg kPa bar kg/cm2 ftH2O MPa mbar torr mmH2O mmHg (a) Displayed in upper case only on transmitter.

Table 3. Example of Configuration Option -C2

Parameter Calibrated Range • Pressure Units • LRV • URV Output Mode Output Direction Damping Failsafe Action Ext. Zero Option Other: If Linear: • Label (2nd line) • Display LRV • Display URV If Square Root: • Label (2nd line) • Display LRV • Display URV (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

per S.O.(a) per S.O. per S.O. Linear Forward None Upscale Enabled

INH2O (a) 0 100 Square Root Forward 2 Downscale Disabled

(b) (c) (c)

INH2O (b) 0 (c) 100 (c)

% 0 100

GPM (d) 0 500 (e)

Select from list in Table 2. Same as units selected for calibrated range, or percent. Same as calibrated range, or 0 and 100 for percent. Up to 7 letters (upper case), numbers, or available symbols. Any value between and including -9999 and 9999.

NOTE: There is a maximum of 4 digits for entering range values.

Electronics Module

Sensor

Analog to Digital Converter

Pressure Measurement

Standard Example of (Default) Configuration Configuration Option -C2

Nonvolatile Memory - User Configuration & Calibration - Correction Coefficients - Factory Calibration Data Sensor Temperature Measurement

Digital to Analog Converter

Microprocessor - Sensor Linearization - Reranging - Damping - Engineering Units - Failsafe - Communications - Temp. Compensation - Pressure Sensor - D/A Converter

4 to 20 mA

Piezo-Resistive Sensor High Pressure

Low Pressure

LCD Indicator/Configurator including Zero and Span

Optional External Zero Adjustment

Figure 20. Transmitter Functional Block Diagram

GPIDP-21907 Page 9 OPERATING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION CONDITIONS Influence Process Connection Temp. • with Silicone Fill Fluid • with Fluorinert Fill Fluid Electronics Temperature (c) Relative Humidity (d) Supply Voltage – mA Output Output Load – mA Output Vibration

Mounting Position

Reference Conditions • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) 50 ±10% 30 ±0.5 V dc 650 Ω

Normal Operating Conditions (a) Operative Limits (a)

Transportation/ Storage Limits

• -29 to + 82°C (-20 to +180°F) • -29 to + 82°C (-20 to +180°F) • -29 to + 82 °C (-20 to +180 °F) 0 to 100%

• -46 and +121°C (b) • Not Applicable (-50 and +250°F) (b) • -29 and +121°C • Not Applicable (-20 and +250°F) • -40 and +85°C • -54 and +85°C (-40 and +185°F) (-65 and +185°F) 0 and 100% 0 and 100% Noncondensing 11.5 to 42 V dc (e) 11.5 and 42 V dc (e) Not Applicable 0 to 1450 Ω 0 and 1450 Ω Not Applicable

1 m/s2 (0.1 “g”) 6.3 mm (0.25 in) Double Amplitude: from 5 to 15 Hz with Aluminum Housing and from 5 to 9 Hz with 316 ss Housing 0 to 30 m/s2 (0 to 3 “g”) from 15 to 500 Hz with Aluminum Housing; and 0 to 10 m/s2 (0 to 1 “g”) from 9 to 500 Hz with 316 ss Housing Upright or Horizontal (f) No Limit

11 m/s2 (1.1 “g”) from 2.5 to 5 Hz (in Shipping Package)

Not Applicable

(a) When Structure Codes 78/79 (pvdf inserts in Hi- and Lo-side process covers) are used, maximum overrange is 2.1 MPa (300 psi), and temperature limits are -7 and +82°C (20 and 180°F); when DIN Construction Options D2/D4/D6/D8 are used, temperature limits are 0 and 60°C (32 and 140°F). (b) Selection of Option -J extends the low temperature operative limit of transmitters with silicone filled sensors down to -50°C (-58°F). (c) The operative limits of the standard LCD Indicator are -29 and +85°C (-20 and +185°F), and the normal operating conditions are -20 to +82°C (-4 to +180°F). Although the LCD Indicator will not be damaged at any temperature within the “Storage and Transportation Limits”, updates will be slowed and readability decreased at temperatures outside the “Normal Operating Conditions”. (d) With topworks cover on and conduit entrances sealed. (e) 11.5 V dc can be reduced to 11 V dc by using a plug-in shorting bar; see “Supply Voltage Requirements” section and Figure 18. (f) Sensor process wetted diaphragms in a vertical plane.

GPIDP-21907 Page 10 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS (Zero-Based Calibrations; Co-Ni-Cr or 316L ss Sensor with Silicone Fluid; Under Reference Operating Conditions unless otherwise specified; URL = Upper Range Limit; Span = Calibrated Span.) Accuracy (includes Linearity, Hysteresis, and Repeatability) ±0.20% of Span. See Table 4 for Small Span Accuracy. Table 4. Accuracy with Small Spans For Span Code

If Span is:

Then Small Span Accuracy in % of Span is:

<5% of URL

URL ± ( 0.10 ) + ( 0.005 ) ⎛ --------------⎞ ⎝ Span⎠

A, C, D, E

<6.7% of URL

URL ± ( 0.10 ) + ( 0.0067 ) ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ Span

Stability Long term drift is less than ±0.05% of URL per year over a 5-year period. RFI Effect The output error is less than 0.1% of span for radio frequencies in the range of 27 to 1000 MHz and field intensity of 30 V/m when the transmitter is properly installed with shielded conduit and grounding, and housing covers are in place. (Per IEC Std. 801-3.) Vibration Effect Total effect is ±0.2% of URL per “g” for vibrations in the frequency range of 5 to 500 Hz; with a double amplitude (DA) of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 15 Hz, or accelerations of 3 “g” in the range of 15 to 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitter with aluminum housing; and with a DA of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 9 Hz, or accelerations of 1 “g” in the range of 9 to 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitter with 316 ss housing. Supply Voltage Effect The output changes less than 0.005% of calibrated span for each 1 V change within the specified supply voltage requirements. Position Effect The transmitter may be mounted in any position. Any zero effect caused by the mounting position can be eliminated by rezeroing. There is no span effect.

Static Pressure Effect The zero and span shift for a 7 MPa, 1000 psi change in static pressure is: ZERO SHIFT (a) Span Code

Zero Shift-Static Pressure Effect

A B and C D E

±0.30% URL (b) ±0.10% URL ±0.50% URL (b) ±0.50% URL

(a) Can be calibrated out by zeroing at nominal line pressure. (b) Per 3.5 MPa (500 psi) for Span Codes A and D.

SPAN SHIFT ±0.25% of Reading (±0.30% for Span Code A) Switching and Indirect Lightning Transients The transmitter can withstand a transient surge up to 2000 V common mode or 1000 V normal mode without permanent damage. The output shift is less than 1.0%. (Per ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1980 and IEC Std. 801-5.) Ambient Temperature Effect Total effect for a 28°C (50°F) change within Normal Operating Condition limits is: Span Code Specification A (a) B and C D E

±(0.18% URL + 0.15% Span) ±(0.03% URL + 0.20% Span) ±(0.05% URL + 0.18% Span) ±(0.08% URL + 0.15% Span)

(a) Span Code A specifications apply to a transmitter with a stainless steel sensor only.

GPIDP-21907 Page 11 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Process Cover and Connector Material (Process Wetted) Carbon Steel, 316 ss, Monel, Hastelloy C, or pvdf (Kynar) inserts in 316 ss covers for transmitter traditional structure; and 316 ss for transmitter low profile structures. For exceptional value and corrosion resistance, 316 ss is the least expensive material. Process Cover and Process Connection Gaskets Glass filled ptfe, or Viton when Structure Codes 78/79 (pvdf inserts) are used. Process Cover Bolts and Nuts ASTM A193, Grade B7 high strength alloy steel for bolts, and ASTM A194 Grade 2H high strength alloy steel for nuts are standard. Options include NACE Class B7M bolting, 17-4 ss bolting, and 316 ss bolting. Sensor Material (Process Wetted) Co-Ni-Cr, 316 L ss, Gold-Plated 316L ss, Monel, Hastelloy C, or Tantalum for transmitter traditional structure; and 316L ss or Hastelloy C for transmitter low profile structures. For exceptional value and corrosion resistance, 316L ss is the least expensive material. Refer to TI 037-078 and TI 37-75b for information regarding the corrosion resistance of Co-Ni-Cr and other sensor materials. Sensor Fill Fluids Silicone Oil or Fluorinert (FC-43) Environmental Protection Transmitter is dusttight and weatherproof per IEC IP66 and provides the environmental and corrosion resistant protection of NEMA Type 4X.

Electronics Housing and Housing Covers Housing has two compartments to separate the electronics from the field connections. The housing and covers are made from low copper, die-cast aluminum alloy with an epoxy finish, or from 316 ss. Buna-N O-ring seals are used to seal the threaded housing covers, housing neck, and terminal block. Electrical Connections Field and RTD sensor wires enter through 1/2 NPT, PG 13.5, or M20 threaded entrances, as specified, on either side of the electronics housing. Wires terminate under screw terminals and washers on terminal block in the field terminal compartment. Unused entrance is plugged to insure moisture and RFI/EMI protection. See Figure 23. Electronics Module Printed wiring assemblies are conformally coated for moisture and dust protection. Mounting Position The transmitter may be mounted in any orientation. Approximate Mass (with Process Connectors) 4.2 kg (9.2 lb) – with Traditional Structure Add 0.1 kg (0.2 lb) – with Low Profile Structure LP1 Add 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) – with Low Profile Structure LP2 Add 1.1 kg (2.4 lb) – with 316 ss Housing Add 0.2 kg (0.4 lb) – with LCD Indicator Option Dimensions See “Dimensions - Nominal” section and Dimensional Print.

TERMINAL BLOCK LOCATED IN FIELD TERMINAL SIDE OF TRANSMITTER

EARTH (GROUND) TERMINAL SCREW, 0.164-32 +

OPTIONAL SHORTING BAR (SB-11) REDUCES MINIMUM VOLTAGE FROM 11.5 V dc TO 11 V dc

(+) AND (-) POWER TERMINAL SCREWS, 0.164-32 CAL+ RECEPTACLES (3) FOR STANDARD BANANA PLUGS (TOP ONE UNUSED AND PLUGGED)

USED TO CHECK TRANSMITTER 4 TO 20 mA OUTPUT

Figure 21. Field Terminal Block

GPIDP-21907 Page 12 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL mm in TRANSMITTER WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

84 3.3

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

CONDUIT CONNECTION (NOTE 1)

OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

OPTIONAL EXTERNAL ZERO ADJUSTMENT

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

L-H INDICATOR LOW-HIGH PRESSURE SIDE

L-H

OPTIONAL SIDE VENT/DRAIN SEE NOTE 3

VENT SCREW

64 2.5

PLUG

NOTE 6

41.3 1.626

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

33 1.3

208 8.2

NOTE 4 127 5.0

112 4.4

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

NOTES: 1. CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/2 NPT OR PG 13.5, BOTH SIDES: PLUG UNUSED CONNECTION WITH METAL PLUG (SUPPLIED). 2. PROCESS CONNECTORS MAY BE REMOVED AND TRANSMITTER MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON A MANIFOLD, OR CONNECTIONS MADE DIRECTLY TO PROCESS COVER USING 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD IN PROCESS COVER. 3. PROCESS COVER CAN BE INVERTED MAKING OPTIONAL SIDE VENTS OR SIDE DRAINS 4. PROCESS CONNECTORS CAN BE INVERTED TO GIVE EITHER 51, 54, OR 57 mm (2.0, 2.125, OR 2.25 in) CENTER-TO-CENTER DISTANCE BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE CONNECTIONS. 5. TOPWORKS CAN BE ROTATED TO ANY POSITION WITHIN ONE TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE OF THE FULLY TIGHTENED POSITION. 6. PROCESS COVER END PLUGS ARE SUBSTITUTED FOR VENT SCREWS WHEN OPTIONAL SIDE VENTS (NOTE 3) ARE SPECIFIED.

PROCESS CONNECTION PROCESS CONNECTION

NO PROCESS CONNECTION (THIS END)

pvdf INSERTS TAPPED FOR 1/2 NPT ON BOTH SIDE COVERS AND USED AS PROCESS CONNECTORS.

BLIND FLANGE 64 2.5

OPTIONAL DIN CONSTRUCTION SINGLE ENDED PROCESS COVER OPTIONS -D1, -D3, -D5, -D7, -D9

97 3.8 OPTIONAL DIN CONSTRUCTION DOUBLE ENDED PROCESS COVER OPTIONS -D2, -D4, -D6, -D8

PROCESS CONNECTOR TYPE 7

GPIDP-21907 Page 13 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

CONDUIT CONNECTION, BOTH SIDES (NOTE 1)

ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

84 3.3

OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

188 7.4

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

221 8.7

STANDARD VENT/DRAIN, SEE NOTE 3. L-H

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2) 41.3 1.626

NOTE 4

86 3.4 NOTES: 1. CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/2 NPT, PG 13.5, OR M20, BOTH SIDES: PLUG UNUSED CONNECTION WITH METAL PLUG (SUPPLIED). 2. PROCESS CONNECTORS MAY BE REMOVED AND TRANSMITTER MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON A MANIFOLD, OR CONNECTIONS MADE DIRECTLY TO PROCESS COVER USING 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD IN PROCESS COVER. 3. THE TRANSMITTER'S LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1 IS SHOWN IN THE VERTICALLY UPRIGHT POSITION. NOTE THE LOCATION OF THE STANDARD VENT/DRAIN SCREW. IN THIS CONFIGURATION THE TRANSMITTER CAN BE VENTED OR IS SELF-DRAINING. ALSO RECOMMENDED IS A HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION WHERE THE INSTALLED ORIENTATION CAN BE SET TO ALLOW FOR VENTING OR DRAINING. 4. PROCESS CONNECTORS CAN BE INVERTED TO GIVE EITHER 51, 54, OR 57 mm (2.0, 2.125, OR 2.25 in) CENTER-TO-CENTER DISTANCE BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE CONNECTIONS. 5. TOPWORKS CAN BE ROTATED TO ANY POSITION WITHIN ONE TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE OF THE FULLY TIGHTENED POSITION.

GPIDP-21907 Page 14 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2 84 3.3

ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

CONDUIT CONNECTION, BOTH SIDES (NOTE 1)

OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

188 7.4

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

221 8.7

STANDARD VENT/DRAIN, SEE NOTE 3. L-H

41.3 1.626 99 3.9

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

NOTE 4 160 6.3

NOTES: 1. CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/2 NPT, PG 13.5, OR M20, BOTH SIDES: PLUG UNUSED CONNECTION WITH METAL PLUG (SUPPLIED). 2. PROCESS CONNECTORS MAY BE REMOVED AND TRANSMITTER MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON A MANIFOLD, OR CONNECTIONS MADE DIRECTLY TO PROCESS COVER USING 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD IN PROCESS COVER. 3. THE TRANSMITTER'S LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2 IS SHOWN IN THE RECOMMENDED VERTICAL UPRIGHT POSITION. NOTE THE STANDARD VENT OR DRAIN SCREWS. HORIZONTAL INSTALLATIONS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED. 4. PROCESS CONNECTORS CAN BE INVERTED TO GIVE EITHER 51, 54, OR 57 mm (2.0, 2.125, OR 2.25 in) CENTER-TO-CENTER DISTANCE BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE CONNECTIONS. 5. TOPWORKS CAN BE ROTATED TO ANY POSITION WITHIN ONE TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE OF THE FULLY TIGHTENED POSITION.

GPIDP-21907 Page 15 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH STANDARD STYLE MOUNTING BRACKET KIT (Options -M1 and -M2) 99 3.9

203 8.0

FOR SURFACE MOUNTING, REPLACE U-BOLT WITH TWO 0.375 in DIAMETER BOLTS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PASS TRROUGH BRACKET AND SURFACE.

2.8 1.1

TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2

TRANSMITTER WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

345 13.6

325 12.8

HORIZONTAL PIPE VERTICAL PIPE

VERTICAL PIPE

GPIDP-21907 Page 16 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH UNIVERSAL STYLE MOUNTING BRACKET KIT (Option -M3) 11.1 x 12.7 mm (0.44 x 0.50 in) SLOTS, SPACED 73 mm (2.88 in) ON FOUR SURFACES OF THIS BRACKET LEG, CAN ALSO BE USED FOR MOUNTING BRACKET TO SURFACE WITH USER-SUPPLIED BOLTS.

U-BOLT ASSEMBLY PROVIDED FOR PIPE MOUNTING

FOUR BOLTS FOR MOUNTING TRANSMITTER TO THIS BRACKET SURFACE.

U-BOLT ASSEMBLY CAN BE ALSO MOUNTED TO THIS SURFACE

142 5.6

38 1.5

TWO BOLTS FOR MOUNTING TRANSMITTER TO THIS BRACKET LEG

178 7.0 28 1.1

TYPICAL PIPE MOUNTING WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2

TYPICAL PIPE MOUNTING LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

TYPICAL PIPE MOUNTING WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

DP Transmitter Model GPIDP with HART® Communication Protocol for Differential Pressure Measurement HIGH DEPENDABILITY: • Silicon strain gauge sensors successfully field proven in many thousands of installations. • Simple, elegant sensor packaging, with very few parts achieves exceptionally high reliability. • Transmitter available with traditional or low profile structures (see photos above). • Aluminum housing has durable, corrosion resistant epoxy finish; 316 ss housing also available; both meet NEMA® 4X and IEC IP66. • Can be provided as a sealed measurement system with numerous configurations of direct connect or capillary connected seals available. • Optional mounting bracket sets allow pipe, surface, or manifold mounting of transmitter. • Remote configuration with HART communication protocol in a single loop or multidrop mode; or locally via optional LCD indicator. • User-entered cutoff point from 0 to 20% of maximum flow • Industry standard 316L ss, Co-Ni-Cr, Hastelloy® C, Monel®, or Tantalum sensor materials, depending on transmitter structure. • Complies with NAMUR Part 1 Interference Immunity Requirement. • CE Marked; complies with applicable EMC Directives. • Complies with Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements of European EMC Directive 89/336/EEC by conforming to following CENELEC and IEC Standards: EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2, and IEC 801-2 through 801-6. • Designed for hazardous area installations. Versions available to meet Agency zone requirements. • Standard 2-year warranty.

This Intelligent, two-wire transmitter provides precise, reliable, measurement of differential pressure, and transmits a 4 to 20 mA output signal with a superimposed HART® digital signal for remote configuration and monitoring.

GPIDP Low Profile Structure LP2

GPIDP LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

GPIDP Traditional Structure

A5SL-GPIDP-T.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Page 2 MULTIDROP COMMUNICATIONS Either point-to-point (Figure 20) or multidropping (Figure 21) is permitted. Multidropping is the connection of several transmitters to a single communications line. Communications between the host computer and transmitter takes place digitally, with the analog output of the transmitter fixed. With HART communication protocol, up to fifteen transmitters can be connected on a single twisted pair of wires or over leased telephone lines. PROCESS CONNECTORS Removable, gasketed process connectors allow a wide range of selections, including 1/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT, Rc 1/4, Rc 1/2, and weld neck connections. For highly corrosive chemical processes when a traditional structure is used (see transmitter structures further in document), two 1/2 NPT pvdf inserts (Figure 1) are installed in both 316 ss covers and are used as the process connectors. In these applications, tantalum is used as the sensor diaphragm material. SENSOR CORROSION PROTECTION For traditional structure, choice of 316L ss, Co-Ni-Cr, Hastelloy C, Monel, Gold-Plated 316L ss, and Tantalum materials. High corrosion resistance of CoNi-Cr (TI 037-078) means long service life in many difficult applications without the extra cost for exotic materials. See TI 037-75b for process applicability with Co-Ni-Cr and other process wetted materials. For low profile structures LP1 and LP2, 316L ss and Hastelloy C are offered as sensor materials. Refer to Transmitter Structures section that follows for description and application of traditional and low profile (LP1 and LP2) structures. EASE OF INSTALLATION Rotatable Topworks allows transmitter installation in tight places, allows indicator to be positioned in preferred direction, and eases field retrofit. Two Conduit Entrances offer a choice of entry positions for ease of installation and self-draining of condensation regardless of mounting position and topworks rotation. Wiring Guides and Terminations provide ease of wire entry and support, plenty of space to work and store excess wire, and large, rugged screw terminals for easy wire termination.

SENSOR ASSEMBLY

VITON O-RING

VITON O-RING COVER

COVER pvdf INSERTS (1/2 NPT) USED AS PROCESS CONNECTIONS

Figure 1. Bottomworks Shown with 1/2 NPT pvdf

Inserts Installed in HI- and LO-Side Covers;

with Traditional Structure

OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET SETS In addition to the standard style mounting bracket sets optionally offered with these transmitters, a unique universal style mounting bracket has been developed to allow wide flexibility in transmitter mounting configurations consistent with installation requirements. All mounting bracket sets allow mounting to a surface, pipe, or manifold. Refer to Dimensions - Nominal section. OPTIONAL LCD DIGITAL INDICATOR) A two-line digital indicator (Figure 22) with on-board pushbuttons is available to display the measurement with a choice of units. The pushbuttons allow zero and span adjustments, as well as local configuration without the need for a HART Communicator or PCbased configurator.

Page 3 UNIQUE PROCESS COVER AND CELL BODY DESIGN

This traditional structure makes it easy to retrofit any transmitters of similar design.

TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

CELL BODY

An extensive variety of process-wetted materials are available for the process covers on this highly versatile and widely used transmitter. TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

ENCLOSED BOLTS

SUPPORTED PROCESS COVER

Figure 2. Biplanar Construction Shown with Traditional Horizontal Process Connections Process Covers (Figure 2) are fully supported by the cell body over their entire height. This prevents bending and results in a highly reliable seal. Also, this provides dimensional stability to the process covers, ensuring that they will always mate properly with 3Â valve bypass manifolds. Process Cover Bolts (Figure 2) are enclosed to minimize corrosion and to minimize early elongation with rapid temperature increases. The design makes it less likely for the transmitter to release process liquid during a fire.

90Ë&#x161;

PROCESS CONNECTIONS

Figure 3. Vertical Mounting Showing

Process Connections at 90 degrees

TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

PROCESS COVER

DRAIN SCREW

Figure 4. Vertical Mounting - Cavity Draining TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

VENT SCREW

Figure 5. Horizontal Mounting -

Cavity Venting, and Self-Draining into Process Line

TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

OPTIONAL SIDE VENT SHOWN

PLUG

Figure 6. Vertical Mounting - Cavity Venting, and Self-Draining into Process Line

Page 4 Low Profile Structures The low profile structures utilize an in-line design, placing the process connections in line with the transmitter centerline (Figures 7 and 8). This allows mounting of the transmitter in the upright position with the process connections facing downward, for connection to vertical process piping or for mounting directly to a three- or five-valve manifold. The low profile structures provide a mounting style similar to that used by competitive Coplanarâ&#x201E;˘ transmitters. This makes it easy to select GP:50 transmitters for both retrofit and new applications where this type of installation is desired. Transmitters with the low profile structure can be attached directly to existing, installed Coplanar manifolds, such as the Rosemount Model 305RC or Anderson Greenwood Models MC3, MC5G, MC5P, and MT3, by use of an optional adapter plate (Figure 9). Also, when assembled to the same process piping or manifold as a Coplanar transmitter, one of the electrical conduit connections is located within Âą one inch of the similar conduit connection on the competitive transmitter, assuring ease of retrofit or conformance with installation design drawings. All parts making up the low profile versions are identical to the parts in the traditional version except for the process covers and the external shape of the sensor cell body. For user convenience, two types of low profile structures are offered, type LP1 and LP2. The process covers are the only transmitter parts that differ between structure types LP1 and LP2.

LP1 STRUCTURE

IN-LINE PROCESS CONNECTION

Figure 7. Low Profile Structure - LP1 Shown LP1 STRUCTURE

3 OR 5 VALVE MANIFOLD

Figure 8. LP1 Shown Directly Mounted to Manifold LP1 STRUCTURE

ADAPTER PLATE Coplanar MANIFOLD

Refer to the sections that follow for further descriptions of low profile structures LP1 and LP2. Figure 9. LP1 Shown Mounted to a Coplanar Manifold using an Optional Intermediate Adapter Plate

Page 5 Low Profile Structure LP1 – Direct Mount

Low Profile Structure LP2 - Bracket or Direct Mount

Low Profile Structure LP1 is a compact, inexpensive, lightweight design for direct mounting to a separately mounted manifold or process piping. These transmitters are not typically bracket-mounted.

Low Profile Structure LP2 is a universal design for either bracket or direct mounting. Drilled and tapped mounting holes facilitate mounting to either new or existing brackets (Options -M1, -M2, and -M3), as well as standard brackets supplied with existing Coplanar transmitters. See Figures 13 and 14.

VENT & DRAIN SCREWS

LP1 STRUCTURE

VENT SCREW

Figure 13. Shown on GP:50 Universal Bracket IN-LINE PROCESS CONNECTION

LP2 STRUCTURE

Figure 10. Upright Mounting VENT & DRAIN SCREWS

LP1 STRUCTURE

Figure 14. Shown on Coplanar Bracket H-L

PROCESS CONNECTION

VENT SCREW

Figure 11. Horizontal Mounting with Vent Screw LP1 STRUCTURE

LP2 STRUCTURE

VENT & DRAIN SCREWS ADAPTER PLATE Coplanar MANIFOLD

L-H

PROCESS CONNECTION

DRAIN SCREW

Figure 12. Horizontal Mounting with Drain Screw

Figure 15. Adapter Mount to

Existing Coplanar Manifold

Page 6 TRANSMITTER FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM - Figure 17

Sensor

Electronics Module

Pressure Measurement

Analog to Digital Converter Nonvolatile Memory - Complete Transmitter Configuration - Correction Coefficients - Calibration Data Sensor Temperature Measurement Piezo-Resistive Sensor

Microprocessor - Sensor Linearization - Reranging - Loop Calibration - Damping - Engineering Units - Diagnostic Routines - Failsafe High or Low - Digital Communication - Temp. Compensation Pressure Sensor D/A Converter

High Pressure

Memory - Calibration - Configuration Nonvolatile Mem. - Program - Module Coeff.

Low Pressure

LCD Indicator/Configurator including Zero and Span

Digital to Analog Converter

HART Modem 1200 Baud

4 to 20 mA Output with HART Communications

Remote Communicator HART Communicator or PC-Based Configurator

External Zero Adjustment

Figure 17. Transmitter Functional Block Diagram

Page 7 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Span Limits for GPIDP Transmitters Code

kPa

psi

mbar

mmHg

A (a) B C

0.12 and 7.5 0.87 and 50 7 and 210

0.018 and 1.1 0.125 and 7.2 1 and 30

1.2 and 75 8.7 and 500 70 and 2100

0.93 and 56 6.5 and 375 50 and 1500

mmH2O 12 and 750 87 and 5000 700 and 21 000

inH2O 0.5 and 30 3.5 and 200 28 and 840

Code

MPa

psi

bar or kg/cm2

D E (b)

0.07 and 2.1 0.7 and 21(b)

10 and 300 100 and 3000 (b)

0.7 and 21 7 and 210 (b)

mHg 0.5 and 15 5 and 150 (b)

mH2O 7 and 210 70 and 2100 (b)

ftH2O 23 and 690 230 and 6900 (b)

Range Limits for GPIDP Transmitters (a) Code

kPa

psi

mbar

mmHg

mmH2O

A (b) B C

-7.5 and +7.5 -50 and +50 -210 and +210

-1.1 and +1.1 -7.2 and +7.2 -30 and +30

-75 and +75 -500 and +500 -2100 and +2100

-56 and +56 -375 and +375 -150 and +150

-750 and +750 -5000 and +5000 -21 000 and +21 000

inH2O -30 and +30 -200 and +200 -840 and +840

Code

MPa

psi

bar or kg/cm2

mH2O -21 and +210 -21 and +2100 (c)

ftH2O -69 and +690 -69 and +6900 (c)

D E (c)

mHg -0.21 and +2.1 -30 and +300 -2.1 and +21 -1.5 and +15 -0.21 and 21 (c) -30 and +3000 (c) -2.1 and +210 (c) -1.5 and +150 (c)

(a) Positive values indicate HI side of sensor at the high pressure, and negative values indicate LO side of sensor at the high pressure. (b) Span Limit Code “A” not available when pressure seals are selected. (c) When certain options are specified, the upper span and range limits are reduced as shown in the “Options Impact” table below.

Impact of Certain Options on Span and Range Limits (a) Option

Description (Also see Model Code)

Span and Range Limits Derated to:

-B3 -D1 -D5 or -B1 -D2, -D4, -D6, or -D8 (a)

B7M Bolts and Nuts (NACE) DIN Construction DIN Construction or 316 ss Bolting DIN Construction (a)

20 MPa (2900 psi, 200 bar, or kg/cm2) 16 MPa (2320 psi, 160 bar or kg/cm2) 15 MPa (2175 psi, 150 bar or kg/cm2) 10 MPa (1500 psi, 100 bar or kg/cm2) (a)

(a) Refer to Model Code section for application and restrictions related to the items listed in the table.

Maximum Static and Proof Pressure Ratings for GPIDP Transmitters (a) Static Pressure Rating Transmitter Configuration (See Model Code for Description of Options) With Option -D9 or -Y Standard or with Option -B2, -D3, or -D7 With Option -B3 With Option -D1 With Option -B1 or -D5 With Option -D2, -D4, -D6, or -D8 With Structure Codes 78 and 79 (pvdf insert)

MPa 40 25 20 16 15 10 2.1

psi 5800 3625 2900 2320 2175 1500 300

bar or kg/cm2 400 250 200 160 150 100 21

Proof Pressure Rating (b) MPa 100 100 70 64 60 40 8.4

psi 14500 14500 11150 9280 8700 6000 1200

bar or kg/cm2 1000 1000 700 640 600 400 84

Output Signal and Configuration 4 to 20 mA with HART Communications. When configured for multidrop applications, the mA signal is fixed at 4 mA to provide power to the device. Configurable using a HART Communicator, PCbased Configurator, or optional LCD Indicator with on-board pushbuttons. Field Wiring Reversal No transmitter damage.

Suppressed Zero and Elevated Zero Suppressed/elevated zero ranges are acceptable as long as the Span/Range Limits are not exceeded. Electronics and Sensor Temperatures Readable from the HART Communicator, PC-based Configurator, or optional LCD Indicator with on board pushbuttons. Measurement is transmitter temperature, not necessarily process temperature.

Page 8 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.)

Zeroing for Nonzero-Based Ranges Dual Function Zeroing allows zeroing with the transmitter open to atmosphere, even when there is a nonzero-based range. This greatly simplifies position effect zeroing on many pressure and level applications. It applies to optional LCD Indicator with on-board pushbuttons and optional External Zero Adjustment. Current Outputs for Overrange, Fail, and Offline Conditions OFFLINE User configurable between 4 and 20 mA SENSOR User configurable to Fail LO or FAILURE Fail HI FAIL LO 3.60 mA UNDERRANGE 3.80 mA OVERRANGE 20.50 mA FAIL HI 21.00 mA Write Protect Jumper Can be positioned to lock out all configurators from making transmitter database changes. This makes transmitter suitable for Safety Shutdown System Applications that require this feature. Square Root Low Flow Cutoff User configurable using HART Communicator, PCbased Configurator, or optional LCD with on-board pushbuttons to provide:

TEMPERATURE, ˚C ABSOLUTE PRESSURE, mmHg

Zero and Span Adjustments Zero and span adjustments can be initiated from the HART Communicator, PC-based Configurator, or optional LCD Indicator having on-board pushbuttons.

Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Transmitter Temperature WITH SILICONE FILL FLUID Full vacuum: up to 121°C (250°F) WITH FLUORINERT FILL FLUID Refer to Figure 18. -30

120

200

250

140 120 100

FLUORINERT FC-43 FLUID OPERATING AREA

80 60 40 20 0 -25 0

100

150

TEMPERATURE, ˚F

Figure 18. Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Transmitter Temperature, Fluorinert FC-43, 2.6 cSt at 25°C (77°F) Supply Voltage Requirements and External Loop Load Limitations (Figure 19)

Minimum voltage shown in Figure 19 is 11.5 V dc.

This value can be reduced to 11 V dc by using a

plug-in jumper across the test receptacles in the field

wiring compartment terminal block. See Figure 23.

1500

OUTPUT LOAD, Ω

Adjustable Damping Response time is normally 0.75 s, or electronically adjustable setting of 0.00 (none), 0.25, 0.50, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 seconds, whichever is greater, for a 90% recovery from an 80% input step as defined in ANSI/ISA S51.1. (For 63.2% recovery, 0.50 s with sensors B to E, and 0.60 s with Sensor A.)

SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND LOAD LIMITS V dc LOAD Ω 24 250 & 594 30 250 & 880 32 250 & 975

1000

1450

MIN. LOAD WITH COMMUNICATOR OR PC-BASED CONFIGURATOR

500 OPERATING AREA

250 SEE NOTE BELOW

• User settable for cutoff to zero at any flow rate between 0 and 20% of maximum flow. • Cutoff to zero at flows <10% of maximum flow (1% of maximum differential pressure). • Or active point-to-point line between zero and 20% of maximum flow (4% of maximum differential pressure).

0 0

10 20 30 40 11.5 42 SUPPLY VOLTAGE, V dc

NOTE Transmitter will function with an output load < 250 Ω provided that a HART Communicator or PC-based Configurator is not connected to it. Use of a HART Communicator or PC-based Configurator requires 250 Ω minimum load.

Figure 19. 4 to 20 mA Output,

Supply Voltage vs. Output Load

Page 9 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Configuration and Calibration Data All factory characterization data and user configuration and calibration data are stored in the sensor, as shown in the transmitter block diagram, Figure 17. This means that the electronics module may be replaced, with one of like type, without the need for reconfiguration or recalibration. Replacing the module can affect accuracy by a maximum of 0.20% of span. Error can be removed by a mA trim that does not require application of pressure. Electronics Upgradeability As stated above, all factory characterization data is stored in the sensor and is accessed by each electronics module type.This means that electronics modules can be changed from one type to another, allowing for easy upgrade from an analog output type to a fully intelligent type module. Changing module types may require reconfiguration and recalibration, but all factory characterization data is retained. Communications Configurable for either Analog (4 to 20 mA) or Multidrop Mode. Digital communications is provided in both modes based upon the FSK (Frequency Shift Keying) technique which alternately superimposes one of two different frequencies on the uninterrupted current carried by the two signal/power wires. ANALOG MODE (4 to 20 mA) The 4 to 20 mA output signal is updated 30 times per second. Digital communications between the transmitter and HART Communicator or PC-based Configurator is rated for distances up to 3050 m (10 000 ft). The communications rate is 1200 baud and requires a minimum loop load of 250 ohms. See Figure 20. MULTIDROP MODE (FIXED CURRENT) Multidrop Mode supports communications with up to 15 transmitters on a single pair of signal/power wires. The digital output signal is updated 4 times per second and carries pressure measurement and sensor/electronics temperatures (internal recalculation rate for temperature is once per second). Communications between the transmitter and the system, or between the transmitter and HART Communicator or PC-based Configurator, is rated for distances up to 1525 m (5000 ft). The digital communications rate is 1200 baud and requires a minimum loop load of 250 ohms. See Figure 21.

Remote Communications The HART Communicator or PC-based Configurator has full access to all of the “Display” and “Display and Reconfigure” items listed below. It may be connected to the communications wiring loop and does not disturb the mA current signal. Plug-in connection points are provided on the transmitter terminal block. “Display” Items • Process Measurement in Two Formats • Transmitter Temperatures (Electronics and

Sensor)

• mA Output “Display and Reconfigure” Items • • • • • • • • •

Zero and Span Calibration Reranging without Pressure Linear or Square Root Output Choice of Pressure and Flow EGU Electronic Damping Temperature Sensor Failure Strategy Failsafe Direction Tag, Descriptor, and Message Date of Last Calibration 250 Ω MINIMUM BETWEEN POWER SUPPLY AND COMMUNICATOR

+ INDICATOR POWER + SUPPLY

+ CONTROLLER OR RECORDER HART COMMUNICATOR OR PC-BASED CONFIGURATOR MAY BE CONNECTED AT ANY POINT IN THE LOOP, SUBJECT TO THE 250 Ω SHOWN.

Figure 20. 4 to 20 mA Output Block Diagram

HOST COMP.

TEMP. XMTR

HART COMPATIBLE MODEM

GAUGE PRESS XMTR

DP Cell XMTR

250 MIN.

POWER SUPPLY

Figure 21. Typical Multidrop Block Diagram

Page 10 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Configuration Capability CALIBRATED RANGE – Input range within Span and Range Limits – One of pressure units shown in Table 2 OUTPUT MEASUREMENT #1 – DIGITAL PRIMARY VARIABLE AND 4 TO 20 mA Mode Linear or Square Root Units for Linear Mode One of pressure units shown in Table 2 Units for Square Root Mode One of flow units shown in Table 3

OUTPUT MEASUREMENT #2 –

DIGITAL SECONDARY VARIABLE

Mode Linear or Square Root (independent of Measurement #1) Units for Linear Mode One of pressure units shown in Table 2 Units for Square Root Mode One of flow units shown in Table 3. Table 2. Allowable Linear Pressure Units for Calibrated Range (a) inH2O ftH2O mmH2O mH2O

psi inHg mmHg –

Pa kPa MPa –

atm bar mbar –

g/cm2 kg/cm2 torr –

(a) See Optional LCD Indicator for percent (%) display.

Table 3. Allowable Square Root (Flow) Units % flow l/s l/m l/h Ml/d

gal/s gal/m gal/h gal/d Mgal/d

m /s m3/m m3/h Nm3/h Sm3/h Am3/h m3/d

ft /s ft3/m ft3/h ft3/d

Igal/s Igal/m Igal/h Igal/d

bbl/s bbl/m bbl/h bbl/d lb/h kg/h t/h MMSCFD

Optional Custom Configuration (Option -C2) For the transmitter to be custom configured by the factory, the user must fill out a data form. If this option is not selected, a standard default configuration will be provided; for example: Example of Custom Standard (Default) Configuration Parameter Config. (Option -C2) Tagging Info. Tag (8 char. max.) Descriptor (16 char. max.) Message (32 char. max.) HART Poll Address (0 to 15) Calibrated Range Pressure EGU LRV URV Measurement #1 Linear/Sq. Root (Flow) Pressure/Flow EGU Range Output Measurement #2 Linear/Sq. Root (Flow) Pressure/Flow EGU Range Other Electronic Damping Failsafe Direction Temperature Sensor Failure Strategy Ext. Zero Option

TAG

FT103A

TAG NAME

FEEDWATER

LOCATION

BUILDING 4

0 (a)

per S.O. (b) per S.O. (c) per S.O. (c)

inH2O 0 100

Linear per S.O. (d) per S.O. (d) 4 to 20 mA

Sq. Rt gal/m 0-500 gal/m 4 to 20 mA (e)

Linear per S.O. (d) per S.O. (d)

Linear inH2O 0-100

None Upscale Continue

0.5 s Downscale Failsafe

Enabled

Disabled

(a) Address is 1 to 15 for multidrop applications. (b) See Table 2. If not specified, the factory default calibration is zero to maximum span; default units vary by sensor code. (c) Within Span and Range Limits for selected sensor code. (d) Same as Calibrated Range. (e) Fixed current is used for multidrop applications.

Any of the above configurable parameters can easily be changed using the HART Communicator or PCbased Configurator.

Page 11 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Optional Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Digital Indicator with Pushbuttons (Figure 22) Indicator Provides: • Two Lines; Five numeric characters on top line (four when a minus sign is needed); and seven alphanumeric characters on bottom line. • Measurement Readout; Value displayed on top line, and units label displayed on bottom line. • Configuration and Calibration prompts.

Pushbuttons (two) Provide the Following

Configuration and Calibration Functions:

• Zero and Span settings, non-interactive to automatically set output to either 4 mA or 20 mA using the “NEXT” and “ENTER” pushbuttons. • 4 and 20 mA Jog Settings, allowing the user to easily increment the mA output signal up or down in fine steps to match a value shown on an external meter. • Linear or Square Root Output • User-entered cutoff point from 0 to 20% of

maximum flow.

• Forward or Reverse Output • Damping Adjustment • Enable/Disable Optional External Zero • Temperature Sensor Failure Strategy • Failsafe Action • Units Label (Bottom Line of Display) • Settable Lower and Upper Range Values for Transmission and Display (Top Line) • Reranging • Percent (%) Output

Optional External Zero Adjustment An external pushbutton (Figure 22) mechanism is isolated from electronics compartment and magnetically activates an internal reed switch through the housing. This eliminates a potential leak path for moisture or contaminants to get into the electronics compartment. This zero adjustment can be disabled by a configuration selection. TOPWORKS WITH COVER REMOVED OPTIONAL LCD INDICATOR

OPTIONAL EXTERNAL ZERO PUSHBUTTON "NEXT" PUSHBUTTON

ENTER

"ENTER" PUSHBUTTON

Figure 22. LCD Indicator with On-Board Pushbuttons

Page 12 OPERATING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION CONDITIONS

Influence Process Connection Temp. • with Silicone Fill Fluid • with Fluorinert Fill Fluid Electronics Temperature • with LCD Indicator (c) Relative Humidity (d) Supply Voltage – mA Output Output Load – mA Output Vibration

Mounting Position

Reference Operating Conditions • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) • 24 ±2°C (75 ±3°F) 50 ±10% 30 ±0.5 V dc 650 Ω

Normal Operating Conditions (a)

Operative Limits (a)

• -29 to + 82°C(g) (-20 to +180°F) • -29 to + 82°C(g) (-20 to +180°F) • -29 to + 82 °C (-20 to +180 °F) • -20 to + 82 °C (-4 to +180 °F) 0 to 100%

• -46 and +121°C(b)(g) (-50 and +250°F) • -29 and +121°C(g) (-20 and +250°F) • -40 and +85°C (-40 and +185°F) • -29 and +85°C (-20 and +185°F) 0 and 100%

11.5 to 42 V dc (e) 0 to 1450 Ω

11.5 and 42 V dc (e) 0 and 1450 Ω

1 m/s2 (0.1 “g”) 6.3 mm (0.25 in) Double Amplitude: from 5 to 15 Hz with Aluminum Housing and from 5 to 9 Hz with 316 ss Housing ------------------------------0 to 30 m/s2 (0 to 3 “g”) from 15 to 500 Hz with Aluminum Housing; and 0 to 10 m/s2 (0 to 1 “g”) from 9 to 500 Hz with 316 ss Housing Upright or Upright or No Limit Horizontal (f) Horizontal (f)

Storage and Transportation Limits • Not Applicable • Not Applicable • -54 and +85°C (-65 and +185°F) • -54 and +85°C (-65 and +185°F) 0 and 100% Noncondensing Not Applicable Not Applicable 11 m/s2 (1.1 “g”) from 2.5 to 5 Hz (in Shipping Package)

Not Applicable

(a) When Traditional Structure Codes 78/79 (pvdf inserts in Hi- and Lo-side process covers) are used, maximum overrange is 2.1 MPa (300 psi), and temperature limits are -7 and +82°C (20 and 180°F); when DIN Construction Options D2/D4/D6/D8 are used, temperature limits are 0 and 60°C (32 and 140°F). (b) Selection of Option -J extends the low temperature operative limit of transmitters with silicone filled sensors down to -50°C (-58°F). (c) Although the LCD will not be damaged at any temperature within the “Storage and Transportation Limits”, updates will be slowed and readability decreased at temperatures outside the “Normal Operating Conditions”. (d) With topworks cover on and conduit entrances sealed. (e) 11.5 V dc can be reduced to 11 V dc by using a plug-in shorting bar; see “Supply Voltage Requirements” section and Figure 23. (f) Sensor process wetted diaphragms in a vertical plane. (g) Refer to the Electrical Safety Specifications section for a restriction in ambient temperature limits with certain electrical approvals/certifications.

Page 13 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Zero-Based Calibrations; Cobalt-Nickel-Chromium or Stainless Steel Sensor w/Silicone Fluid; Under Reference Operating Conditions unless otherwise Specified. URL = Upper Range Limit and Span = Calibrated Span. Accuracy (Linear Output) - Table 1 (a) Accuracy, % of Span (a)(b) Spans <10% URL Spans ≥10% URL ±0.060% ±[0.025 + 0.0035 (URL/Span)]% (a) Accuracy includes Linearity, Hysteresis, and Repeatability. (b) Add ±0.04% for Span Code A, and ±0.02% for Span Code E. (c) Subtract ±0.01% for digital output accuracy.

Accuracy (Square Root Output) (a) Operating Point % of Flow Accuracy Rate Span % of Flow Rate Span 50% and Greater Accuracy % from Table 1 (Accuracy % from Table 1)(50) Less than 50% -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Operating Point in % of Flow Rate Span (to cutoff) (a) Accuracy includes Linearity, Hysteresis, and Repeatability.

Stability Long term drift is less than ±0.05% of URL per year over a 5-year period. Power-up Time Less than 5 seconds for output to reach first valid measurement. RFI Effect The output error is less than 0.1% of span for radio frequencies in the range of 27 to 1000 MHz and field intensity of 30 V/m when the transmitter is properly installed with shielded conduit and grounding, and housing covers are in place. (Per IEC Std. 801-3.) Supply Voltage Effect Output changes less than 0.005% of span for each 1 V change within the specified supply voltage requirements. See Figure 19. Vibration Effect Total effect is ±0.2% of URL per “g” for vibrations in the frequency range of 5 to 500 Hz; with double amplitudes of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 15 Hz, or accelerations of 3 “g” in the range of 15 to 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitter with aluminum housing; and with double amplitudes of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 9 Hz, or accelerations of 1 “g” in the range of 9 to 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitter with 316 ss housing.

Position Effect Any zero effect caused by mounting position can be eliminated by rezeroing. There is no span effect. Static Pressure Effect The zero and span shift for a 7 MPa, 1000 psi,

change in static pressure is:

ZERO SHIFT (a)

Span Code

Zero Shift-Static Pressure Effect

A B and C D E

±0.30% URL (b) ±0.10% URL ±0.50% URL (b) ±0.50% URL

(a) Can be calibrated out by zeroing at nominal line pressure. (b) Per 3.5 MPa (500 psi) for Span Codes A and D.

SPAN SHIFT

±0.15% of Reading.

Switching and Indirect Lightning Transients The transmitter can withstand a transient surge up to 2000 V common mode or 1000 V normal mode without permanent damage. The output shift is less than 1.0%. (Per ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1980 and IEC Std. 801-5.) Ambient Temperature Effect Total effect for a 28°C (50°F) change within Normal Operating Condition limits is: Span Code A B and C D E

Ambient Temperature Effect ±(0.18% URL + 0.025% Span) ±(0.03% URL + 0.060% Span) ±(0.05% URL + 0.045% Span) ±(0.08% URL + 0.025% Span)

NOTE For additional ambient temperature effect when pressure seals are used, see PSS 2A-1Z11 A.

Page 14 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Process Cover and Connector Material (Process Wetted) Carbon Steel, 316 ss, Monel, Hastelloy C, or pvdf (Kynar) inserts in 316 ss covers for transmitter traditional structure; and 316 ss for transmitter low profile structures. For exceptional value and corrosion resistance, 316 ss is the least expensive material. Process Cover and Process Connection Gaskets Glass filled ptfe, or Viton when Structure Codes 78/79 (pvdf inserts) are used. Process Cover Bolts and Nuts ASTM A193, Grade B7 high strength alloy steel for bolts, and ASTM A194 Grade 2H high strength alloy steel for nuts are standard. Options include NACE Class B7M bolting, 17-4 ss bolting, and 316 ss bolting. Sensor Material (Process Wetted) Co-Ni-Cr, 316 L ss, Gold-Plated 316L ss, Monel, Hastelloy C, or Tantalum for transmitter traditional structure; and 316L ss or Hastelloy C for transmitter low profile structures. For exceptional value and corrosion resistance, 316L ss is the least expensive material. Refer to TI 037-078 and TI 37-75b for information regarding the corrosion resistance of Co-Ni-Cr and other sensor materials. Sensor Fill Fluids Silicone Oil or Fluorinert (FC-43) Environmental Protection Transmitter is dusttight and weatherproof per IEC IP66 and provides the environmental and corrosion resistant protection of NEMA Type 4X.

Electrical Connections Field and RTD sensor wires enter through 1/2 NPT, PG 13.5, or M20 threaded entrances, as specified, on either side of the electronics housing. Wires terminate under screw terminals and washers on terminal block in the field terminal compartment. Unused entrance is plugged to insure moisture and RFI/EMI protection. See Figure 23. Electronics Module Printed wiring assemblies are conformally coated for moisture and dust protection. Mounting Position The transmitter may be mounted in any orientation. Approximate Mass (with Process Connectors) 4.2 kg (9.2 lb) – with Traditional Structure Add 0.1 kg (0.2 lb) – with Low Profile Structure LP1 Add 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) – with Low Profile Structure LP2 Add 1.1 kg (2.4 lb) – with 316 ss Housing Add 0.2 kg (0.4 lb) – with LCD Indicator Option Dimensions See “Dimensions - Nominal” section and Dimensional Print DP 020-446.

TERMINAL BLOCK LOCATED IN FIELD TERMINAL SIDE OF TRANSMITTER

EARTH (GROUND) TERMINAL SCREW, 0.164-32 +

(+) AND (-) POWER TERMINAL SCREWS, 0.164-32

HHT

CAL+ RECEPTACLES (3) FOR STANDARD BANANA PLUGS

HART COMMUNICATOR OR PC-BASED CONFIGURATOR PLUGS INSERTED HERE USED TO CHECK TRANSMITTER 4 TO 20 mA OUTPUT

Figure 23. Field Terminal Block

OPTIONAL SHORTING BAR (SB-11) REDUCES MINIMUM VOLTAGE FROM 11.5 V dc TO 11 V dc

Page 15 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL mm in TRANSMITTER WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

84 3.3

137 5.4

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

CONDUIT CONNECTION (NOTE 1)

EXTENDED COVER USED WITH OPTIONAL INDICATOR OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

OPTIONAL EXTERNAL ZERO ADJUSTMENT

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

L-H INDICATOR LOW-HIGH PRESSURE SIDE

L-H

OPTIONAL SIDE VENT/DRAIN SEE NOTE 3

VENT SCREW

64 2.5

PLUG

NOTE 6

41.3 1.626

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

33 1.3

208 8.2

NOTE 4 227 5.0

112 4.4

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

PROCESS CONNECTION PROCESS CONNECTION

NO PROCESS CONNECTION (THIS END)

pvdf INSERTS TAPPED FOR 1/2 NPT ON BOTH SIDE COVERS AND USED AS PROCESS CONNECTORS.

BLIND FLANGE 64 2.5

OPTIONAL DIN CONSTRUCTION

SINGLE ENDED PROCESS COVER

OPTIONS -D1, -D3, -D5, -D7, -D9

97 3.8 OPTIONAL DIN CONSTRUCTION DOUBLE ENDED PROCESS COVER OPTIONS -D2, -D4, -D6, -D8

PROCESS CONNECTOR TYPE 7

Page 16 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1 84 3.3

137 5.4

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

CONDUIT CONNECTION, BOTH SIDES (NOTE 1)

ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

EXTENDED COVER USED WITH OPTIONAL LCD INDICATOR

OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) EXTERNAL BOTH ENDS EARTH (GROUND)

188 7.4 221 8.7

STANDARD VENT/DRAIN, SEE NOTE 3. L-H

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2) 41.3 1.626

NOTE 4

Page 17 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2

CONDUIT CONNECTION, BOTH SIDES (NOTE 1)

137 5.4

ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

84 3.3

EXTENDED COVER USED WITH OPTIONAL LCD INDICATOR OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

188 7.4

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

221 8.7

STANDARD VENT/DRAIN, SEE NOTE 3. L-H

41.3 1.626 99 3.9

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

NOTE 4 160 6.3

Page 18 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH STANDARD STYLE MOUNTING BRACKET KIT (Options -M1 and -M2) 99 3.9

203 8.0

FOR SURFACE MOUNTING, REPLACE U-BOLT WITH TWO 0.375 in DIAMETER BOLTS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PASS TRROUGH BRACKET AND SURFACE.

2.8 1.1

TRANSMITTER

WITH

LOW PROFILE

STRUCTURE LP2

TRANSMITTER WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

345 13.6

325 12.8

HORIZONTAL PIPE VERTICAL PIPE

VERTICAL PIPE

Page 19 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm in TRANSMITTER WITH UNIVERSAL STYLE MOUNTING BRACKET KIT (Option -M3) 11.1 x 12.7 mm (0.44 x 0.50 in) SLOTS, SPACED 73 mm (2.88 in) ON FOUR SURFACES OF THIS BRACKET LEG, CAN ALSO BE USED FOR MOUNTING BRACKET TO SURFACE WITH USER-SUPPLIED BOLTS.

U-BOLT ASSEMBLY PROVIDED FOR PIPE MOUNTING

FOUR BOLTS FOR MOUNTING TRANSMITTER TO THIS BRACKET SURFACE.

U-BOLT ASSEMBLY CAN BE ALSO MOUNTED TO THIS SURFACE

142 5.6

38 1.5

TWO BOLTS FOR MOUNTING TRANSMITTER TO THIS BRACKET LEG

178 7.0 28 1.1

TYPICAL PIPE MOUNTING WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2

TYPICAL PIPE MOUNTING LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

TYPICAL PIPE MOUNTING

WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

NOTES: 1. FOR SURFACE MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS, USE THE U-BOLT MOUNTING HOLES FOR ATTACHING THE BRACKET TO A SURFACE RATHER THAN TO THE U-BOLT ASSEMBLY. SURFACE MOUNTING BOLTS FOR ATTACHING THE BRACKET TO A SURFACE ARE USER SUPPLIED. 2. REFER TO DIMENSIONAL PRINT DP 020-446 FOR FURTHER GPIDP MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS, INCLUDING MOUNTING WITH -P SERIES OPTIONAL MOUNTING PLATES.

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

Low Power Differential Pressure Transmitter 1-5 VDC Output - 3mA Maximum Current LOW POWER DESIGN: When you need a low power, low voltage transmitter, the GPIDP-V Series Transmitter delivers: • 1 to 5 V dc Output Signal • 9 V dc Minimum Voltage • 3 mA Maximum Current

HIGH DEPENDABILITY: Silicon strain gauge sensors successfully field-proven in hundreds of thousands of installations.

GPIDP Low Profile Structure LP2

GPIDP LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

GPIDP Traditional Structure

A5SL-GPIDP-V.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Page 2 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GPIDP Series Differential Transmitter This transmitter is part of a complete family of Differential pressure transmitters all using field-proven silicon strain gauge sensor technology. High Performance Microprocessor-based correction provides excellent accuracy and ambient temperature compensation. Output Signal 1to5Vdc Output Load 1 to 10 megohms Supply Voltage and Current Requirements SUPPLY VOLTAGE - 9 to 15.5 V dc SUPPLY CURRENT - 3 mA

Switching and Indirect Lightning Transients Transmitter withstands transient surges to 2000 V common mode or 1000 V normal mode without permanent damage. Output shift is less than 1.0%. (Per ANSI®/IEEE C62.41-1980 and IEC Std. 801-5.) European Union Directives -Designed to comply with Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements of European EMC Directive 89/336/EEC to the following CENELEC and IEC Standards: EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2, and IEC 801-2 through 801-6. -Designed to meet NAMUR Part 1 Interference Immunity Requirement (EMC). Designed to Applicable European Union Directives

-RFI Effect Output error is less than 0.1% of calibrated span for frequencies from 27 to 1000 MHz and field intensity of 30 V/m when transmitter is properly Supply Voltage Effect installed, shielded cable in conduit, grounding, and The output changes less than 0.005% of calibrated span housing covers in place. (Per IEC Std. 801-3.) for each 1 V change within the specified supply voltage requirements. Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Transmitter Temperature Power-Up Time WITH SILICONE FILL FLUID Full vacuum: up to Less than 5.0 seconds for output to reach first valid 121°C (250°F)WITH FLUORINERT® FILL FLUID measurement. Refer to Figure 1 below. Mounting Position The transmitter may be mounted in any orientation. Mounting Position Effect Any zero effect caused by the mounting position can be eliminated by re-zeroing. There is no span effect. Field Wiring Reversal Reversal of field wiring will not damage transmitter. Suppressed Zero and Elevated Zero Ranges These ranges are acceptable as long as Span and Range limits are not exceeded. Zero and Span Adjustments Zero and span adjustments accomplished using the pushbuttons on the LCD Indicator. See Figure 3. Adjustable Damping Transmitter response time is normally 0.75 s, or the electronically adjustable setting of 0 (none), 2, 4, or 8 seconds, whichever is greater, for a 90% recovery from an 80% input step as defined in ANSI®/ISA® S51.1. (For 63.2% recovery, 0.50 s with sensors B to F, and 0.60 s for sensor A.)

Figure 1. Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Transmitter Temperature, Fluorinert FC-43, 2.6 cSt at 25°C (77°F)

Page 3 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Ease of Installation Rotatable Topworks allows transmitter installation in tight places, allows indicator to be positioned in preferred direction, and eases field retrofit. Two Conduit Entrances offer a choice of entry positions for ease of installation and self-draining of condensation regardless of mounting position and topworks rotation. Wiring Guides and Terminations provide ease of wire entry and support, plenty of space to work and store excess wire, and large, rugged screw terminals for easy wire termination. Environmental Protection Transmitter is dusttight and weather resistant per IEC IP66 and provides the environmental and corrosion resistant protection of NEMA® Type 4X. Electronics Housing and Housing Covers Housing has two compartments to separate the electronics from the field connections. The housing and covers are made from low copper, die-cast aluminum alloy with an epoxy finish, or from 316 ss. Buna-N O-ring seals are used to seal the threaded housing covers, housing neck, and terminal block. Electronics Module Printed wiring assemblies are conformally coated for moisture and dust protection. Electrical Terminations Field wires enter through 1/2 NPT, PG 13.5, or M20 threaded entrances, as specified, on either side of the electronics housing. Wires terminate under screw terminals and washers on terminal block in the field terminal compartment as shown in Figure 2. Unused threaded field wire entrance is plugged to insure moisture and RFI/EMI protection. EARTH (GROUND) TERMINAL SCREW, 0.164-32

TERMINAL BLOCK LOCATED IN FIELD TERMINAL SIDE OF TRANSMITTER

+ A (+) AND (-) POWER TERMINAL SCREWS, 0.164-32

OUTPUT VOLTAGE TERMINAL SCREWS 0.164-32 A=(POS.) B=(NEG.)

Figure 2. Field Terminal Connections

Three- or Four-Wire Connections Transmitter is supplied with a 4-wire terminal block, with the two negative terminals connected internally. This means that the transmitter can be wired with either three wires for wiring economy, or four wires for maximum accuracy. For relatively short wiring runs having low resistance, 3-wire connections can be used to minimize wiring costs. However, a voltage drop in the common lead carrying the power supply current will cause an error in the 1 to 5 V dc signal. For wiring runs with high resistance due to long lengths (or other reasons), or for maximum accuracy, a 4-wire connection may be used to provide input-output isolation. With 4-wire configurations, voltage drop in the power supply loop will have minimal effect on measurement. Standard Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Indicator with On-Board Pushbuttons (Figure 3) Indicator Provides: • Two Lines; four numeric characters on top line; seven alphanumeric characters on bottom line. • Measurement Readout; value on top line and units label on bottom line. • Configuration and Calibration Prompts. TOPWORKS WITH COVER REMOVED LCD INDICATOR

OPTIONAL EXTERNAL ZERO PUSHBUTTON

ENTER

"ENTER" PUSHBUTTON

"NEXT" PUSHBUTTON

Figure 3. LCD Indicator with Pushbuttons Optional External Zero Adjustment An external pushbutton (Figure 3) mechanism is isolated from the electronics compartment and magnetically activates an internal reed switch through the housing. This eliminates a potential leak path for moisture or contaminants to get into the electronics compartment. This zero adjustment can be disabled by a configuration selection. Optional Transmitter Mounting Bracket Sets Numerous mounting bracket set options are offered to accommodate almost any mounting configuration required. See Dimensions-Nominal section.

Page 4 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Configuration and Calibration Data, and Electronic Upgradeability All factory characterization data, and user configuration and calibration data are stored in the sensor. This means that the electronics module may be replaced, with one of like type, without the need for reconfiguration or recalibration. Although module replacement can affect accuracy up to 0.20% of span, this error can be removed by an mA trim without application of pressure.

Pressure Seals Pressure seals are used with GPIDP Transmitters when it is necessary to keep the transmitter isolated from the process. A sealed system is used for a process fluid that may be corrosive, viscous, subject to temperature extremes, toxic, sanitary or tend to collect and solidify.

Changing module types (from one protocol to another) may require reconfiguration and recalibration, as well as a different terminal block, but all factory characterization data is retained. Optional Custom Configuration (Option -C2) For the transmitter to be custom configured by the factory, the user must fill out a data form. If this option is not selected, a standard default configuration will be provided; for example:

Parameter

Example of Standard Custom (Default) Configuration Configuration Option -C2

Calibrated Range • Pressure Units • LRV • URV

per S.O.(a) per S.O. per S.O.

KG/CM2(a) 0 5

Output Direction

Forward

Reverse

None

2.0 s

Failsafe Direction

Upscale

Downscale

Ext. Zero Option

Enabled

Disabled

Label (2nd Line)

(b)

KG/CM2(d)

Display LRV & URV • LRV • URV

0(e) 5(e)

Electronic Damping

(a) Select from list in Table 1. (b) Same as pressure units selected for calibrated range. (c) Same as calibrated range. (d) Same as pressure units selected for calibrated range, or percent. If square root mode (for GPIDP), custom flow rate units (up to 7 alphanumeric characters) may be specified. (e) Same as calibrated range or 0 to 100 for percent. If square root mode (for GPIDP), URV may be maximum flow rate value (up to 9999).

Table 1. Allowable Pressure Units for Calibrated Range (a) inH2O ftH2O mmH2O

inHg mmHg Pa

kPa MPa torr

mbar bar g/cm2

(a) Absolute or gauge pressure units, as applicable.

kg/cm2 psi atm

Typical Transmitter/Pressure Seal Configurations

Page 5 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS COMMON TO ALL TRANSMITTERS (Cont.) OPERATING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION CONDITIONS Reference Operating Conditions

Normal Operating Conditions

Operative Limits

Relative Humidity (d)

• 24 ± 2°C (75 ± 3°F) • 24 ± 2°C (75 ± 3°F) • 24 ± 2°C (75 ± 3°F) • 24 ± 2°C (75 ± 3°F) 50 ± 10%

• -29 to + 82°C (-20 to +180°F) • -29 to + 82°C (-20 to +180°F) • -29 to + 82°C (-20 to +180°F) • -20 to + 82°C (-4 to +180°F) 0 to 100%

• -46 and +121°C (b) (-50 and +250°F) (b) • -29 and +121°C (-20 and +250°F) • -40 and +85°C (-40 and +185°F) • -29 and +85°C (-20 and +185°F) 0 and 100%

Supply Voltage - mA Output Output Load - mA Output

30 ± 0.5 V dc 650 Ω

11.5 to 42 V dc (e) 0 to 1450 Ω

11.5 and 42 V dc (e) 0 and 1450 Ω

Influence Process Connection Temp. • with Silicone Fill Fluid • with Fluorinert Fill Fluid Electronics Temperature • with LCD Indicator (c)

Vibration

Mounting Position

1 m/s2 (0.1 “g”)

Upright

6.3 mm (0.25 in) Double Amplitude: from 5 to 15 Hz with Aluminum Housing and from 5 to 9 Hz with 316 ss Housing ------------------------------0 to 30 m/s2 (0 to 3 “g”) from 15 to 500 Hz with Aluminum Housing; and 0 to 10 m/s2 (0 to 1 “g”) from 9 to 500 Hz with 316 ss Housing Upright No Limit

Not Applicable

(b) Selection of Option -J extends the low temperature limit of transmitters with silicone filled sensors down to -50°C (-58°F). (c) Although the LCD will not be damaged at any temperature within the “Storage and Transportation Limits”, updates will be slowed and readability decreased at temperatures outside the “Normal Operating Conditions”. (d) With topworks covers on and conduit entrances sealed. (e) 11.5 V dc can be reduced to 11 V dc by using a plug-in shorting bar; see “Physical Specifications” sections.

Page 6 GPIDP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Figure 7) Wide Rangeability Five DP range sensors cover measurement spans from 0.125 kPa to 21 MPa (0.5 inH2O to 3000 psi). This high turndown capability means that most differential pressure applications are satisfied with only these five ranges, simplifying your spare transmitter and spare parts requirements. Sensor Corrosion Protection Choice of 316L ss, Co-Ni-Cr, Hastelloy C, Monel, Gold-Plated 316L ss, and Tantalum materials. High corrosion resistance of Co-Ni-Cr (TI 037-078) means long service life without extra cost for exotic materials. See TI 37-75b for process applicability with Co-Ni-Cr and other wetted parts materials.

WITH TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE

WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2

Figure 7. GPIDP Differential Pressure Transmitter VENT SCREW OPTIONAL SIDE VENT

Process Connectors Removable, gasketed process connectors allow a wide range of selections, including 1/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT, Rc 1/4, Rc 1/2, and weld neck connections. For very corrosive chemical processes, 1/2 NPT pvdf inserts are installed in the HI- and LO-side 316 ss covers when a traditional structure is used, and used as the process connectors. GPIDP Transmitter Structures GP:50 offers these transmitters with a traditional structure, and two low profile structures (LP1 and LP2). A brief description follows. TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE (FIGURE 8) This structure uses a design where the process connections are at 90° from the transmitter centerline. Vertical and horizontal mounting are provided for sensor cavity venting and draining. LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1 (FIGURE 9) This structure provides process connections that are in line with the transmitter centerline. It is compact, and its light weight is ideal for direct mounting to process piping or manifold. An optional adapter plate (Options -P1 to -P8), shown in Figure 10 with the LP2, is offered for mounting to a Coplanar™ manifold. Sensor cavity venting and draining is provided for both vertical and horizontal installations. LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2 (FIGURE 10) This structure, as with the LP1, is an in-line design which can be direct or bracket mounted. It is used for vertical installations, and can also be installed on existing Coplanar manifolds using an adapter plate (Options -P1 to -P8). Sensor cavity venting and draining are also provided.

90˚ PLUG OR DRAIN SCREW

PROCESS COVER

PROCESS CONNECTIONS

Figure 8. Traditional Structure

VENT SCREW

PROCESS VENT CONNECTIONS SCREW

PROCESS CONNECTIONS

DRAIN SCREW

Figure 9. LP1 Structure VENT AND DRAIN SCREWS

UNIVERSAL BRACKET

PROCESS CONNECTIONS ADAPTER PLATE COPLANAR BRACKET

COPLANAR MANIFOLD

Figure 10. LP2 Structure

Page 7 GPIDP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Cont.) Span and Range Limits for GPIDP Transmitters Span Limits Code

kPa

A (a) B C Code D E (c)

0.12 and 7.5 0.87 and 50 7 and 210 MPa 0.07 and 2.1 0.7 and 21(c)

inH2O 0.5 and 30 3.5 and 200 28 and 840 psi 10 and 300 100 and 3000 (c)

Range Limits kPa -7.5 and +7.5 -50 and +50 -210 and +210 MPa -0.21 and +2.1 -0.21 and 21 (c)

mbar 1.2 and 75 8.7 and 500 70 and 2100 bar or kg/cm2 0.7 and 21 7 and 210 (c)

inH2O -30 and +30 -200 and +200 -840 and +840 psi -30 and +300 -30 and +3000 (c)

mbar -75 and +75 -500 and +500 -2100 and +2100 bar or kg/cm2 -2.1 and +21 -2.1 and +210 (c)

(a) Span Limit Code A not available when pressure seals are selected. (b) Positive values indicate HI side of sensor at the high pressure, and negative values indicate LO side of sensor at the high pressure. (c) When certain options are specified, the upper span and range limits are reduced as shown in the “Options Impact” table below.

Maximum Static and Proof Pressure Ratings for GPIDP Transmitters (a) Static Pressure Rating Transmitter Configuration (See Model Code for Description of Options)

MPa

psi

bar or kg/cm2

40 25 20 16 15 10 2.1

5800 3625 2900 2320 2175 1500 300

400 250 200 160 150 100 21

With Option -D9 or -Y Standard or with Option -B2, -D3, or -D7 With Option -B3 With Option -D1 With Option -B1 or -D5 With Option -D2, -D4, -D6, or -D8 With Structure Codes 78 and 79 (pvdf insert)

Proof Pressure Rating (b) MPa 100 100 70 64 60 40 8.4

psi 14500 14500 11150 9280 8700 6000 1200

bar or kg/cm2 1000 1000 700 640 600 400 84

Impact of Certain Options on Span and Range Limits (a) Option

Description (Also see Model Code)

Span and Range Limits Derated to:

-B3

B7M Bolts and Nuts (NACE)

20 MPa (2900 psi, 200 bar, or kg/cm2)

-D1

DIN Construction

16 MPa (2320 psi, 160 bar or kg/cm2)

-D5 or -B1

DIN Construction or 316 ss Bolting

15 MPa (2175 psi, 150 bar or kg/cm2)

-D2, -D4, -D6, or -D8 (a)

DIN Construction (a)

10 MPa (1500 psi, 100 bar or kg/cm2) (a)

(a) Refer to Model Code section for application and restrictions related to the items listed in the table.

Accuracy (Includes Linearity, Hysteresis, and Repeatability) Code If Span is: Accuracy in % of Span is: A, C, D, ≥ 6.7% of URL &E B ≥ 5.0% of URL A, C, D, < 6.7% of URL &E B

< 5.0% of URL

±0.1% ±0.1% URL ± ( 0.10 ) + ( 0.0067 ) ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ Span URL ± ( 0.10 ) + ( 0.005 ) ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ Span

NOTE Accuracy stated is under Reference Operating Conditions; Zero-based Calibrations; Co-Ni-Cr or 316L ss sensor with silicone fluid; URL = upper range limit; and span = calibrated span.

Ambient Temperature Effect Total effect for a 28°C (50°F) change within Normal Operating Condition limits is: Span Code Ambient Temperature Effect (a) A (b) ±(0.18% URL + 0.05% Span) B and C ±(0.03% URL + 0.10% Span) D ±(0.05% URL + 0.08% Span) E ±(0.08% URL + 0.05% Span) (a) See PSS 2A-1Z11 A for additive effect with pressure seals. (b) Span Limit Code A not applicable to transmitters with pressure seals.

Page 8 GPIDP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Cont.) Static Pressure Effect on Differential Pressure The zero and span shift for a 7 MPa, 1000 psi, change in static pressure is: ZERO SHIFT (a) Span Code Zero Shift-Static Pressure Effect A B and C D E

±0.30% URL (b) ±0.10% URL ±0.50% URL (b) ±0.50% URL

(a)Can be calibrated out by zeroing at nominal line pressure. (b)Per 3.5 MPa (500 psi) for Span Codes A and D.

SPAN SHIFT ±0.25% Reading (±0.030% for Span Code A) Vibration Effect Total effect is ±0.2% of URL per “g” for vibrations in the frequency range of 5 to 500 Hz; with double amplitudes of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 15 Hz, or accelerations of 3 “g” in the range of 15 to 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitters with aluminum housings; and with double amplitudes of 6.3 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 9 Hz, or accelerations of 1 “g” in the range of 9 to 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitters with 316 ss housings.

Stability Long term drift is less than ±0.05% of URL per year over a 5-year period. Fill Fluid Silicone Oil or Fluorinert FC43 Process Wetted Materials PROCESS CONNECTION 316L ss, cs, Monel, or Hastelloy C, or pvdf (Kynar) SENSOR DIAPHRAGM 316L ss, Co-Ni-Cr, Monel, Tantalum, Hastelloy C, or Gold-Plated 316L ss, as specified GASKET Glass-filled ptfe Pressure Seal Diaphragm Material Varies with pressure seal selected. See PSS 2A-1Z11 A. Dimensions Refer to Dimensions-Nominal section and to Dimensional Print DP 020-447. Approximate Mass (with Process Connectors) 4.2 kg (9.2 lb) – with Traditional Structure Add 0.1 kg (0.2 lb) – with Low Profile Structure LP1 Add 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) – with Low Profile Structure LP2 Add 1.1 kg (2.4 lb) – with 316 ss Housing

Page 10

DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.) mm

/in

GPIDP TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1

NOTES: 1. CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/2 NPT, PG 13.5, OR M20, BOTH SIDES: PLUG UNUSED CONNECTION WITH METAL PLUG (SUPPLIED). 2.PROCESS CONNECTORS MAY BE REMOVED AND TRANSMITTER MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON A MANIFOLD, OR CONNECTIONS MADE DIRECTLY TO PROCESS COVER USING 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD IN PROCESS COVER. 3. THE TRANSMITTER'S LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP1 IS SHOWN IN THE VERTICALLY UPRIGHT POSITION. NOTE THE LOCATION OF THE STANDARD VENT/DRAIN SCREW. IN THIS CONFIGURATION THE TRANSMITTER CAN BE VENTED OR IS SELF-DRAINING. ALSO RECOMMENDED IS A HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION WHERE THE INSTALLED ORIENTATION CAN BE SET TO ALLOW FOR VENTING OR DRAINING. 4. PROCESS CONNECTORS CAN BE INVERTED TO GIVE EITHER 51, 54, OR 57 mm (2.0, 2.125, OR 2.25 in) CENTERTO-CENTER DISTANCE BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE CONNECTIONS. 5. TOPWORKS CAN BE ROTATED TO ANY POSITION WITHIN ONE TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE OF THE FULLY TIGHTENED POSITION.

Page 11 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL (Cont.)

mm in GPIDP TRANSMITTER WITH LOW PROFILE STRUCTURE LP2 84 3.3

ALLOW 50 mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS. (NOTE 5)

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

CONDUIT CONNECTION, BOTH SIDES (NOTE 1)

OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

188 7.4

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

221 8.7

STANDARD VENT/DRAIN, SEE NOTE 3. L-H

41.3 1.626 99 3.9

PROCESS CONNECTOR (NOTE 2)

NOTE 4 160 6.3

Technical Note #1

Level Measurement Utilizing a Pressure Transmitter One method of determining level in a tank, pond, weir or well is to utilize a pressure transmitter. There is a direct relationship between liquid level and “head” pressure. Depending on the installation requirements, pressure transmitters are available in submersible, screw on, flange mount, flush mount and many other installation configurations.

To convert this level measurement to pressure (PSI) the following conversion is used: 1 inch of water column = 0.03613 PSI (≈27.679 inches of water column = 1 PSI). 196.8 in WC x 0.03613 = 7.110 PSI 240 Inches of Gasoline = 7.110 PSI of hydrostatic pressure at the bottom of this container.

Pressure & Level Relationship

Specific gravity can have a significant effect on the level measurement. If this same vessel were filled with water to the same depth there would be a 22% increase in head pressure.

The pressure at the bottom of an open tank or body of liquid is related to the height of the liquid. This level pressure is called hydrostatic head pressure. Typical units of measure for hydrostatic pressure are inches of water column or feet of water column. (in WC / ft WC)

INSTALLATION TYPES 27.679 inches of water column is approximately equivalent to 1 PSI at 40º C. The volume of water will not affect the hydrostatic head pressure, it is the height that affects the pressure. Whether 27.679 inches deep in the middle of a large body of water or small bucket of water the head pressure is the same.

Open Tank / Pond / Weir Level Measurement When utilizing a pressure transmitter for level measurement the installation must carefully be considered. In an open tank or body of water where the liquid being measured is open to atmospheric pressure, there are a veriety of installation options.

When measuring liquid level with a pressure transmitter, specific gravity must also be taken into account. P=SG • H (H = P/SG) shows the relationship between the height of the liquid, specific gravity and hydrostatic pressure.

Fig. 1

Tank Mounted Level Sensor

Open Tank

H – Height of the liquid being measured P – Hydrostatic head pressure at the bottom of the tank SG – Media’s specific gravity. (A dimensionless number) If the media’s specific gravity is unknown it can be calculated from the density of the liquid being measured. SG = Density of media ÷ Density of water at 40° C. Density of water is 1.00 g/cm3. The density of gasoline equals 0.82 g/cm3. Therefore, the SG of gasoline is 0.82 g/cm3 ÷ 1.00 g/cm3 = 0.82

Panel Meter

Example:

Model 311

Calculating hydrostatic head of 240 inches of gasoline in a vessel is as follows:

Figure 1 shows a pipe mount style pressure transmitter.

Height (H) = 240” of Gasoline Specific Gravity (SG) = 0.82 P=SG • H therefore P=0.82 x 240 inches = 196.8 in WC.

This style transmitter is typically plumbed to the base or side of a vessel and the signal sent to a panel meter or other reading device. This can be utilized where a pipe tap or other mechanical process connection can easily be accessed. A shut-off valve should be utilized for ease of removal.

The hydrostatic pressure (P) at the bottom of this vessel is equivalent to 196.8 in of water column.

A5SL-TN1.00

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

•

www.gp50.com

Technical Note #1

This type of transmitter can also be installed using a flanged or flush mount connection. Flush mount transmitters are typically found in sanitary applications or where the media being measured can plug a recessed process connection.

Figure 3 shows a pipe-mounted transmitter with a zero suppression option. Zero suppression allows for level measurement of just the upper bowl and cancels out the tower pipe level / head pressure.

Fig. 3 Figure 2 shows a submersible pressure or level transmitter. This style of transmitter is lowered into the well or tank via its integral cable. Installation is easier than the pipe mount style especially where a plumbed connection is not readily available, like on a fiberglass tank, underground tank or in an open well or pond.

Elevated Storage Tank

For both installations the transmitter should be of gauge format to eliminate any barometric effects. Submersible transmitters typically come with an integral vent tube in the cable, which is terminated in the panel meter or junction box topside. The pipe mount version transmitter is also available with a vented cable option so as to provide ingress protection when mounted outdoors.

Panel Meter

Fig. 2 Panel Meter

Model 311

Fig 4. â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Pressurized Tank level Sometimes media is stored in a tank under a pressurized gas blanket. This gas blanket can vary from a fraction of a PSI to many PSI. This pressurized gas blanket has an additive effect on the total media head pressure. The total head pressure is now equivalent to the blanket gas pressure plus the hydrostatic head pressure. If a standard pressure sensor is attached to the base of the tank as shown in Fig 4 it would provide a signal equivalent to the mediaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s head pressure and the pressure of the gas blanket combined. Well Model 313L

For example, if the gas blanket was 1 PSI and the media had 10 ft of head pressure, a bottom or side mounted gauge transmitter would read 5.335 PSI or 12.31 FT WC since 1PSI = 2.306 FT WC +10FT WC = 4.335 PSI.

Submersible Level Sensor

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Technical Note #1

The low side of the DP is measuring the gas blanket pressure of 1 PSI which is then subtracted from the High side reading. 11.307 FT WC – 1 PSI = 9 FT WC level.

Utilizing this style of pressure transmitter will work if the blanket pressure can be measured and subtracted from the readings of the transmitter. This can be difficult to accomplish and total accuracy is affected.

9 FT WC is the corrected media level in this tank example. Changes in the gas pressure blanket or level are all corrected via the DP measurement.

The most common method of getting an accurate level measurement in this application is to utilize a Differential Pressure Transmitter (DP). Fig 4 shows a DP transmitter installed with the High side plumbed to the base of the tank and the Low side is plumbed to the air blanket on top. Typically stainless steel, oil-filled capillary tubing is attached to remote diaphragm seals and coupled to each side of the DP transmitter, as shown in Fig 4. This provides a flanged or clamped style fitting for tank mounting purposes.

There can be a number of variables to consider with this type of installation. - What is the media and ambient temperature? - Are the capillaries exposed to the same temperature? - Mounting location of the DP transmitter - Will the system be exposed to vacuum?

The High side then senses the media head pressure combined with the air blanket pressure. The low side senses just the air blanket pressure.

Whatever your level or pressure application requirements, GP:50 has a technical staff willing to assist you with your needs.

The low side air blanket reading then offsets the high side combined reading and provides an accurate level measurement.

Please contact GP:50: 2770 Long Road • Grand Island, NY 14072 Tel. (716) 773-9300 • Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com • www.gp50.com

Fig. 4 Pressurized Tank

DP Transmitter

Panel Meter

Liquid Media

For example, assume this tank is 10 feet tall and has 9 feet of water level inside and 1 PSI of an air blanket. Knowing that water has a specific gravity of 1.00, the hydrostatic head pressure and gas pressure reading at the base of the tank or on the high side of the DP would total: 9 FT WC + 1 PSI = (2.307 FT WC) = 11.307 FT WC TTL. 3

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

•

www.gp50.com

Technical Note #2

DETECTING LEAKS Pressure vessels, valves, tanks, heat exchangers, radiators, drums, welds, and gasket integrity are just a few products that require high seal integrity to insure a reliable leak free product. There are a few ways to insure this integrity, pressure decay or leak testing is the most common. Helium or Ion leak detection systems work very well but require expensive equipment and may exceed the requirements necessary. Pressure decay utilizing a pressure transmitter is simple to use, cost effective and can be more efficient in a production environment, especially if higher pressures are required to test the integrity of the vessel. Pressurizing the vessel or test piece and monitoring pressure output from the transmitter will indicate any subsequent loss of pressure due to a leak in the vessel. There are two methods,utilizing either a gauge or differential pressure transmitter to measure pressure decay.

Setup 1: (Single Ended - Gauge Pressure)

Signal Out

Diagram 1

Diagram 1 shows a container being tested utilizing a 150 PSI gauge type transmitter. If the container is pressurized to 150 PSI and then the valve is closed, the transducer will sense a leak in pressure via a drop in output.

Gauge Transmitter

Small leaks may be detected with this setup but the process can be time consuming.

Valve

Percent error of the transmitter, and pressure range of the transmitter greatly affect the decay resolution.

Vessel Under Test

If the gauge transmitters total error band is 1%FSO a 1.5 PSI (41.52” WC) error may be present. (150 PSI x 1% TTL Error band = 1.5 PSI). This may be too large of an error if small leak rates need to be detected.

Compressed Air Source

Diagram 2 Signal Out Hi Side

Lo Side

Setup 2: (Differential Pressure) HI LO

Valve B

DP Transmitter

Valve A

Diagram 2 shows a container being tested utilizing a Differential Pressure Transmitter. In this example the container and system is pressurized to 150 PSI with all valves open but now we utilize a 5 in WC Differential Pressure (DP) transmitter. Once the system is stabilized valve A is then closed. The DP transmitter will read Zero output because of a zero differential pressure. (150 PSI on both the Low & Hi sides)

Vessel Under Test

Compressed Air Source

Valve B is then closed. This isolates the 150 PSI in the vessel under test to the Low side of the DP. If a leak is present the Low side will sense this pressure decay as indicated by a drop in output from the DP transmitter. Lets assume this 5” WC transmitter has a 1% FSO error spec like the gauge transmitter. The pressure drop or decay can then be accurately detected at 0.050” WC. (5” WC x 1% TTL Error Band = 0.05”WC)

As you can see from the first gauge pressure example, utilizing a differential pressure system produces more accurate and faster results. The decay measurement is more than 800 times better utilizing the DP transmitter. A5SL-TN2.00

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

•

www.gp50.com

Technical Note #3

To Breathe or Not to Breatheâ&#x20AC;Ś Gauge or Sealed Pressure Reference Format When selecting a pressure transmitter, the pressure reference format is critical so as to provide an accurate device. Pressure reference may be gauge, sealed gauge, vacuum, absolute or differential. Gauge and sealed gauge format are the most commonly supplied and what we address below. A pressure sensor has both a reference and process side. The process side is where the media being measured is applied, typically a pipe, flanged or other threaded connection. The reference side or back side is not visible from the outside and is enclosed inside the transmitters housing. There are many parameters to consider when selecting gauge or sealed gauge format. Below we define and provide guidelines in selecting these formats.

Gauge Pressure (PSIG) Gauge pressure transducers provide a vent path to the reference or backside of the sensor. As shown in Fig 1, gauge format is typically provided for by adding a vent hole in the housing of the device. This provides an atmospheric reference to the reference of the sensor.

Fig. 1 GAUGE REF HOLE

PROCESS PORT

This vent hole insures both sides of the sensor are exposed to the local altitude and barometric pressure. This gauge reference hole equalizes these pressures and provides a stable zero reading regardless of barometric pressure or altitude. Therefore true gauge format provides a pressure measurement relative to local altitude and atmospheric conditions. Gauge reference is very critical in ranges <300 PSI. It can affect ranges above or equal to 300 PSI but depending on accuracy required may or may not be a consideration. This is explained below under the Sealed gauge definition.

Sealed Gauge (PSIS or PSISG) Sealed gauge transducers on the other hand, do not provide a vent hole to the sensors reference side. This reference or backside of the sensor is sealed from atmosphere at the factory. GP:50 offers two sealed gauge formats designated as hermetic and non-hermetic, option codes 6 & 7 respectfully. A hermetically sealed gauge (6) device has the reference side of the sensor evacuated and sealed via a special header. This hermetic header helps reduces the effects of temperature due to internal air expansion trapped in the housing assembly. The unit is then zeroed to 1 atmosphere or approximately 14.7 PSIA. The non-hermetic version (7) does not provide a hermetic header. The sensors reference side is sealed inside the housing at local atmospheric pressure. This non-hermetic version typically isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t a factor in higher ranges, typically 1,000 PSI or higher, or where ambient temperature changes can be minimized. 1

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

A5SL-TN3.00

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Technical Note #3

Affect of Local Pressure: FT

IN HG

PSI

0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000

29.921 29.38 28.86 28.33 27.82 27.31 26.81

14.7 14.43 14.18 13.9 13.67 13.41 13.19

3,500 4,000 4,500 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000

26.32 25.84 25.36 24.89 20.58 16.88 13.75 8.88

12.92 12.7 12.45 12.23 10.1 8.28 6.75 4.36

CHART A

Sealed gauge readings can be drastically affected by barometric pressure and altitude changes depending on the sensor range. Chart A shows the relationship between altitude and absolute pressure. The altitude at which the transmitter is installed can greatly affect the zero reading. For example, sealed gauge units are calibrated at the factory at 591 ft above Sea level or ~29.40 in. Hg. Calgary, Canada is at 3,533FT or ~26.30 in. Hg, a 3.1 in. Hg difference or 1.52 PSI. This translates to a -0.51% difference on a 300 PSI sensor or a zero reading drop as much as -0.081 mA. On a 100 PSI sensor this is a -1.52% change which could potentially produce a zero reading of 3.856 mA or lower depending on the initial zero setting called Zero balance. On this same 100 PSI transmitter, if the standard zero balance spec is +/-1% FSO, the zero could potentially be as low as 3.84mA (16mA span +/-1% = +/0.16mA) compounded with the additional -1.52 PSI altitude change, a 2.52 PSI or -2.5% lower zero could result. Barometric effects can lower the zero even further. Barometric pressure also affects the zero reading. Barometric pressure could potentially swing as much as 1 PSI, (typical high -30.6 in. Hg to typical low 28.5 in. Hg) depending on weather conditions. For example a 1.02 in. Hg drop in barometric pressure would result in a 0.48% zero offset error on a 100-PSI sensor.

As mentioned above, gauge pressure format negates effects from changes in local atmospheric pressure and altitude. All these effects need to be considered when selecting what format you require. Finally, consider the ambient conditions where the transmitter is being installed. Wet, oily, dirty, harsh environments may require a sealed gauge format to reduce the chances of contamination. To provide gauge format in these harsh environments an optional vented cable is offered to remotely vent the reference side away from the potential contaminated area. Selecting the correct pressure format, either gauge or sealed gauge will provide you the best, most accurate pressure solution for your application.

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Electrical Surges & Protection Voltage transients are generated by both natural and man-made sources. Some of the more common sources are:

Atmospheric The effects of lightning are well known; however many people think only in terms of damage from a direct strike. In fact, most of the damage done to electronic equipment is not caused by the direct strike, but rather the voltages induced in nearby conductors (power lines, telephone lines, data cables, etc.) by the power strike. Harmful voltages can appear on a line as far as 15 miles away from a strike. Static discharges can also cause harm. These are caused by variation over distance of the static atmospheric electrical field of an overhead line.

Man-made Inductive voltage kickbacks are caused by the interruption of current in motors, transformers, solenoids, and relays. Transients up to several thousand volts are common from these sources. Voltage induced in adjacent conductors by power line shorts, especially three phase systems, can be extremely large. Contact between power lines and signal lines results in high AC current flowing on the signal lines. By using a surge voltage protector (a hermetically sealed, gas discharge tube consisting of two electrodes spaced by insulators and filled with a rare gas) we can provide a conductive path for the unwanted and excessive transients. By shunting the surge away from the pressure transducer electronics, failure of the unit is prevented. When the surge subsides the unit returns to normal operation. While no one can offer 100% protection from all surges - especially lightning, our Option "JV" (Voltage Surge Protection) can protect from surges up to 500 V (10 Amps) and can be added to standard 200 (Vdc) or 300 (mA) series units. Other additional measures can be taken, such as inserting a transient protector in line with pressure transducer, providing further electronic protection.

For more information on transient protection contact: Joslyn Electronic Systems 6868 Cortona Dr. Goleta, CA 93116 (805) 968-3551 Also, additional mechanical protection/insulation from a metal pipe or tank can be achieved by the insertion of a non-conductive piping such as Teflon or PVC between the transducer port and the conductor. Dielectric pipe unions offer a more rugged approach while still providing a level of protection, and some are rated to 600 V. A source for Dielectric Pipe Union is: Watts Regulator RTE 114 Chestnut St. Lawrence, MA 01842 (508) 688-1811

Pressure and Level Instrumentation

â&#x20AC;˘

www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

EXTRUSION MELT PRESSURE GAUGES GP:50’s Extrusion Melt Pressure Gauges are totally mechanical devices, requiring no power. The rugged, totally self-contained gauges allow users to benefit from the improved efficiency and quality that goes along with melt pressure monitoring at an affordable price. Designed to provide years of reliable, maintenance-free, localized pressure indication.

FEATURES: • No electrical power required • All stainless steel construction • Large 4 inch gauge head can be rotated 300º for easy reading • Totally maintenance free • Full two year manufacturer’s warranty

SPECIFICATIONS: Pressure Ranges Mounting Mounting Torque Diaphragm Overload Capacity Temperature Rating Accuracy Zero Adjust Needle Sweep Dial

0 - 5,000 psi or 0 - 10,000 psi (dual scale psi and bar) 1/2-20 UNF thread standard, M18 X 1.5 available 500 inch pounds maximum 15-5PH stainless steel 1.5 times full scale Diaphragm 750º F 1.5% of full scale 10% of full scale 270º Large 4 inch dial with safety glass

ORDERING GUIDE: Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

STEM LENGTH

RANGE

OPTIONS

●

Example: CTG-6-5M-TCJ/FA60

MODEL CTG RTG

OPTIONS Rigid Stem w/30” flex armor cable Rigid Stem only

RIGID STEM LENGTH 6 12

6” (standard) 12”

PRESSURE RANGE RV RZ

0 - 5,000 psi and 0 - 350 bar (dual scale) 0 - 10,000 psi and 0 - 700 bar (dual scale)

TCJ TCK * M18 * FAxx * SU

Thermocouple Type “J” Thermocouple Type “K” M18 X 1.5 metric thread (in place of 1/2-20 UNF) Non-standard cable length (specify in inches) Stem-up configuration (RTG only)

* Non-standard item subject to 4 weeks delivery. All other variations stocked for immediate shipment.

A5SL-Gauge.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SMART DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Model GPIDP

Applications: • Chemical processing • Sanitary tank level • Tank level • Water treatment plants

FEATURES : • High accuracy (see specifications on reverse side) • 3,625 PSI static line & single sided overpressure protection • 4-20 mA output, available with or without HART® communication • 30:1 turn down • Push button adjust with LCD display • Exotic wetted parts available

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-0.5 Inches WC thru 0-3,000 PSID

TRADITIONAL STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL) 84 3.3

ALLOW 50mm (2 in) CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL, BOTH ENDS.

124 4.9

FIELD TERMINALS

CONDUIT CONNECTION CONDUIT CONNECTION

OPTIONAL CUSTODY TRANSFER LOCK (SEAL) BOTH ENDS

OPTIONAL EXTERNAL ZERO ADJUSTMENT

mm in

208 8.2

EXTERNAL EARTH (GROUND)

L-H INDICATOR LOW-HIGH PRESSURE SIDE

PROCESS CONNECTOR

41.3 1.626

OPTIONAL SIDE VENT/DRAIN

64 2.5

33 1.3 112 4.4

PROCESS CONNECTOR

PROCESS CONNECTOR 127 5.0

A5SL-GPIDP.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure Ranges: Code A B C

D E

inH2O 0.5 thru 30 3.5 thru 200 28 thru 840

Span Limits PSI 0.018 thru 1.1 0.125 thru 7.2 1 thru 30

Mbar 1.2 thru 75 8.7 thru 500 70 thru 2100

inH2O -30 thru +30 -200 thru +200 -840 thru +840

Range Limits PSI -1.1 thru +1.1 -7.2 thru +7.2 -30 thru +30

ftH2O 23 thru 690 230 thru 6900

PSI 10 thru 300 100 thru 3000

bar or kg/cm2 0.7 thru 21 7 thru 210

ftH2O -69 thru +690 -69 thru +6900

PSI -30 thru +300 -30 thru +300

Mbar -75 thru +75 -500 thru +500 -2100 thru +2100 bar or kg/cm2 -2.1 thru +21 -2.1 thru +210

Positive values indicate HI side of sensor at the high pressure, and negative values indicate LO side of sensor at the high pressure. The upper span and range limits may be reduced by some options, consult factory. Suppressed or elevated zero ranges are acceptable as long as span and range limits are not exceeded. Signal/Accuracy: (Includes Linearity, Hysteresis and Repeatability) Code A

Electronic Signal 4-20mA

4-20mA w/HART®

Configured Signal 4 to 20 mA Linear Sq. Root

Common Span Accuracy ± 0.20%

Digital Linear Digital Sq. Root 4 to 20 mA Linear 4 to 20 mA Sq. Root

±0.050% ±0.080% ±0.075% ±0.105%

Ranging may affect accuracy, consult factory for exact specifications. Static Line Shift: (Zero and span shift for a 1000 PSI change in static pressure) Span Code A B&C D E

Zero Shift ± 0.30% URL* ± 0.10% URL ± 0.50% URL* ± 0.50% URL

Span Shift ± 0.30% URL ± 0.25% URL ± 0.25% URL ± 0.25% URL

Zero shift can be calibrated out by zeroing at nominal line pressure. *Zero and span shift for a 500 PSI change in state pressure for Span Codes A & D Ambient Temperature Effect: (per 50° F) Span Code A* B&C D E

Specification ± (0.18% URL + 0.15% Span) ± (0.03% URL + 0.20% Span) ± (0.05% URL + 0.18% Span) ± (0.08% URL + 0.15% Span)

Temperature Compensation: -20° F to +180° F Process Temperature Range: -50° F to +250° F (silicone fill fluid) Ambient Temperature Range: -40° F to +185° F *Span Code A specification applies to a transmitter with a stainless steel sensor only. LCD Indicator: Operative limits of the standard indicator are -20° F and +185° F (-29° C and +85° C), normal operating limits are - 4°F and +185°F (-20° C and +82° C). The LCD indicator will not be damaged at any temperature within the “Storage and Transportation Limits”, up dates will be slower and read ability decreased at temperatures outside “Normal Operating Conditions”. Environmental Protection: With topworks cover on and conduit entrances sealed, transmitter is dust tight per IEC IP66 and provides environmental protection of NEMA type 4X.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

PLUG-ON DISPLAY WITH ONE RELAY Model LD1001

FEATURES: • 3 1/2 digits with one relay • Available as part of GP:50’s Quick Ship program

INPUT: • 4-20 mA

SUPPLY: • 4-20 mA transmitter

INTERFACE: • DIN 43650 interface (GP:50 connector option ‘CJ’)

APPLICATION:

The LD1001 plug-on display is a universal local display with an adjustable set point, suitable for use with any GP:50 4-20mA, 2 wire transmitter. Removing the front cover of the display will reveal 2 programming buttons. These are used to input the desired settings for the following parameters: Zero, scale, decimal point position, damping & switching point. LD1001 is factory set up when ordered with a transmitter for easy field installation.

Seen here with GP:50’s Model 311 pressure transmitter

GND 2 1.675 3

1.675

2.075 A5SL-LD1001.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

RUPTURE DISKS (“BLOW-OUT” PLUGS) Model RDEB Assemblies designed for over-pressure protection of plastic extrusion processes.

FEATURES: • Assembly consists of a threaded tubular body with a rupture disk soldered onto the process end. • One piece construction • 300 series SS body material, other materials available • Inconel disk material standard • Burst ratings 750 to 15,000 psig • Burst tolerance: ± 10% • 0% manufacturing range • Standard assemblies in stock • Custom assemblies available on request • Re-disking available • Assembly is mounted directly into the extruder equipment through a pressure port or thermocouple-well where critical pressures occur.

INSTALLATION:

ORDERING: End Configuration □ Hex Disk Materials □ Inconel Body Materials □ 300 SS Burst Specifications psig at Quantity Dimensions □ 1.82” □ 6.70”

□ Other □ Other □ Other

1.82”

°F

It is generally good practice to inspect the mounting hole before installation and prevent any chance of leakage. Remove any polymer that might have built up in the hole. This can be done easily withGP:50’s Mounting Hole Cleaning Kit (Model HCKAA). Insert the proper burst range rupture disk in the mounting hole to approximately 100-200 inch pounds of torque. It is imperative that the Rupture Disk be intalled in a position that insures any discharge of hot polymer will not create a hazard to personnel in the area.

SLOT 6.70”

5/8”HEX

0.24” (6.1)

It is important that the rupture disk is mounted flush with the inner wall of the extrusion device. (see Fig. 1) An improperly designed device would present an area for excessive product build-up, rendering the disk ineffective. (see Fig. 2)

1/2-20 UNF

.305”-.310” .410”-.420” (10.4-10.6) (7.8-7.9)

1.1”(28) THREAD

Fig. 1

Fig. 2 A5SL-RDEB.00

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

SPIKE SERIES PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Models M - Spike V- Spike C- Spike Ruggedized unit engineered for high cyclic applications, with improved protection against transient spikes.

FEATURES: • Choice of outputs • Optional electric connectors and pressure ports • Small size (1.5” OD x 3.75” long)

PRESSURE RANGES: • From 0-100 through 0-15,000 psig

SPECIFICATIONS: • Standard accuracy 0.2% FSO • 300% Proof pressure (22,500 max.) (Shown with ‘CJ’ Option) GAUGE REFERENCED UNITS HAVE POUROUS BREATHER BEHIND NAMEPLATE AND ARE NOT NEMA 4

1/4” NPT (F) WITH 7/8 HEX IS STANDARD

NEMA 4X CONNECTOR WITH 36” CABLE IS STANDARD

1.5” DIA 3.7” REF.

Some options will affect dimensions. Consult factory if important.

WIRING CODE M-SPIKE

V-SPIKE

C-SPIKE

A/1 RED B/2 GREEN C/3 WHITE D/4 BLACK

+ EXC. + SIGNAL - SIGNAL - EXC.

+ EXC. + SIGNAL NC - EXC./SIGNAL

+ EXC./SIGNAL NC NC - EXC./SIGNAL

E/5 BLUE F/6 BROWN SHIELD

NC NC OPEN

A5SL-Spike.00 Rev A

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

±1.0% FSO at 70°F

Pressure Type (Standard)

Gauge/Non-Hermetic Seal (0-300 PSI and above) Gauge/Direct/Cable Vented (Below 0-300 PSI)

Zero Balance

±1.0% FSO at 70°F

Wetted Material

316 and 15-5 PH Stainless Steel.

Accuracy

0.2% (Includes hysteresis, non-linearity and repeatability)

Temperature Limits Compensated Operating Storage

0°F to +180°F -20°F to +190°F -20°F to +250°F

Temperature Effects Zero Span

Less than ±2.0% FSO/100°F Less than ±2.0% FSO/100°F

Electricals Excitation Voltage Output at 70°F Input Impedance Input Current Load Impedance

(M-Spike) 3.5-15 Vdc 3.0 mV/V 5,000 ohms nominal, full bridge

(V-Spike) 9-40 Vdc (14.5-32 for 0-10V) 0-5 Vdc

(C-Spike) 9-40 Vdc 4-20 mA

8 mA nominal 50,000 ohms minimum, for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

1200 ohms maximum 37 Vdc and 600 ohms maximum at 24 Vdc

Output Current

2.0 mA maximum for less than 0.1% FSO attenuation

Calibration Signal

Resistance value provided on calibration card for 100% FSO

Mechanicals Proof Pressure Burst Pressure Weight Connections Pressure Electrical

1/4” NPT (F) Standard 3’ Polyurethane-jacketed, conductor cable (24 AWG Standard)

Enclosure Material

316 Stainless Steel

3 times full scale pressure range or 22,500 psi, whichever is less 5 times full scale pressure range or 23,500 psi, whichever is less 10 oz. nominal

ORDERING GUIDE: Ordering: Specify model, and pressure range and indicate modifications or accessories required. Use the following codes to identify desired item.

MODEL

SERIES

RANGE

PRESSURE TYPE

OPTIONS

●

●/●/●

Example: C-Spike-C-PZ-2-CA

OPTIONS

MODEL M-Spike V-Spike C-Spike

3 mV/V 0-5 Vdc 4-20 mA

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

ACCURACY (SERIES) C D

AA CA

0.2% FSO 0.1% FSO

PRESSURE RANGE (PSI) PZ RB RD RE RF RH

0-100 0-150 0-200 0-250 0-300 0-500

RJ RK RM RO RR RS

0-600 0-750 0-1K 0-1.5k 0-2k 0-2.5k

RT RV RX RZ SB

0-3K 0-5K 0-7.5K 0-10K 0-15K

PRESSURE TYPE 2 3 4 7 8 10

None

Gauge (Direct, 0-299 psi and lower) Absolute Vacuum Gauge (non-hermetic seal) (0-300 psi and higher) Elevated (suppressed zero) Compound (vacuum & gauge pressure)

NEMA-4X (w/36” Pigtail) Bendix 6-pin (or equiv.) Not recommended for ranges below 0-300 psi. Consult factory. DIN 43650 (w/mate) Hirschman type

PRESSURE PORTS AA FL FJ LH LT CS GS HL

1/4” NPT (F) 1/8” NPT (M) 1/4” NPT (M) SAE (6) (M) SAE (4) (M) 10V Excitation 0-10 V Output RFI Protection

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com

Pressure, Level & Temperature Transmitters & Transducers

GP:50 Warranty GP:50 warrants its products to the original customer/purchaser against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of sale by GP:50, as shown in its shipping documents, subject to the following terms and conditions: The product has not been subjected to abuse, neglect, accident, incorrect wiring (not provided by GP:50), improper installation or servicing, or use in violation of instructions furnished by GP:50. As to any prior defect in materials or workmanship covered by this warranty, the product has not been repaired or altered by anyone except GP:50 or its authorized service agencies. The serial number has not been removed, defaced or otherwise changed. Examination discloses, in the judgment of GP:50, a defect in materials or workmanship which developed under normal installation, use and service; and GP:50 is notified in advance of, and approves, the return; and the products are returned to GP:50 transportation prepaid. THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY AND IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS. NO REPRESENTATIVE OR PERSONS ARE AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR TO ASSUME FOR GP:50 ANY OTHER LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OF ITS PRODUCTS. GP:50 DOES NOT ASSUME THE COSTS OF REMOVAL AND/OR INSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY OTHER WORKMANSHIP, NOR WILL GP:50 BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OR INSTALLATION OF ITS PRODUCT.

2770 Long Road, Grand Island, NY 14072 USA Tel. (716) 773-9300 Fax (716) 773-5019 E-mail:sales@gp50.com website:www.gp50.com